Highways Department
Works Division
Agreement No. WD 7/2007
Upgrading of Remaining Sections of
Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Volume 1 of 2
Document
No. C1022/EIA/001
Issue
3
February
2009
Mannings (
in association with BMT Asia Pacific Ltd
|
C1022//EIA/001 Issue 3 February 2009 |
|||||||
|
||||||||
Construction Agreement No. WD 7/2007 Upgrading of Remaining Sections of Environmental Impact Assessment Report |
||||||||
|
||||||||
|
||||||||
|
|
Approved
for Issue by: |
|
|
||||
|
|
Mark Cheung |
|
|
||||
|
|
Position: |
Project
Director |
|
|
|||
|
|
Date: |
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
||||||||
Highways Department Works Division 16/F |
Mannings ( in association with BMT Asia Pacific Ltd Units A-B,
14/F, Mongkok, |
|||||||
Agreement
No. WD 7/2007
Upgrading
of Remaining Sections of
Environmental
Impact assessment report
Volume
1 of 2
CONTENT
1.0
INTRODUCTION
3.0
AIR QUALITY IMPACT ASSESSMENT
5.0
WATER QUALITY IMPACT ASSESSMENT
6.0
WASTE MANAGEMENT
7.0
ECOLOGICAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
8.0
CULTURAL HERITAGE IMPACT ASSESSMENT
9.0
LANDSCAPE AND VISUAL IMPACT
ASSESSMENT
10.0
IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE OF RECOMMENDED
MITIGATION MEASURES
11.0
CONCLUSIONS
APPENDICES
Appendix A2 – Letter of Acceptance
of the Traffic Forecast by Transport Department
Appendix B1 – The Adjusted Exhaust
Technology Fractions
Appendix B2 – 2015 Vehicle
Population
Appendix B3 – Daily Trips and
Vehicle-Mile-Travelled (VMT) in Year 2030
Appendix B5 – Sensitivity Test for
Peak Hour Traffic Flow and Speed Fraction
Appendix B6 – Comparison of the
Total Emission from Year 2015 to 2030
Appendix B7 –
Calculation of Hourly Fleet Emission for
different Vehicle Classes
Appendix B8 – Calculation of
Composite Emission Factors from EMFAC-HK Fleet Average Emission Factors
Appendix B9 – Predicted Worst Case
Averaging Pollutant Concentrations at ASRs
Appendix C1 –
Photos of Representative Noise Sensitive
Receivers
Appendix C2 – Letters of
Confirmation from the Government Secretariat
Appendix C3 – Letters of Confirmation
from the Kadoorie Farm and Botanic Garden
Appendix D1 –
Construction Plant Inventory
Appendix D2 –
Letter of Confirmation from Project
Proponent
Appendix D3 –
Calculations of Construction Noise
Levels
Appendix D4 – As-built Drawings
for Noise Barriers along Kam Tin Bypass and Tung Wui Road
Appendix D5 – Sample RoadNoise
input file and the Road-Plot
Appendix E1 –
Water Supplies Department (WSD)
Guidelines on Protection of Water Gathering Ground
Appendix F1 –
Photo-documentation of Site Inspection
Appendix F2 –
Historical Aerial Photographs
Appendix F3 –
Response from the Feoso Oil Company
Appendix F4 –
Incident Records for Petrol Filling
Stations at Kam Tin Road
Appendix G1 – Photos of Ecological
Habitats
Appendix G2 – Species Recorded for
Vegetation Survey
Appendix G3 – Bird Species
Recorded at the Lower Part of KFBG from 1995 to 2005
Appendix G5 – Bird Species
Recorded for Avifauna Survey
Appendix G6 – Herpetofauna Species
Recorded in KFBG from 1995 to 2005
Appendix G8 – Fish Species
Recorded in KFBG from 1995 to 2005
Appendix G10 – Herpetofauna Species Recorded for Stream Fauna Survey
Appendix G11 – Site Photos of Stream Fauna Survey
Appendix G12 – In-stream Fauna Recorded for Stream Fauna Survey
Appendix G13 – Butterfly Species Recorded for Invertebrate Survey
Appendix G14 – Insect Species Recorded at/ adjacent to Streams of the
Site
Appendix G15 – Mammal Species Recorded in KFBG from 1995 to 2005
Appendix G16 – Photos of Short-nosed Fruit Bat and the Roosting Chinese
Fan-palm
Appendix G18 – Typical Section of the Gabion Retaining Wall
Appendix G19 – Photographs of the Trees Aquilaria sinensis
Appendix H1 – Drawings of Existing Utilities along the Project Boundary
Appendix I1 –
Tree Survey Schedule
Project
Background
1.1 |
(a)
Lam Kam Road
Improvement Stage I and II, completed in 1986 and 1994 respectively, upgraded
the section between Kadoorie Farm and Lam Kam Road Interchange; (b)
Improvement
to Kam Tin Road Stage I, completed in 2002, widened the section of Kam Tin
Road between Au Tau Roundabout and Ko Po Tsuen from single two-lane
carriageway to dual two-lane carriageway; and (c)
Kam Tin
Bypass, completed in 2004, constructed dual two-lane carriageway to bypass
traffic from |
1.2 |
The remaining sections of |
1.3 |
|
1.4 |
The Highways Department (HyD) submitted an
application for an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study brief with a
project profile in September 2007.
Pursuant to Section 5(7)(a) of the Environmental Impact Assessment
Ordinance (EIAO), the Environmental Protection Department issued the EIA
study brief (ESB-170/2007) for the Project in October 2007. |
1.5 |
In March 2008, Mannings ( |
1.6 |
This report presents the approach and findings of
the EIA study which conducted in accordance with the requirements in the EIA
Study Brief No. ESB-170/2007. |
Objectives of the EIA Study
1.7 |
According to the EIA study brief, the objectives
of the study are to: |
|
|
(a) |
Describe the Project and
associated works together with the requirements for carrying out the Project; |
|
(b) |
Identify and describe elements of community and
environment likely to be affected by the Project and/or likely to cause
adverse impacts to the Project, including natural and man-made environment
and the associated environmental constraints; |
|
(c) |
Provide information on the consideration of
alternatives to avoid and minimize potential environmental impacts to
environmentally sensitive areas and other sensitive uses; to compare the environmental
benefits and dis-benefits of each of different options; to provide reasons
for selecting the preferred option(s) and to describe the part environmental
factors played in the selection of preferred option(s); |
|
(d) |
Identify and quantify all environmental sensitive
receivers, emission sources and determine the significance of impacts on
sensitive receivers and potential affected uses; |
|
(e) |
Identify and quantify any potential losses or
damage to flora, fauna and natural habitats; |
|
(f) |
Identify and quantify any potential landscape and
visual impacts and to propose measures to mitigate these impacts; |
|
(g) |
Identify any negative impacts on sites of cultural
heritage and propose measures to mitigate these impacts; |
|
(h) |
Propose provision of mitigation measures so as to
minimize pollution, environmental disturbance & nuisance during
construction & operation of Project; |
|
(i) |
Investigate the feasibility, practicability,
effectiveness and implications of the proposed mitigation measures; |
|
(j) |
Identify, within the study area, any individual
project(s) that fall under Schedule 2 and/or Schedule 3 of the EIAO; to
ascertain whether the findings of this EIA study have adequately addressed
the environmental impacts of those projects; and where necessary, to identify
the outstanding issues that need to be addressed in any further detailed EIA
study; |
|
(k) |
Identify, predict and evaluate the residual
environmental impacts (i.e. after practicable mitigation) and the cumulative
effects expected to arise during the construction and operation phases of the
Project in relation to the sensitive receivers and potential affected uses; |
|
(l) |
Identify, assess and specify methods, measures and
standards, to be included in the detailed design, construction and operation
of the Project which are necessary to mitigate these environmental impacts
and cumulative effects and reduce them to acceptable levels; |
|
(m) |
Investigate the extent of the secondary
environmental impacts that may arise from the proposed mitigation measures
and to identify constraints associated with the mitigation measures
recommended in the EIA study, as well as the provision of any necessary
modification; and |
|
(n) |
Design and specify environmental monitoring and
audit requirements to ensure the effective implementation of the recommended
environmental protection and pollution control measures. |
Structure of the Report
1.8 |
The structure of the EIA Report
is as follows: Section 2 – Project Background
and Description Section 3 – Air Quality Section 4 – Noise Section 5 – Water Quality Section 6 – Waste Management Section 7 – Ecology Section 8 – Cultural Heritage Section 9 – Landscape and
Visual Section 10 – Implementation Schedule of Recommended Mitigation Measures Section 11 – Conclusions |
Key Requirements of the Project
2.1
The Project is
to upgrade the remaining sections of
Scope of the Project
2.2
The scope of
the Project comprises:
(a) Upgrading of about
(b) Provision of laybys and
crossing facilities; and
(c) Associated slope and drainage
works, traffic aids and street lighting modification, landscaping works and
environmental mitigation measures if required.
The
Need for the Project
2.3
The need to
upgrade the remaining sections of
Encroachment of the Conservation Areas
2.4
The Project is
a DP since part of its boundary encroaches upon the Conservation Area (CA)
zoning as defined on relevant Outline Zoning Plans (OZPs), and as referred in
Section 1.3 of the EIA Study Brief No. ESB-170/2007. There are four encroachment areas which are
shown in Figure 2.2, and described below:
CA at north of section between Chainage CHB 28+70 and CHB 30+10 of Kam
Tin Road
·
The proposed
works within CA are construction of an earth retaining wall and reconstruction
of existing footway. The concerned works
are not arising from change of road alignment.
The earth retaining wall is to upgrade an existing road side slope which
is assessed to be below the current safety standards. The footway reconstruction is required from
maintenance viewpoint.
CA at south of section between Chainage CHB 44+30 to CHB 44+80 of
·
The proposed
works within CA are widening of existing carriageway, and reconstruction of
existing footway and carriageway.
Options of road alignment have been explored at this section and the
current alignment is the preferred option.
Although it slightly encroaches upon CA, it can overall preserve more
mature trees and reduce environmental impacts.
More detailed description of the subject option comparison is at Section
2.5. As for the reconstruction works,
they are required from maintenance viewpoint.
CA at south of section between Chainage CHB 48+00 to CHB 52+30 of Lam Kam
Road
·
The proposed
works within CA are soil nailing of existing slopes and construction of
CA at north of section between Chainage CHB 50+20 to CHB 52+40 of Lam Kam
Road
·
The proposed
works within CA are widening of existing footway and carriageway, soil nailing
of an existing slope, and re-compaction of an existing slope. Options of road layout have been explored at
this section and the current scheme is the preferred option which can minimise CA
encroachment and geotechnical works. The
proposed soil nailing and slope re-compaction are to upgrade an existing slope
which is assessed to be below current safety standards. As revealed on site, there is a layer of
waste materials on the concerned slope surface and hence a rather large scale
re-compaction is considered necessary from safety viewpoint.
Alternatives for the Proposed Project
2.5
The sections of
·
In section
between Chainage CHA17+10 and CHA 18+90 of
·
In section
between Chainage CHB41+90 and CHB49+30 of
(i) The preferred option can overall preserve 65 more
mature trees. In particular, three
numbers of trees of over
(ii) The preferred option can avoid affecting the
existing slopes at the north of the concerned road section. The reduced geotechnical works give rise to
less waste, noise, air quality, landscape and visual impacts.
(iii) The preferred option slightly encroaches upon
CA. However, the concerned area is a
paved footway with isolated trees, and hence the potential impact to habitat
loss/vegetation clearance is considered to be low. Detailed ecological impact assessment is in
Section 7.
(iv) Apart from CA encroachment, another disadvantage of
the preferred option is the need to resume larger area of private land.
·
In section
between Chainage CHB48+00 and CHB48+80 of
·
In section
between Chainage CHB49+10 and CHB52+90 of
Construction Program and Methodology
2.6
The
construction programme is to commence works in the first quarter of 2011 for
completion in the third quarter of 2015. The upgrading works are to be carried out by conventional open excavation
method. The construction sequence is to upgrade in stages with two-way traffic
maintained throughout the construction period.
Consideration of Alternatives Construction Methods and
Sequences of Works
2.7
The upgrading
of at-grade road sections is a straight forward construction process that will
not involve complicated construction sequences and activities. For the purpose of the EIA Study, the construction
sequences that have been reviewed are briefly described as follows:
(A) Upgrading both bounds of
·
The most
distinct advantage of this construction method is that a shorter construction
period can be achieved thus resulting construction impacts of shorter
term. However, there are drawbacks as
follows:
-
Higher impacts
on noise and air quality during construction period;
-
Complicated
diversion schemes for traffic and utilities; and
-
Higher risks to
road users.
(B) Upgrading both bounds of
·
Under this
option, the remaining sections of
-
Less noise and
air quality impacts during construction period thus more manageable;
-
Less
complicated diversion schemes for traffic and utilities; and
-
Less
disturbance to existing road side developments.
2.8
In conclusion,
the impacts and risks under the latter option, i.e. to upgrade the remaining
sections of
Concurrent Project and Potential Cumulative Impacts
2.9
One Designated
Project defined by the EIAO, namely, Hong
Kong Section of Guangzhou - Shenzhen - Hong Kong Express Rail Link will be
implemented and within 500m of the Project boundary. According to the Project Profile of this
railway project (application no.: ESB-197/2008), the construction works is
tentatively scheduled to commence in the 4th quarter of 2009 and complete by
2015 which would coincide with the construction period of the proposed
Project. As the EIA study of this
railway project is in progess, there is no detailed construction methods and
programme can be reviewed. As such, the
EIA study of this railway project should take into account the potential
cumulative impacts arising from the proposed Project. In addition, the Project Contractor is
required to ensure close liaison with relevant interfacing parties to avoid or
minimise concurrent works activities and potential cumulative impacts.
2.10 Two other Designated Projects defined by the EIAO,
namely, Yuen Long, Kam Tin, Ngau Tam Mei
& Tin Shui Wai Drainage Improvement Stage 1, Phase 2B - Kam Tin Secondary Drainage Channel KT13 (CE
67/98) and Drainage Improvement in
Sha Tin and Tai Po Design and Construction (CE 50/2001) will be implemented. However, no cumulative impacts are
anticipated from these two projects as both are scheduled to be completed
before the commencement of the Project, and both are located over
2.11 Table 2.1 summarises other non-designated projects in
the vicinity of the proposed Project.
2.12 For item (i), minor works will be undertaken during
or after 2010 along a
2.13 For item (ii), mains laying works shall be at least
Table 2.1 Concurrent
Non-designated Projects
Item |
Agreement
No. |
Project
Title |
Implementation |
(i) |
CE 1/2005 |
Replacement and Rehabilitation of Water mains Stage 2; Mains in New Territories West – Investigation, Design and Construction |
2007 - 2011 |
(ii) |
CE 6/2005 |
Replacement and Rehabilitation of Water mains Stage 2; Mains in New Territories East – Investigation, Design and Construction |
2007 - 2011 |
(iii) |
CE 10/2008 |
Replacement and Rehabilitation of Water mains
Stage 4; Mains in |
Mid 2010 - 2015 |
(iv) |
PWP 337WF |
Alternative Raw Water Supply to Yau Kom Tau Water Treatment Works from Au Tau Raw Water Pumping Station |
End 2010 - 2014 |
(v) |
PWP 4235DS |
Yuen Long and Kam Tin Sewerage and Sewage Disposal |
See text |
2.14 For item (iii), minor works will be undertaken
during or after 2010. Total six active
site area in small local-scale within the Project boundary. There shall be only one active construction
site within
2.15 For item (iv), no significant cumulative
environmental impacts are anticipated as these water mains laying works are
anticipated to be implemented at least 300 metres from the western end of the
Project area.
2.16 For item (v), the laying of sewerage pipes along
Operational Traffic Forecast
2.17 Traffic flow predictions for the year 2030 (i.e. 15
year after Project commencement) have been adopted to support the operational
air quality and noise impact assessment studies in Sections 3 and 4,
respectively, as appropriate. Full details of the adopted traffic forecast data
accepted by the Transport Department is presented in Appendix A1. The letter of acceptance by the Transport
Department is provided in Appendix A2.
3.0
Air
Quality Impact Assessment
Introduction
3.1
The air quality
impacts during the construction and operational phases of the Project have been
assessed in accordance with the guidelines referred in Annex 12 of the
Technical Memorandum of the Environmental Impact Assessment Process (EIA-TM).
3.2
Representative
air sensitive receivers within the Project area have been identified, and
following assessment by modelling techniques, mitigation measures shall be
proposed as appropriate to control impacts to within acceptable levels.
Environmental
Legislation, Standards and Guidelines
3.3
The criteria to
evaluate the air quality impacts are set out in Annex 4 of the EIA-TM specify
the compliance of the Air Quality Objectives (AQOs). Table 3.1 presents the applicable AQOs for the
impact assessment.
Table 3.1
Pollutant |
Concentration (mg/m3)(1)
Averaging Time |
||||
1
Hour(2) |
8
Hours(3) |
24 Hours(3) |
3
Months(4) |
1
Year(4) |
|
|
800 |
- |
350 |
- |
80 |
Total Suspended Particulates (TSP) |
- |
- |
260 |
- |
80 |
Respirable Suspended Particulates (RSP)(5) |
- |
- |
180 |
- |
55 |
Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) |
300 |
- |
150 |
- |
80 |
Carbon Monoxide (CO) |
30000 |
10000 |
- |
- |
- |
Photochemical Oxidants (as ozone(6)) |
240 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
Lead |
- |
- |
- |
1.5 |
- |
Notes:
(1) Measured
at 298 K and 101.325 kPa (one atmosphere).
(2) Not
to be exceeded more than three times per year.
(3) Not
to be exceeded more than once per year.
(4) Arithmetic
means.
(5) Respirable
suspended particulates means suspended particles in air with a nominal
aerodynamic diameter of 10 micrometers or less.
(6) Photochemical
oxidants are determined by measurement of ozone only.
3.4
The EIAO-TM
stipulates that the hourly TSP level should not exceed 500 µgm-3
(measured at
Baseline
Conditions
3.5
The major
pollution sources of the study area are the vehicle emissions of
Table 3.2 Annual Average
Concentrations of Pollutants in the Latest Five Years (Year 2003 - 2007) at Tai
Pollutant |
Annual
Average Concentration in the Latest Five Years (µg/m-3) |
Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) |
53 |
Respirable Suspended Particulates (RSP) |
52 |
Total Suspended Particulates (TSP) |
68 |
Air
Sensitive Receivers (ASRs)
3.6
Representative
existing ASRs, within the study area (i.e.
3.7
For
future ASRs, all planned sensitive uses within the study area as referred on
each relevant Outline Zoning Plan (OZP) have been identified. The relevant OZPs are referred to Shek Kong
(Plan no.: S/YL-SK/9), Pat Heung (Plan no.: S/YL-PH/11), Lam Tsuen (Plan no.:
S/NE-LT/11), Kam Tin North (Plan no.: S/YL-KTN/7) and Kam Tin South (Plan no.:
S/YL-KTS/11). As there is no detailed
layout of the planned ASRs during the preparation of the EIA report, the assessment
points of the planned ASRs is located at the site boundary to simulate the
worst-case scenario.
3.8
Table 3.3
and Figure 3.1 summarize the description and location of the ASRs for impact
assessment.
Table 3.3 Identified ASRs for Construction and Operational AQIA
ASR |
Description |
Sensitive
Use |
Horizontal
Distance from the Nearest Work Site Boundary (m) |
A4 |
Village house near Petrol Station |
Residential |
24 |
A6 |
Kam Tin Clinic |
Clinical |
7 |
A8 |
Quarter of Shek Kong Barrack |
Residential |
13 |
A10 |
Village house of Shek Kong San Tsuen |
Residential |
11 |
A11 |
Education Centre of Shek Kong Barrack |
Educational |
7 |
A13 |
Village house near Season Villas |
Residential |
3 |
A14 |
|
Place of worship |
13 |
A18 |
Village house, Chung Ying Yuen |
Residential |
19 |
A19 |
Village house, Ching Yuen |
Residential |
7 |
A24 |
Village house, Lee Ka Yuen |
Residential |
13 |
A27 |
Village house near Petrol Station (under construction) |
Residential |
6 |
A31 |
Village house, 30, Wang Toi Shan Lo Uk Tsuen |
Residential |
15 |
A32 |
Block 9, Evergreen Intl Hong Kong Association |
Home for Aged |
25 |
A33 |
Village house |
Residential |
19 |
A34 |
Village house, |
Residential |
26 |
A35 |
Village house near Pine Hill Villa |
Residential |
29 |
A38 |
Village house |
Residential |
24 |
A39 |
Village house near |
Residential |
3 |
A40 |
Pat Heung Rural Committee |
Office |
18 |
A43 |
Village house |
Residential |
22 |
A45 |
Village house |
Residential |
27 |
A49 |
Village house |
Residential |
12 |
A50 |
Village house |
Residential |
27 |
A51 |
Village house ( |
Residential |
22 |
A53 |
Village house ( |
Residential |
7 |
A54 |
Village house (opposite Kadoorie Experimental Farm) |
Residential |
11 |
P01 |
Planned village development (V Zone) |
Residential |
34 |
P02 |
Planned residential development (R(D) Zone) |
Residential |
At Project Boundary |
P03 |
Planned village house |
Residential |
36 |
P04 |
Planned residential development (R(D) Zone) |
Residential |
At Project Boundary |
P05 |
Planned village development (V Zone) |
Residential |
75 |
P06 |
Planned village development (V Zone) |
Residential |
At Project Boundary |
P07 |
Planned residential development (R(D) Zone) |
Residential |
At Project Boundary |
P08 |
Planned residential development (R(C)2 Zone) |
Residential |
At Project Boundary |
P09 |
Planned village development (V Zone) |
Residential |
At Project Boundary |
P10 |
Planned village development (V Zone) |
Residential |
At Project Boundary |
P11 |
Planned residential development (R(D) Zone) |
Residential |
At Project Boundary |
P12 |
Planned village development (V Zone) |
Residential |
At Project Boundary |
P13 |
Planned village development (V Zone) |
Residential |
At Project Boundary |
3.9
Three
elevations of
Construction Air Quality Impact Assessment
Impacts Identification and Evaluation
3.10
Fugitive
dust may be generated from works activities including site clearance,
excavation, handling of construction materials, concrete breaking and from
minor wind erosion. Due to site
constraints and road traffic management arrangements for
3.11
In
addition, activities that may induce significant dust emissions such as
extensive site formation and blasting are not required for Project development.
3.12
Small
amount of sulphur dioxide (SO2), nitrogen dioxide (NO2)
and smoke shall be emitted from the diesel-powered construction equipment, Under
normal operation, however, such properly maintained equipment shall not
contribute any significant smoke or gaseous emissions. As such, it is not anticipated that Air
Quality Objectives (AQOs) for these pollutants would be exceeded during the
construction phase.
Potential Cumulative Impacts
3.13
As stated
in Section 2, there is only one designated project within
Mitigation Measures
3.14
Although
no adverse construction phase air quality impacts are anticipated, as a best
practice measure to ensure compliance with the Air Pollution Control
(Construction Dust) Regulation it is suggested that the following control
measures be incorporated into contract documentation:
·
Works area for
site clearance shall be sprayed with water before, during and after the
operation so as to maintain the entire surface wet;
·
All dusty
materials shall be sprayed with water immediately prior to any loading,
unloading or transfer operation so as to maintain the dusty materials wet;
·
Hoarding of not
less than
·
Restricting
heights not higher than
·
Any stockpile
of dusty materials shall be covered entirely by impervious sheeting; and/ or
placed in an area sheltered on the top and 4 sides;
·
Immediately
before leaving a construction site, all vehicles shall be washed to remove any
dusty materials from its body and wheels; and
·
Where a vehicle
leaving a construction site is carrying a load of dusty materials, the load
shall be covered entirely by clean impervious sheeting to ensure that the dusty
materials do not leak from the vehicle.
Residual impacts
3.15
No adverse
residual impacts are anticipated during the construction phase.
Operational Air Quality Impact Assessment
Impact Identification
3.16
Vehicular
emissions from open road sections of the existing and widened
Methodology
3.17
Fuel
combustion of road vehicles generate air pollutants such as Carbon Monoxide
(CO), Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) and Respirable Suspended Particulates
(RSP). Owing to much higher AQO limit
comparing with other major parameters of air quality impact, non-compliance of
CO is not envisaged in general given that the NO2 concentrations are
below the AQO standards. Therefore, NO2
and RSP are considered as the key air pollutant parameters and the averaging
time of the 1-hour concentration of NO2 and 24-hour concentrations
of NO2 and RSP were selected for the assessment of air quality
impact associated with vehicular emission and compared against the AQO limits.
3.18
The EPD
recommended air dispersion model, CALINE4, was adopted to predict the pollution
of vehicle exhaust from the Project and surrounding roads. All major roads within the study area were
included in the model.
3.19
The
completion of the Project would be in Year 2015. The predicted peak traffic flows in year 2030
is the highest compared to those within the next 15 years after the operation
of the Project. As such, the morning and
afternoon peak traffic flows in year 2030 is adopted to represent the
worst-case scenario and is given in Appendix A1.
3.20
The
hourly profile in year 2008 was adopted and assumed as the hourly profile of
all roads within the Study Area. The
same traffic breakdown was applied for all hours.
3.21
The
methodology and assumptions of producing the hourly profile in 2008, traffic
flow and traffic breakdown in 2030 were accepted by Transport Department (see Appendix
A2).
Fleet Average Emission Factors
3.22
The
emission model EMFAC-HK was adopted to calculate the vehicle emission factors
of NOx and RSP. The following
details the input assumptions of the model.
Vehicle Classes
3.23
The
vehicle composition of the roads was broken down into 16 vehicle classes
according to the EMFAC-HK model. The
vehicle classifications as detailed in Appendix I – EMFAC-HK Vehicle
Classification (July 2005) have been provided by EPD.
3.24
Table 3.4
summarizes the 16 vehicle classes to be modelled using EMFAC-HK.
Table 3.4 Vehicle Classes in EMFAC-HK Model
Vehicle
Class* |
Description |
Fuel |
Gross Weight |
MC1 |
Petrol Private Cars (PC) & Light Goods Vehicles (LGV) |
Petrol |
all |
MC3 |
Diesel PC & LGV |
Diesel |
<=2.5t |
MC4 |
Diesel PC & LGV |
Diesel |
>2.5-3.5t |
MC5 |
Public Light Buses (PLB) |
LPG, Diesel |
all |
MC6 |
LGV |
Diesel |
>3.5-5.5t |
MC7 |
Medium & Heavy Goods Vehicles (MGV & HGV) |
Diesel |
>5.5-15t |
MC8 |
MGV & HGV |
Diesel |
>15t |
MC10 |
Double Deck Franchised Buses (DDFB) |
Diesel |
all |
MC11 |
Motor Cycles (MC) |
Petrol |
all |
Taxi3 |
Taxi |
LPG |
all |
Taxi4 |
Private Light Buses (PrLB) |
LPG, Diesel |
<=3.5t |
Taxi5 |
PrLB |
LPG, Diesel |
>3.5t |
Taxi6 |
Non-franchised Buses (NFB) |
Diesel |
<=6.4t |
Taxi7 |
NFB |
Diesel |
>6.4-15t |
Taxi8 |
NFB |
Diesel |
>15t |
Taxi10 |
Single Deck Franchised Buses (SDFB) |
Diesel |
all |
* MC/Taxi –
Sub-model of EMFAC – HK: EMFAC – HK MC v1.2/ EMFAC – HK Taxi v1.2; e.g. MC1 –
Vehicle Class 1 defined in the sub-model EMFAC – HK MC v1.2
Road Grouping
3.25
As the
road characteristics within the study area is similar and the speed limit of
the road was 50kph except a portion of Kam Tin Bypass (as shown in Appendix A1)
was 70kph. Only single road type was
assumed and a single set of emission factors were calculated.
Modelling Modes
3.26
As
suggested in EPD guideline, “Burden mode” was selected. Vehicular emissions for
each hour and for daily totals were output.
Technology Fractions
3.27
In
different years each vehicle class has a different exhaust technology group
index and technology fraction. Each
technology group represents a distinct emission control technology. The technology fractions input to the model
are based on the “Up to Date Vehicle Licensed Number by Age and Technology
Group Fractions” provided by EPD. Since
the exhaust technology fractions are only presented up to the year 2003, those
after this time have been projected in accordance with the EPD Guideline on Modelling
Vehicle Emissions Appendix II - “The Implementation Schedule of Vehicle
Emission Standards in
3.28
Since
sufficient information is not available for the projected breakdown in
percentage of the exhaust technology fractions for petrol PC & LGV, diesel
PC & LGV and PrLB (> 3.5t, diesel & LPG) from Year 2004 to 2030, the
projected breakdowns have been made reference to the default values of the EMFAC-HK
model. It is justified that the existing vehicle emission control programs were
included in the model according to the EPD’s “Guideline on Modeling Vehicle
Emissions”.
3.29
For SDFB,
the Euro II emission standards were assumed in Year 2001 – 2005. The emission
standards after Year 2005 have been followed the “Implementation Schedule of
Vehicle Emission Standards in
3.30
The
technology fractions adopted have been presented in Appendix B1. The fractions
for the period 2025 – 2030 were assumed to be the same as those for the year
2024.
3.31
Default
values were used for the evaporative technology fraction.
Vehicle Population
3.32
As
recommended in EPD’s “Guideline on Modelling Vehicle Emissions”, the latest
vehicle age distribution data provided in the EPD’s website (i.e. the Vehicle
Population in 2003) was adopted, except the population of private car and
taxi. Corresponding population has been
calculated and shown in Appendix B2.
Details on the rationales adopted for the abovementioned vehicle
population are presented below.
Private Car
3.33
As the
implementation of Vehicle Emission Standards, there was no new registration of
diesel private car in
Taxi
3.34
As the
implementation of Vehicle Emission Standards, new registration of diesel taxi
was banned in
Light Bus
3.35
Environment,
Transport and Works Bureau (ETWB) implemented an incentive scheme to encourage
the early replacement of diesel light buses with LPG or electric ones since
2002. As a conservative approach, the
incentive scheme for light buses would not be considered in this assessment as
a conservative approach.
Accrual Rate
3.36
The “Default
values and compositions” were adopted referred to EMFAC-HK Guideline.
Diurnal Variation of Daily Trips
3.37
The daily
trips were used to estimate the cold start emissions of the petrol vehicles
only. Hence, trips for vehicle other than petrol type vehicle would be assumed
zero. The number of vehicle trips in the
study area was calculated by the following equation:
Vehicle Trip of Class
* Default data of EMFAC-HK model
Diurnal Variation of Daily Vehicle Mile-Travelled (VMT)
3.38 The VMT was calculated by multiplying the
number of vehicles from the forecast hourly traffic flow in Year 2030 by the
length of road travelled. The adopted
daily trips and VMT are summarized in Appendix B3.
Hourly Temperature and Relative Humidity Profile
3.39 According to the information provided by Hong
Kong Observatory (HKO), Shek Kong meteorological station was the nearest
station of the Project and was adopted for the model input. As Year 2007 meteorological data from the Shek Kong meteorological station more than 10% data are invalid, Year 2006 meteorological
data for hourly temperature and relative humidity profiles were
adopted.
Speed Fraction
3.40
The speed
limits of all roads within the Study Area (except a portion of Kam Tin Bypass)
would be 50kph, whereas the speed limit of the portion of Kam Tin Bypass would
be 70kph. It was assumed that all
vehicle classes had the same speed profile in the model.
3.41
To
simulate the effect of different road speed during the rush and non-rush hour,
sensitivity test had been carried out. The design road speed limits were assumed for
representing the situation during non-rush hour; while the vehicle speed of
peak hour flow in Year 2030 was adopted representing the situation during the
rush hour. The estimated speed fractions
provided by the traffic consultant were shown in Appendix B4 and the acceptance
by the Transport Department is provided in Appendix A2.
3.42
In the
model, same road speeds were applied to all hours to demonstrate the effect of
using peak flow speed and design speed. A
sensitivity test based on 2015 model year has been conducted to compare the
total emission for all vehicle classes using design road speed limits and peak
hour speed profile at morning peak and afternoon peak traffic flow respectively.
3.43
From the
results of the sensitivity test shown in Appendix B5, it indicated that higher
total daily NOx and RSP emissions would be obtained at morning peak
hour traffic flow. Therefore, the emission
factor at morning peak traffic flow was considered worse than that of afternoon
peak traffic flow.
3.44
In
addition, the results of the sensitivity test indicated a higher total daily NOx
and RSP emissions would be obtained at a lower road speed. Therefore, the peak hour flow speed at speed
limit of 50kph of roads was applied to all hours for predicting the total
hourly emissions in this assessment as a conservative approach.
Model Year
3.45
For the
purpose of finding the worst emission year, a sensitivity test has been
conducted to calculate the vehicle exhaust emissions in different year by using
the same VMT and the flow speed fractions.
By using the peak hour flow speed at speed limit of 50kph of roads at
all hours and Year 2030 morning peak VMT, the total daily NOx an RSP
emissions by 16 vehicle classes in different vehicle exhaust emission year from
2015 to 2030 are summarized in Appendix B6.
3.46
Comparing
the total daily NOx and RSP emissions under different vehicle
exhaust emission years from Year 2015 to 2030, the highest vehicle emissions
were found in Year 2015 and were decreased from Year 2015 to 2030. Therefore, as a conservative approach, the
emissions using emission control scenario in Year 2015 were adopted for this
Project.
Predicted Emission Factors by EMFAC-HK
3.47
As the
output hourly emissions from the EMFAC-HK model are in tonnes per hour, they
were firstly divided by the 2030 morning VMT to obtain the emission factors in
grams per mile per vehicle. The
calculated hourly maximum vehicle emission factors, as displayed by Table 3.5,
at particular hours were then selected for incorporation into the air
dispersion model as a conservative approach.
These factors were adopted together with the forecasted morning peak
traffic flow for year 2030 for the assessment.
The calculation of fleet vehicle emission by 16 vehicle classes is
provided in Appendix B7.
Table 3.5 Emission Factors for Year 2015 for Different Vehicle Classes
Vehicle Class |
Description |
2015 Emission Factors (grams/mile/vehicle) |
|
NOx |
RSP |
||
MC1 |
PC & LGV |
0.1846 |
0.0099 |
MC3 |
Diesel PC & LGV<2.5t |
0.5041 |
0.2159 |
MC4 |
Diesel PC & LGV 2.5-3.5t |
0.3198 |
0.1234 |
MC5 |
PLB |
0.4030 |
0.3769 |
MC6 |
LGV>3.5t |
2.7024 |
0.2785 |
MC7 |
MGV & HGV 5.5-15t |
5.5289 |
0.4734 |
MC8 |
MGV & HGV >=15t |
6.8559 |
0.4344 |
MC10 |
DDFB |
3.8658 |
0.1683 |
MC11 |
MC |
1.0838 |
0.0703 |
Taxi3 |
Taxi |
0.2987 |
0.0415 |
Taxi4 |
PrLB <3.5t |
0.3525 |
0.2783 |
Taxi5 |
PrLB >3.5t |
0.4467 |
0.3955 |
Taxi6 |
NFB <6.4t |
2.0539 |
0.1411 |
Taxi7 |
NFB 6.4-15t |
4.7710 |
0.3132 |
Taxi8 |
NFB >15t |
4.9947 |
0.2675 |
Taxi10 |
SDFB |
0.0000* |
0.0000* |
* The value is zero since there is no single deck
franchised bus (SDFB) travelled within the study area
Inputs for CALINE4 Model
3.48
The
composite fleet emission factors for the road links were calculated based on
the Year 2030 morning peak hour traffic flow, vehicle composition and the fleet
vehicle emission factors as presented in Table 3.5. The detailed calculation of the composited
fleet average emission factors as inputs to the CALINE4 model are provided in
Appendix B8.
3.49
The
following are the meteorological conditions as inputs to the CALINE4 model:
·
Wind speed:
·
Wind direction: worst case wind directions
·
Stability class: D
·
Wind variability: 12°
·
Surface roughness:
·
Mixing height:
3.50
Since
CALINE4 model can only predict maximum hourly concentrations, the 24-hour
average pollutants levels have been calculated by multiplying the 1-hour
pollutants levels by a factor of 0.4, which is suggested by “Screening
Procedures for Estimating the Air Quality Impact of Stationary Sources,
Revised, USEPA, EPA-454/R-92
Impact Prediction and Evaluation
3.51
Taking
into account vehicle emissions from open road networks and the background
pollutant concentrations, the predicted 1-hour average NO2, 24-hour
average NO2 and 24-hour average RSP concentrations were predicted
and the highest pollutant concentrations at each ASR under the worst wind
directions were calculated. Table 3.6 summarized
the predicted maximum 1-hour average NO2, 24-hour average NO2
and 24-hour average RSP concentrations and the detailed predicted pollutant
concentrations at different assessment levels are provided in Appendix B9.
Table 3.6 Predicted Maximum Pollutiant Concentrations at the ASRs (Background Concentration Included)
ASR |
Pollutant
Concentration (µg/m3) |
||
NO2
(1-hour) |
NO2
(24-hour) |
RSP
(24-hour) |
|
AQO |
300 |
150 |
180 |
A4 |
75 |
62 |
57 |
A6 |
133 |
85 |
69 |
A8 |
90 |
68 |
60 |
A10 |
79 |
63 |
58 |
A11 |
93 |
69 |
61 |
A13 |
126 |
82 |
68 |
A14 |
90 |
68 |
60 |
A18 |
87 |
67 |
59 |
A19 |
110 |
76 |
64 |
A24 |
80 |
64 |
57 |
A27 |
113 |
77 |
64 |
A31 |
81 |
64 |
57 |
A32 |
76 |
62 |
57 |
A33 |
80 |
64 |
57 |
A34 |
68 |
59 |
55 |
A35 |
78 |
63 |
57 |
A38 |
70 |
60 |
55 |
A39 |
107 |
75 |
63 |
A40 |
78 |
63 |
57 |
A43 |
85 |
66 |
58 |
A45 |
66 |
58 |
55 |
A49 |
86 |
66 |
59 |
A50 |
66 |
58 |
55 |
A51 |
68 |
59 |
55 |
A53 |
70 |
60 |
56 |
A54 |
73 |
61 |
56 |
P01 |
85 |
66 |
59 |
P02 |
91 |
68 |
60 |
P03 |
74 |
62 |
56 |
P04 |
106 |
74 |
62 |
P05 |
117 |
79 |
66 |
P06 |
144 |
89 |
72 |
P07 |
128 |
83 |
68 |
P08 |
77 |
63 |
57 |
P09 |
119 |
79 |
65 |
P10 |
111 |
76 |
63 |
P11 |
116 |
78 |
64 |
P12 |
110 |
76 |
63 |
P13 |
114 |
77 |
66 |
3.52
Based on
the assessment results presented above, the predicted concentrations of the key
air pollutant parameters (i.e., 1-hour average NO2, 24-hour average
NO2 and 24-hour average RSP) would comply with the AQO.
3.53
From the
results shown in Appendix B9, it is found that the maximum pollutant
concentrations would occur at
3.54
As all
the predicted NO2 and RSP concentrations comply with the AQOs, no
mitigation measure is required.
Residual impacts
3.55
No adverse
residual impact is predicted during the operational phase of the Project.
Environmental
Monitoring and Audit (EM&A)
3.56
It is
recommended that construction phase EM&A is carried out with details
provided in the separate EM&A manual.
3.57
Operational
phase EM&A is considered not necessary as AQO are predicted to be achieved
at all representative ASRs.
Conclusion
3.58
With
proper implementation of dust control measures as required under the Air
Pollution Control (Construction Dust) Regulation, construction dust can be
controlled to acceptable levels and no significant impacts are
anticipated. Gaseous emissions from the
construction equipment are expected to be minimal. Operational air quality
impacts are also expected to be insignificant.
Introduction
4.1
This
section addresses the noise impacts during the construction and operational
phases of the Project. The noise impacts
have been evaluated and assessed in accordance with Annexes 5 and 13 of the
EIA-TM.
Environmental Legislation, Standards and Guidelines
4.2
Relevant environmental
legislations governing noise control are Noise Control Ordinance (NCO) (Cap
400) and Environmental Impact Assessment Ordinance (EIAO) (Cap 499). Relevant assessment criteria and guidelines
of the assessment approaches have been given in the following Technical
Memoranda issued under the NCO and EIAO:
·
Technical
Memorandum on Noise from Construction Work other than Percussive Piling
(GW-TM);
·
Technical
Memorandum on Noise from Construction Work in Designated Areas (DA-TM); and
·
Technical
Memorandum on Environmental Impact Assessment Process (EIA-TM).
Construction Noise
4.3
Construction
noise criteria for daytime hours of 07:00-19:00 hours on any day not being a
Sunday or general holiday are stipulated in Annex 5 of EIA-TM and shown in
Table 4.1 below.
Table 4.1 Noise Criteria for Daytime Construction Activities
Uses / Noise Sensitive Receivers |
0700 to 1900 hours on any day not being a Sunday or
general holiday Leq(30 min) dB(A) |
Domestic Premises |
75 |
Educational institutions including kindergartens, nurseries and all others where unaided voice communication is required |
70 (65 During Examinations) |
Note: The above standards apply to uses which rely
on opened windows for ventilation.
Operational Noise
4.4
Annex 5
of the EIA-TM stipulates the traffic noise criteria during the operational
phase, as shown in Table 4.2.
Table 4.2 Relevant Road Traffic Noise Criteria
Uses / Noise Sensitive Receivers |
Peak Hour Traffic L10 (1 hour) dB(A) |
Domestic Premises |
70 |
Educational institutions, Places of Public Worship |
65 |
Clinics, homes for the aged |
55 |
Note: The above standards apply to uses which rely
on opened windows for ventilation.
4.5
The above
noise criteria shall be viewed as the maximum permissible noise levels assessed
at
4.6
For the operational
noise impact assessment on road traffic, roads within
1.
Original
Scenario: assessment based on the peak hour traffic flow at the design year,
i.e., maximum traffic projection within a 15 years period without the Project;
2.
Unmitigated
Scenario: assessment based on the maximum traffic projection within 15 years of
the design year after completion of the modification works;
3.
Mitigated
Scenario: assessment with the proposed mitigation measures, only necessary when
significant traffic noise impact is predicted; and
4.
Prevailing
Scenario: assessment on existing traffic noise level only necessary when
residual impact is predicted.
4.7
Given
·
Predicted
unmitigated traffic noise level (i.e., “Unmitigated Scenario”) at the
representative NSRs exceeds the noise criteria as listed in Table 4.2 by 1.0
dB(A) or more; and
·
Predicted
unmitigated traffic noise level at the representative NSRs with the Project is
greater than that without the Project (i.e., “Original Scenario”) by 1.0 dB(A)
or more.
4.8
If any of
the NSR cannot be protected by the proposed direction noise mitigation
measures, indirect technical remedies for those NSR may be adopted provided
that the residual impacts satisfy all three criterion below:
1.
Predicted
overall traffic noise level at the NSR must be above the specified noise level
as listed in Table 4.2;
2.
Predicted
overall noise level is at least 1.0 dB(A) more than the prevailing traffic
noise level; and
3.
Noise contribution
from the proposed road project (i.e. the new road) to the increase in predicted
overall noise level is at least 1.0 dB(A).
Baseline Conditions
4.9
The
assessment area is rural in nature. The dominant existing source comes from the
road traffic on
Noise Sensitive Receivers
(NSRs)
4.10
Existing
and planned NSRs within
4.11
In
addition, it is confirmed that no noise sensitive uses within Pat Heung
Division Police Station and Pat Heung Fire Station (refer to Appendix C4).
4.12
With
reference to the confirmation from the Government Secretariat (refer to
Appendix C2), there is no development schedule on the change of uses in the
Shek Kong Barracks. In addition, the
Government Secretariat also confirmed that there are some dormitory exists
within the Shek Kong Barracks. According
to the survey map published by Lands Department, “Church” and “Education Centre”
was labelled within the Shek Kong Barracks.
As confirmed by the Government Secretariat (refer to Appendix C2), the
premises labelled as “Church” and “Education Centre” is currently used as
office/recreational centre and warehouse, respectively, which is not considered
as a NSR according to Annex 13 of EIAO-TM.
Therefore, only the dormitory has been included in this assessment.
4.13
According
to the map of the Kadoorie Farm and Botanic Garden (KFBG) provided in the
KFBG’s website and the site survey had been conducted within the KFBG in
November 2008. No noise sensitive uses
were found within the farm and only reception, office and animal exhibit were
identified at nearby the Project boundary.
As confirmed by the KFBG (refer to Appendix C3), there is no noise
sensitive uses within KFBG.
4.14
Besides,
planned NSRs on relevant published land use plans, including plans and drawings
published by Lands Department has been checked and identified. These NSRs include all existing NSRs as well
as potential planned/ committed noise sensitive uses earmarked on the relevant
Outline Zoning Plans (OZPs), Outline Development Plans (ODPs) and layout
plans.
4.15
According
to Planning Department’s record, there is no Outline Development Plan (ODP)
within
4.16
Representative
NSRs considered to be potentially most affected by noise were selected for the
assessment. In order to assess the
worst-case scenario of the noise impacts upon the planned NSRs, representative
assessment locations for the planned NSRs have been selected at the site /
zoning boundary facing the Project. Even
though a new NSR have been constructed and occupied before the commencement of
the road works within the zoning, the selected planned NSRs already representing
as the worst-case scenario. The
representative NSRs for the construction and operational noise impact assessment
are summarised in Table 4.3 below, with their locations illustrated in Figure 4.1. Photographs of the identified existing
representative NSRs are provided in Appendix C1.
Table 4.3 Summary of the Identified Representative NSRs
NSR |
Description |
No. of Storeys |
Assessment Level |
mPD |
Sensitive Use |
N1 |
Kam
Kwong Nepali Christian Church |
1 |
|
8.9 |
Place for Worship |
N2 |
Village
house at |
1 |
|
7.4 |
Residential |
N3 |
Village
house near Shek Kong |
2 |
|
10.1 12.9 |
Residential |
N4 |
Village
house near Petrol Station |
2 |
|
10.0 12.8 |
Residential |
N5 |
Residential
development near Kiu Tau Tsuen (under construction) |
3 |
|
9.9 12.9 15.9 |
Residential |
N6 |
Kam
Tin Clinic |
2 |
|
10.1 13.1 |
Medical |
N7 |
Village
house, 18E, Shek Kong San Tsuen |
1 |
|
10.8 |
Residential |
N8 |
Dormitory
of Shek Kong Barrack |
3 |
|
11.7 14.5 17.3 |
Residential |
N9 |
Village
house of Shek Kong San Tsuen |
1 |
|
11.6 |
Residential |
N10 |
Village
house of Shek Kong San Tsuen |
1 |
|
10.9 |
Residential |
N12 |
Low-rise
residential building, 136, Season Villas |
2 |
|
12.7 15.5 |
Residential |
N13 |
Village
house near Season Villas |
2 |
|
14.6 17.4 |
Residential |
N15 |
Village
house near Season Villas |
2 |
|
12.3 15.1 |
Residential |
N16 |
Village
house, 265, |
2 |
|
13.0 15.8 |
Residential |
N17 |
Village
house near Shek Kong Vegetable Marketing Cooperation Society Limited |
2 |
|
16.0 18.8 |
Residential |
N18 |
Village
house, Chung Ying Yuen |
2 |
|
16.8 19.6 |
Residential |
N19 |
Village
house, Ching Yuen |
2 |
|
17.2 20.0 |
Residential |
N20 |
Village
house, Lin Yuen |
3 |
|
18.0 20.8 23.6 |
Residential |
N21 |
Village
house near Pat Heung Police Station |
2 |
|
18.2 21.0 |
Residential |
N22 |
Village
house, 82, Green Villa |
3 |
|
19.7 22.5 25.3 |
Residential |
N24 |
Village
house, Lee Ka Yuen |
2 |
|
19.8 22.6 |
Residential |
N25 |
Village
house, |
3 |
|
21.9 24.7 27.5 |
Residential |
N26 |
Yan Wo
Home for Aged |
3 |
|
23.0 25.8 28.6 |
Home for Aged |
N27 |
Village
house near Petrol Station (under construction) |
3 |
|
23.0 25.8 28.6 |
Residential |
N28 |
Village
house, 94B, Wang Toi Shan San Tsuen |
3 |
|
23.9 26.7 29.5 |
Residential |
N29 |
Village
house, 46 – 47, Wang Toi Shan Lo Uk Tsuen |
3 |
|
24.3 27.1 29.9 |
Residential |
N30 |
Shun
Fook Home for Aged |
3 |
|
23.6 26.4 29.2 |
Home for Aged |
N31 |
Village
house, 30, Wang Toi Shan Lo Uk Tsuen |
2 |
|
25.0 27.8 |
Residential |
N32 |
Block
9, Evergreen International |
3 |
|
26.0 28.8 31.6 |
Home for Aged |
N33 |
Village
house |
2 |
|
29.4 32.2 |
Residential |
N34 |
Village
house, |
3 |
|
38.8 41.6 44.4 |
Residential |
N35 |
Village
house near Pine Hill Villa |
2 |
|
43.0 45.8 |
Residential |
N36 |
Village
house opposite to Pine Hill Villa |
2 |
|
42.6 45.4 |
Residential |
N37 |
Village
house, Pine Hill Villa |
3 |
|
47.7 50.5 53.3 |
Residential |
N38 |
Village
house |
3 |
|
47.7 50.5 53.3 |
Residential |
N39 |
Village
house near |
2 |
|
45.0 47.8 |
Residential |
N41 |
Village
house of |
3 |
|
45.8 48.6 51.4 |
Residential |
N42 |
Village
house near Pat Heung Rural Committee |
2 |
|
47.8 50.6 |
Residential |
N43 |
Village
house |
3 |
|
51.0 53.8 56.6 |
Residential |
N44 |
Village
house near Route Twisk |
3 |
|
52.4 55.2 58.0 |
Residential |
N45 |
Village
house |
1 |
|
54.1 |
Residential |
N46 |
|
5 |
|
59.9 62.9 65.9 68.9 71.9 |
Residential |
N47 |
4, |
2 |
|
71.4 74.4 |
Residential |
N48 |
Village
house |
1 |
|
61.8 |
Residential |
N49 |
Village
house |
1 |
|
71.5 |
Residential |
N50 |
Village
house |
2 |
|
84.1 86.9 |
Residential |
N51 |
Village
house ( |
1 |
|
99.2 |
Residential |
N52 |
Village
house |
2 |
|
135.7 138.5 |
Residential |
N53 |
Village
house ( |
1 |
|
151.6 |
Residential |
N54 |
Village
house (opposite side of Kadoorie Experimental Farm) |
1 |
|
158.7 |
Residential |
P01 (1) |
Planned
village development (V Zone) at Kam Tin South OZP [Statutory Plan No.:
S/YL-KTS/11] |
3* |
|
9.0 11.8 14.6 |
Residential |
P02 (1) |
Planned
residential development [R(D) Zone] at Kam Tin South OZP [Statutory Plan No.:
S/YL-KTS/11] |
2* |
|
9.1 12.1 |
Residential |
P03 |
Planned
village house [Planning Application Case No.: A/YL-PH/540] |
3** |
|
29.7 32.5 35.3 |
Residential |
P04 (1) |
Planned
residential development [R(D) Zone] at Pat Heung OZP [Statutory Plan No.:
S/YL-PH/11] |
2* |
|
54.8 57.8 |
Residential |
P05 (1) |
Planned
village development (V Zone) at Kam Tin North OZP [Statutory Plan No.:
S/YL-KTN/7] |
3* |
|
8.8 11.6 14.4 |
Residential |
P06 (1) |
Planned
village development (V Zone) at Kam Tin North OZP [Statutory Plan No.:
S/YL-KTN/7] |
3* |
|
9.4 12.2 15.0 |
Residential |
P07 (1) |
Planned
residential development (R(D) Zone) at Kam Tin North OZP [Statutory Plan No.:
S/YL-KTN/7] |
2* |
|
11.1 14.1 |
Residential |
P08 (1) |
Planned
residential development (R(C)2 Zone) at Kam Tin North OZP [Statutory Plan
No.: S/YL-KTN/7] |
3* |
|
10.3 13.3 16.3 |
Residential |
P09 (1) |
Planned
village development (V Zone) at Pat Heung OZP [Statutory Plan No.: S/YL-PH/11] |
3* |
|
21.1 23.9 26.7 |
Residential |
P10 (1) |
Planned
village development (V Zone) at Pat Heung OZP [Statutory Plan No.:
S/YL-PH/11] |
3* |
|
26.7 29.5 32.3 |
Residential |
P11 (1) |
Planned
residential development (R(D) Zone) at Pat Heung OZP [Statutory Plan No.:
S/YL-PH/11] |
2* |
|
32.9 35.9 |
Residential |
P12 (1) |
Planned
village development (V Zone) at Shek Kong OZP [Statutory Plan No.: S/YL-SK/9] |
3* |
|
47.4 50.2 53.0 |
Residential |
P13 (1) |
Planned
village development (V Zone) at Shek Kong OZP [Statutory Plan No.: S/YL-SK/9] |
3* |
|
51.9 54.7 57.5 |
Residential |
Note:
(1) For the planned NSR at the land use zoning of
“V” or “R”, the calculation of construction noise level is excluded as no
information showing the actual location of future noise sensitive development
during Project construction.
* Permitted maximum building height or number
of storey stated in the approved Outline Zoning Plan
** Number of storey stated in the approved planning
application
Construction Noise Impact Assessment
Impact Identification
4.17
In order
to complete the works within scheduled timeframe, the use of Powered Mechanical
Equipment (PME) is unavoidable.
Therefore, the use of PME in daytime is expected to be the major noise
source during the construction of the Project.
No construction works are scheduled to be undertaken during noise
control restricted hours of all days during the evening and night-time (i.e. 19:00-07:00
hours); and all time during Sundays and public holidays. Notwithstanding, it will be the Contractor’s
responsibility to apply for a Construction Noise Permit (CNP) for any
construction works planned to be undertaken during restricted hours in
accordance with the Noise Control Ordinance (NCO). No percussive piling works will be required within
the proposed project area.
Assessment Assumptions and Methodology
4.18
The
Project is scheduled to commence in first quarter of 2011 and to be completed
in third quarter of 2015. All
construction tasks would be carried out during unrestricted hours (0700 to 1900
hours Monday to Saturday excluding general holidays). Details of construction tasks are as follows:
·
Road upgrading
(including minor excavation and minor slope works);
·
Road paving;
·
Geotechnical
Work (Soil Nailing); and
·
Soldier Pile
Wall Construction.
4.19
Due to temporary
road traffic management is not allowing long road closure on one lane for dual
carriageway, each active construction activity location shall be about
Table 4.4 Operation Duration of PME for the Construction of Road Work
Construction
Stage |
Involved
PME |
Duration |
Road Breaking |
Breaker + Generator |
1 – 2 day(s) |
Excavating |
Excavator |
1 – 2 day(s) |
Road Paving |
Asphalt Paver |
0.5 day |
Road Compacting |
Vibratory Roller |
0.5 day |
4.20
The
geotechnical works and the soldier pile wall construction will only occur at
the locations as indicates in Figure 4.1.
There is only one work site for construction of soldier pile wall (as
shown in Figure 4.1d). The geotechnical
works have been included in the assessment on NSRs where locates within
4.21
The construction
of soldier pile wall has been included in the noise impacts assessment on NSRs
N33, N34, N35 and P03. It is noted that there will be no concurrent use of PME
for road works and construction of soldier pile wall except the use of breaker
and generator within each work front.
4.22
The exact
number and type of PME used for various construction activities will only be
known after appointment of the works Contractor. However, assessment has been
conducted based on the assumed PME inventory as listed in Appendix D1. The number for each PME has been assumed to
be one within each construction work front.
The percentage on-time for each PME has been assumed to be 100%, based
on 30-minute working periods, except 50% on-time assumed for dump truck and
lorry and 70% on-time assumed for rotary driller. The Project Proponent has confirmed that the PME inventory with the
percentage on-time is practicable and practical to complete the works within
scheduled timeframe and are available in
4.23
Similar
to the assumptions on the PME inventory, the exact staging or phasing of
construction arrangement will be determined by the contractor after appointment
of the works. Assessment has been
conducted based on the assumption that the length of each active construction site
is up to
4.24
The
construction noise impact at representative NSRs has been assessed based on
standard acoustic principles and the assessment methodology as specified in the
GW-TM and Annex 13 of the EIAO-TM.
4.25
The Sound
Power Level (SWL) of the PME was determined from Table 3 of the GW-TM. The SWL also made reference to the British
Standards BS 5228: Part 1:1997 – “Noise and Vibration Control on Construction
and Open Sites”.
4.26
It is
assumed that all PME required for a particular construction activity would be
located at the notional probable source position of the road section where such
activity is to be performed. To predict
the noise level, PME is divided into groups required for each construction task
/ stage. The sound pressure level of
each construction task is calculated based on the number of PME and distance
from the NSR. The noise levels at NSRs
are then predicted by adding up the SWLs of all concurrent construction tasks.
4.27
A
positive 3 dB(A) façade correction is added to the predicted noise levels in
order to account for the facade effect at each NSR.
Potential Cumulative Impacts
4.28
As identified
in Section 2, two of the designated projects (i.e., Yuen Long, Kam Tin, Ngau Tam Mei & Tin
Shui Wai Drainage Improvement Stage 1, Phase 2B - Kam
Tin Secondary Drainage Channel KT13 (CE 67/98) and Drainage Improvement in Sha
Tin and Tai Po Design and Construction (CE 50/2001)) and one non-designated project (i.e., Replacement and Rehabilitation of Water
mains Stage 2; Mains in New Territories East – Investigation, Design and
Construction (CE 6/2005)) will be located at more than
4.29
Apart
from the above, there are three non-designated projects (i.e., Replacement and Rehabilitation of Water
mains Stage 2 (Agreement No.: CE
1/2005), Replacement and Rehabilitation of Water mains Stage 4 (Agreement No.:
CE 10/2008) and Yuen Long and Kam Tin Sewerage and Sewage Disposal
(Agreement No.: PWP 4235DS)) which will potentially be constructing concurrently with this
project. However, according to the
temporary traffic arrangement concerns, the distance separation of more than
Assessment of Construction Noise Impacts
(un-mitigated scenario)
4.30
Table 4.5
summarizes the predicted maximum construction noise levels at the representative
NSRs under the un-mitigated scenario. Detailed
calculations of the noise levels are provided in Appendix D3.
Table 4.5 Predicted Maximum Construction Noise Levels at the Representative NSRs (Un-mitigated Scenario)
NSR |
Description |
Predicted Noise Levels [Leq (30min)], dB(A) |
Noise Criteria, dB(A) |
N1 |
Kam Kwong Nepali Christian Church |
70 |
70 |
N2 |
Village
house at |
63 |
75 |
N3 |
Village house near Shek Kong |
76 |
75 |
N4 |
Village house near Petrol Station |
80 |
75 |
N5 |
Residential development near Kiu Tau Tsuen (under construction) |
75 |
75 |
N6 |
Kam Tin Clinic |
92 |
70 |
N7 |
Village house, 18E, Shek Kong San Tsuen |
92 |
75 |
N8 |
Dormitory of Shek Kong Barrack |
86 |
75 |
N9 |
Village house of Shek Kong San Tsuen |
85 |
75 |
N10 |
Village house of Shek Kong San Tsuen |
86 |
75 |
N12 |
Low-rise residential building , 136, Season Villas |
71 |
75 |
N13 |
Village house near Season Villas |
98 |
75 |
N15 |
Village house near Season Villas |
79 |
75 |
N16 |
Village
house, 265, |
80 |
75 |
N17 |
Village house near Shek Kong Vegetable Marketing Cooperation Society Limited |
82 |
75 |
N18 |
Village house, Chung Ying Yuen |
81 |
75 |
N19 |
Village house, Ching Yuen |
90 |
75 |
N20 |
Village house, Lin Yuen |
79 |
75 |
N21 |
Village house near Pat Heung Police Station |
79 |
75 |
N22 |
Village house, 82, Green Villa |
78 |
75 |
N24 |
Village house, Lee Ka Yuen |
86 |
75 |
N25 |
Village
house, |
78 |
75 |
N26 |
Yan Wo Home for Aged |
83 |
75 |
N27 |
Village house near Petrol Station (under construction) |
93 |
75 |
N28 |
Village house, 94B, Wang Toi Shan San Tsuen |
75 |
75 |
N29 |
Village house, 46 – 47, Wang Toi Shan Lo Uk Tsuen |
86 |
75 |
N30 |
Shun Fook Home for Aged |
78 |
75 |
N31 |
Village house, 30, Wang Toi Shan Lo Uk Tsuen |
84 |
75 |
N32 |
Block
9, Evergreen International |
79 |
75 |
N33 |
Village house |
82 |
75 |
N34 |
Village
house, |
80 |
75 |
N35 |
Village house near Pine Hill Villa |
79 |
75 |
N36 |
Village house opposite to Pine Hill Villa |
79 |
75 |
N37 |
Village house, Pine Hill Villa |
80 |
75 |
N38 |
Village house |
81 |
75 |
N39 |
Village
house near |
97 |
75 |
N41 |
Village
house of |
85 |
75 |
N42 |
Village house near Pat Heung Rural Committee |
90 |
75 |
N43 |
Village house |
81 |
75 |
N44 |
Village house near Route Twisk |
78 |
75 |
N45 |
Village house |
79 |
75 |
N46 |
|
65 |
75 |
N47 |
4, |
64 |
75 |
N48 |
Village house |
74 |
75 |
N49 |
Village house |
88 |
75 |
N50 |
Village house |
78 |
75 |
N51 |
Village
house ( |
79 |
75 |
N52 |
Village house |
79 |
75 |
N53 |
Village
house ( |
86 |
75 |
N54 |
Village house (opposite side of Kadoorie Experimental Farm) |
66 |
75 |
P03 |
Planned village house |
77 |
75 |
Note: Noise levels exceeding the construction noise
criteria are bolded and
underlined.
4.31
In the
absence of noise mitigation measures, it is found that the predicted
construction noise levels at most of the representative NSRs will exceed the
noise criteria.
4.32
In order
to alleviate the construction noise impacts at the affected NSRs, implementation
of noise mitigation measures such as use of quieter PME and / or erection of
movable noise barriers are recommended.
4.33
The
planned NSRs (i.e., P01 to P02 and P04 to P13) at the noise sensitive land use
zoning (e.g., village house or residential development) may be subjected to
potential construction noise impact if new NSRs have been constructed and
occupied before the commencement of the road works. However, the noise exceedance should be
limited to a certain distance from the construction work front (i.e.,
Noise Mitigation Measures
4.34
Recommended
noise mitigation measures include good site practices, the use of quieter PME, avoidance
of concurrent construction activities within an active construction site, installation
of acoustic enclosure for the hand-held breaker, erection of temporary noise
barriers, application of the acoustic barrier for the rock drill and other
measures as mentioned in the later Sections. The feasibility on application of these
mitigation measures at the NSRs has been confirmed by the Project Proponents.
Implementation of Good Site
Practices
4.35
Good site
practices can reduce the noise impacts on affected NSRs, although the
effectiveness of these practices can vary depending on actual site conditions,
and hence it is difficult to quantify effectiveness. The recommended practices
are as follows:
·
PMEs should be
kept to a minimum and the parallel use of them should be avoided;
·
Intermittent
use of PME which can be shut down between work periods or throttled down to a minimum;
·
Mobile PME
should be sited as far from NSRs as possible;
·
PME known to
emit noise strongly in one direction should be orientated to direct away from
the nearby NSRs;
·
Only
well-maintained plant should be operated on-site and PME should be serviced
regularly during the construction programme; and
Use
of Quieter PME
4.36 Using the quieter PME is considered as a practical
measure to significantly reduce the noise impacts. Quieter PME are defined as having SWLs less than
those listed in the GW-TM, and such PME for various construction activities are
proposed in Table 4.6 and in accordance with BS 5228: Part I 1997 unless
specified. These PME are known to be
available in
Table 4.6 List of Proposed Quieter PME for Construction Phase
PME |
ID
code* |
SWL,
dB(A) |
|
Road Works |
|
|
|
Stage 1 |
|
|
|
Excavator, wheeled/tracked |
C.8-15 (1) |
103 |
|
Excavator, wheeled/tracked |
QPME (2) |
93 |
|
Lorry |
C.8 25 (1) |
96 |
|
|
|
|
|
Stage 2 |
|
|
|
Asphalt Paver |
C.8-24 (1) |
101 |
|
Roller, vibratory |
C.3-115 (1) |
102 |
|
|
|
|
|
Soldier Pile Wall |
|
|
|
Excavator, wheeled/tracked |
C.8-15 (1) |
103 |
|
Concrete Pump |
C.6-36 (1) |
106 |
(1) Those PME with format C.X-XXX are quiet
equipment with SWLs extracted from BS5228: Part 1: 1997.
(2) Details of the plant with code “QPME” can be
assessed from the EPD’s webpage: (http://www.epd.gov.hk/cgi-bin/npg/qpme/index.pl?lang=eng)
4.37
It should
be noted that the Contractor has the flexibility to select preferred quieter
PME models on the condition that the total SWLs of the selected quieter PME
plants are less than or equal to the SWLs shown in Appendix D1.
Avoidance of Concurrent Works
4.38
Restriction
on road works and geotechnical works should be avoided to be undertaken
concurrently near NSR N53. The Project
Proponent has
confirmed that this restriction
is practicable. By considering the
effectiveness of the noise mitigation measure, it is considered that
implementation on other NSRs are not necessary.
Erection of Temporary Noise Barriers
4.39
The
erection of temporary noise barriers provide noise attenuation by screening
NSRs from stationary and mobile plants from direct line-of-sight in shadow
zone. The use of movable barriers with
skid footing and a small cantilevered upper portion can be adopted. The height of the noise barriers shall be designed
such that the active PME cannot be directly viewed from the affected NSRs and
with a length to height ratio at least 5:1 and a superficial material surface
density > 10 kgm-2. With
this temporary noise barrier configuration a noise reduction of 10 dB(A) and 5
dB(A) can be achieved for stationary and mobile PME, respectively.
4.40
Due to
the site constraints, only N27 have been found practicable for erection of
temporary noise barrier. Figure 4.2
shown a typical cross-section diagram of the proposed temporary noise barrier
at NSR N27.
Acoustic Screen / Enclosure
4.41
Acoustic
enclosures, which completely cover the noisy part of PME, can provide
significant noise reduction. Enclosing
the hand-held breaker in an acoustic enclosure with suitable ventilation can
provide a noise reduction up to 20 dB(A) (Table B.1 of BS5228 refers). Adopting a conservative approach, a noise
reduction of 10 dB(A) was assumed in the calculation. The enclosure shall be built
with a material density of > 7 kgm-2 with sound absorption lining
of at least
4.42
For the
geotechnical work and soldier pile wall construction, an acoustic screen shall
be installed at the crawler rig in order to block the line of sight from the elevated
noise source to the affected NSRs. It is
assumed 5 dB(A) noise reduction could be achieved from the screen with minimum
Summary of Noise Mitigation Measures
4.43 Table 4.7 presents the proposed noise mitigation
measures to be implemented at the NSRs during construction.
Table 4.7 Locations of Adoption of Proposed Noise Mitigation Measures to be Implemented at the NSRs during Construction
NSR |
Proposed
Mitigation Measures |
|||
Quieter PME |
Temporary Noise Barrier |
Enclosure for Breaker |
Noise Screen for Rock Drill / Rotary Driller |
|
N1 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
N2 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
N3 |
Y (1) |
- |
- |
- |
N4 |
Y (1) |
- |
- |
- |
N5 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
N6 |
Y (2) |
- |
Y |
- |
N7 |
Y (2) |
- |
Y |
- |
N8 |
Y (1) |
- |
Y |
- |
N9 |
Y (1) |
- |
Y |
- |
N10 |
Y (1) |
- |
Y |
- |
N12 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
N13 |
Y (2) |
- |
Y |
- |
N15 |
Y (1) |
- |
- |
- |
N16 |
Y (1) |
- |
- |
- |
N17 |
Y (1) |
- |
Y |
- |
N18 |
Y (1) |
- |
Y |
- |
N19 |
Y (2) |
- |
Y |
- |
N20 |
Y (1) |
- |
- |
- |
N21 |
Y (1) |
- |
- |
- |
N22 |
Y (1) |
- |
- |
- |
N24 |
Y (1) |
- |
Y |
- |
N25 |
Y (1) |
- |
- |
- |
N26 |
Y (1) |
- |
Y |
- |
N27 |
Y (2) |
Y |
Y |
- |
N28 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
N29 |
Y (1) |
- |
Y |
- |
N30 |
Y (1) |
- |
- |
- |
N31 |
Y (1) |
- |
Y |
- |
N32 |
Y (1) |
- |
- |
- |
N33 |
Y (1) |
- |
Y |
- |
N34 |
Y (1) |
- |
Y |
Y |
N35 |
Y (1) |
- |
- |
- |
N36 |
Y (1) |
- |
- |
- |
N37 |
Y (1) |
- |
- |
- |
N38 |
Y (1) |
- |
- |
- |
N39 |
Y (2) |
- |
Y |
- |
N41 |
Y (1) |
- |
Y |
- |
N42 |
Y (2) |
- |
Y |
- |
N43 |
Y (1) |
- |
- |
- |
N44 |
Y (1) |
- |
- |
- |
N45 |
Y (1) |
- |
- |
- |
N46 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
N47 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
N48 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
N49 |
Y (2) |
- |
Y |
Y |
N50 |
Y (1) |
- |
- |
- |
N51 |
Y (1) |
- |
- |
- |
N52 |
Y (1) |
- |
- |
- |
N53 |
Y (1) |
- |
Y |
Y |
N54 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
P03 |
Y (1) |
- |
- |
- |
Note:
1) Use of QPME with medium
size excavator.
2) Use of QPME with
mini-size excavator.
Assessment of Construction Noise Impacts (mitigated
scenario)
4.44
After
implementation of mitigation measures (as proposed in Table 4.7), the predicted
maximum construction noise levels at the representative NSRs are summarized in
Table 4.8 and detailed calculations are provided in Appendix D3.
Table 4.8 Predicted Maximum Construction Noise Levels at the Representative NSRs (Mitigated Scenario)
NSR |
Description |
Predicted Noise Levels [Leq (30min)], dB(A) |
Criteria, dB(A) |
N1 |
Kam Kwong Nepali Christian Church |
70 |
70 |
N2 |
Village
house at |
63 |
75 |
N3 |
Village house near Shek Kong |
70 |
75 |
N4 |
Village house near Petrol Station |
74 |
75 |
N5 |
Residential development near Kiu Tau Tsuen (under construction) |
75 |
75 |
N6 |
Kam Tin Clinic |
79 |
70 |
N7 |
Village house, 18E, Shek Kong San Tsuen |
79 |
75 |
N8 |
Dormitory of Shek Kong Barrack |
75 |
75 |
N9 |
Village house of Shek Kong San Tsuen |
74 |
75 |
N10 |
Village house of Shek Kong San Tsuen |
75 |
75 |
N12 |
Low-rise residential building , 136, Season Villas |
71 |
75 |
N13 |
Village house near Season Villas |
84 |
75 |
N15 |
Village house near Season Villas |
73 |
75 |
N16 |
Village
house, 265, |
74 |
75 |
N17 |
Village house near Shek Kong Vegetable Marketing Cooperation Society Limited |
71 |
75 |
N18 |
Village house, Chung Ying Yuen |
70 |
75 |
N19 |
Village house, Ching Yuen |
78 |
75 |
N20 |
Village house, Lin Yuen |
74 |
75 |
N21 |
Village house near Pat Heung Police Station |
73 |
75 |
N22 |
Village house, 82, Green Villa |
72 |
75 |
N24 |
Village house, Lee Ka Yuen |
75 |
75 |
N25 |
Village
house, |
72 |
75 |
N26 |
Yan Wo Home for Aged |
72 |
75 |
N27 |
Village house near Petrol Station (under construction) |
77 |
75 |
N28 |
Village house, 94B, Wang Toi Shan San Tsuen |
75 |
75 |
N29 |
Village house, 46 – 47, Wang Toi Shan Lo Uk Tsuen |
75 |
75 |
N30 |
Shun Fook Home for Aged |
72 |
75 |
N31 |
Village house, 30, Wang Toi Shan Lo Uk Tsuen |
73 |
75 |
N32 |
Block
9, Evergreen International |
74 |
75 |
N33 |
Village house |
71 |
75 |
N34 |
Village
house, |
73 |
75 |
N35 |
Village house near Pine Hill Villa |
75 |
75 |
N36 |
Village house opposite to Pine Hill Villa |
73 |
75 |
N37 |
Village house, Pine Hill Villa |
74 |
75 |
N38 |
Village house |
75 |
75 |
N39 |
Village
house near |
83 |
75 |
N41 |
Village
house of |
74 |
75 |
N42 |
Village house near Pat Heung Rural Committee |
75 |
75 |
N43 |
Village house |
75 |
75 |
N44 |
Village house near Route Twisk |
72 |
75 |
N45 |
Village house |
73 |
75 |
N46 |
|
65 |
75 |
N47 |
4, |
64 |
75 |
N48 |
Village house |
74 |
75 |
N49 |
Village house |
75 |
75 |
N50 |
Village house |
73 |
75 |
N51 |
Village
house ( |
73 |
75 |
N52 |
Village house |
74 |
75 |
N53 |
Village
house ( |
74 |
75 |
N54 |
Village house (opposite side of Kadoorie Experimental Farm) |
66 |
75 |
P03 |
Planned village house |
73 |
75 |
Note: Noise levels exceeding the construction noise
standards are bolded and
underlined.
4.45
In view
of the results listed in Table 4.8, the predicted construction noise levels
with noise mitigation measures at the majority of the representative NSRs shall
comply with the corresponding construction noise criteria. However, 6 existing NSRs may exceed the noise
criteria at the different stages of construction works.
4.46
By
comparing against the affected area of the unmitigated scenario as stated in
Section 4.33, after the adoption of quieter equipment and the implementation of
mitigation measures, the affected area with noise exceedance should be reduced
to
Residual Impacts during Construction Phase
4.47
After
implementing all practical noise mitigation measures, including the adoption of
quieter PME, avoidance of concurrent works, acoustic enclosure for the
hand-held breaker, erection of temporary noise barriers, application of the
acoustic screen for the rock drill and rotary driller and other measures, the
predicted mitigated noise levels at most NSRs will comply with noise criteria. However, residual impacts at some NSRs are still
anticipated. The list of NSRs subject to
residual construction noise impacts are summarized in Table 4.9.
Table 4.9 NSRs Subjected Residual Construction Noise Impacts
NSR |
Description |
Predicted Noise Levels [Leq
(30min)], dB(A) |
Criteria, dB(A) |
|
Road Up-grading |
Road Paving |
|||
N6 |
Kam Tin Clinic |
78 |
79 |
70 |
N7 |
Village house, 18E, Shek Kong San Tsuen |
78 |
79 |
75 |
N13 |
Village house near Season Villas |
84 |
81 |
75 |
N19 |
Village house, Ching Yuen |
76 |
78 |
75 |
N27 |
Village house near Petrol Station (under construction) |
77 |
76 |
75 |
N39 |
Village
house near |
83 |
83 |
75 |
Note: Noise levels exceeding the construction noise
standards are bold and
underlined.
4.48 Due to close proximity to the construction work, the
predicted construction noise level at the above 6 NSRs will exceed the noise
criteria even though the proposed mitigation measures have been implemented. The exceedance of 1 to 9 dB(A) above the
noise criteria are mainly contributed due to the road paving work.
4.49
Table
4.10 summaries the site specific measures implemented at the 6 NSRs subjected
to residual construction noise impact.
Table 4.10 Site Specific Mitigation Measures Implemented at NSRs Subjected to Residual Construction Noise Impact
NSR |
Use of Quieter PME* |
Avoidance of Concurrent Works |
Erection of Noise Enclosure
for Hand-held Breaker |
Erection of Temporary Barrier |
Constraints Encountered for Erection of
Temporary Barrier |
N6 |
Y |
Y |
Y |
N |
l Insufficient space at construction area; l Erection of Temporary Barrier is considered not feasible due to vehicle access need to be maintained at the nearby houses / uses. |
N7 |
Y |
Y |
Y |
N |
l Insufficient space at construction area; l Erection of Temporary Barrier is considered not feasible due to vehicle access need to be maintained at the nearby houses / uses. |
N13 |
Y |
Y |
Y |
N |
l Insufficient space at construction area; l Erection of Temporary Barrier is considered not feasible due to vehicle access need to be maintained at the nearby houses / uses. |
N19 |
Y |
Y |
Y |
N |
l Insufficient space at construction area; l Erection of Temporary Barrier is considered not feasible due to vehicle access need to be maintained at the nearby houses / uses. |
N27 |
Y |
Y |
Y |
Y |
N/A |
N39 |
Y |
Y |
Y |
N |
l Insufficient space at construction area; l Erection of Temporary Barrier is considered not feasible due to vehicle access need to be maintained at the nearby houses / uses. |
Note:
* Use of Quieter PME (see the list of Quieter PME
in Table 4.6) including implementation of good site practices.
4.50
The
alternative quieter PME have been considered and listed in Table 4.6. The noisy equipments have been replaced by
the quieter PME such as the use of lorry to replace the dump truck. In order to further mitigate the construction
noise impact upon the concerned locations (i.e., NSRs N6, N7, N13, N19, 27 and
N39), the Contractor should explore to select commonly available and quieter
PME models that the SWLs of the selected quieter PME plants are less than or
equal to the SWLs shown in Appendix D1.
4.51
The use
of quieter alternative construction method have been considered as stated in
Section 2.7. As
4.52
The use
of acoustic enclosures to the hand-held breaker have been considered to mitigate the noise impacts. On the other hand, the construction work
front will direct face to those NSRs, a temporary vehicle access will be maintained. However, the erection of temporary noise
barrier will create an obstruction to the vehicle access upon the NSRs N6, N7,
N13, N19 and N39. In addition, the space
for the footing of the temporary noise barrier is about 2m width. There is not enough space at the construction
site for the erection of temporary noise barrier near those NSRs. Therefore, the erection of temporary noise
barriers are not considered practicable near NSRs N6, N7, N13, N19 and N39. The
exceedance of noise criteria by 2 dB(A) at NSR N27 is still anticipated even though the erection of temporary
noise barrier.
4.53
Therefore,
all practical effective noise mitigation measures have been fully explored and
exhausted to reduce the nuisance to the public arising from the construction
works.
4.54
Although
the construction of the entire
4.55
As
Table 4.11 Residual Impacts on the NSRs
NSR |
No. of
Dwellings |
Stage of
Construction |
|||
Road Up-grading |
Road Paving |
||||
Max. Residual Noise Level, dB(A) |
Duration of Exceedance |
Max. Residual Noise Level, dB(A) |
Duration of Exceedance |
||
N6 |
1 |
78 |
2 – 3 days |
79 |
Within 2 days |
1 |
78 |
2 – 3 days |
79 |
Within 2 days |
|
N13 |
1 |
84 |
6 days |
81 |
Within 2 days |
N19 |
1 |
76 |
2 – 3 days |
78 |
Within 2 days |
N27 |
3 |
77 |
2 – 3 days |
76 |
Within 2 days |
N39 |
1 |
83 |
6 days |
83 |
Within 2 days |
Note: The duration of exceedance is estimated
based on two work fronts for the construction of two-lane carriageway.
4.56
As mentioned
in Section 4.16, there are some land use zoning in the vicinity of the proposed
Project which may have potential planned NSRs such as village houses located
close to the construction work front in future.
They may be affected by the construction works of the Project if they
are occupied prior to the construction.
As mentioned in Section 4.33, noise exceedance at these potential NSRs
will be anticipated if the road upgrading work or road paving work are less
than 50 m or 30 m from the NSR, respectively.
The above mentioned noise mitigation measures would be adopted to
minimize the potential construction noise impact. After the adoption of quieter equipment and
the implementation of mitigation measures, the affected area with noise
exceedance should be reduced to 10 m and 12 m for the road upgrading work and
road paving work, respectively. Assumed
the potential planned NSRs located at the construction work boundary, the
duration of the residual impacts on those NSRs are estimated less than 6 days
for the road upgrading work and 2 days for the road paving work.
4.57
It is
recommended that more detailed construction work programme should be established
by the Contractor before actual construction work and applicable noise
mitigation measures should be implemented according to the actual site
condition and constraints in order to minimize the potential construction noise
impact.
4.58
In
addition, a detailed work programme according to the environmental monitoring
and audit manual should be provided by the Environmental Team (ET) of the
Contractor, and to be approved by Independent Environmental Checker (IEC)
before actual implementation.
Operational Noise Impact
Assessment
Impact Identification
4.59
During
the operation of the Project, it may increase the road traffic noise impacts on
the nearby NSRs. In order to determine
whether the road traffic noise impact due to a road improvement project would
be considered significant, the road traffic noise impact assessment was carried
out.
4.60
Road
traffic noise from
4.61
As
confirmed by the Project Proponent (Appendix D2), the existing road type (Kam
Tin Road and Lam Kam Road are rural road) will not be changed after completion
of the Project. Therefore, the Project
is not within the meaning under item A.1 of Part 1, Schedule 2 of the EIAO: “A road which is an expressway, trunk road,
primary distributor road or district distributor road including new roads, and
major extensions or improvements to existing roads”.
Assessment Methodology
4.62
According
to Section
4.63
Appendix A2
contains relevant correspondences with Transport Department on the agreement of
traffic data and assessment assumptions.
It should be noted that the Project will not affect the traffic volume on
the existing roads.
4.64
As shown
in Appendix A1, roads within
4.65
The road
surface type of the existing road (i.e., bitumen or concrete) was assumed
except a section of Kam Tin Bypass at 70 kph (i.e., pervious road surface). With reference to the confirmation from the
Highways Department (refer to Appendix D2), the road surface type of the
existing road shown in Appendix A1 is considered valid and bitumen surface will
be paved along the entire road sections of the Project.
4.66
The
existing roadside noise barriers along Kam Tin Bypass and
4.67
The road
alignments, surrounding buildings and all other structures that could have
noise screening are inputted in the road traffic noise model. The roads are divided into segments and each
of the road segment assigned a road width, road surface type, road design speed
and traffic volume with percentage of heavy vehicles. Traffic noise levels are calculated at the noise
assessment point,
4.68
Traffic
noise levels are predicted by the roadNoise model with algorithm based on the
UK Department of Transport Calculation of Road Traffic Noise (CRTN) 1988
developed by the UK Department of
Transport.
4.69
The
operational noise impacts are predicted under the following scenarios:
·
“Original
Scenario”, i.e., “without Project” scenario at Year 2030; and
·
“Unmitigated Scenario”,
i.e., “with Project” scenario at Year 2030.
4.70
Road
traffic noise level are presented in terms of noise levels exceeded for 10% of
the one-hour period for the hour having the peak traffic flow (i.e. L10,1-hour,
dB(A)).
Assessment Results
4.71
Operational
noise impact assessment under the “Original
Scenario” and “Unmitigated Scenario” has been conducted at the identified existing and planned NSRs. The results at each level of the identified representative
NSRs based on morning and afternoon peak traffic flow are presented in Table
4.12 and Table 4.13, respectively.
Table 4.12 Predicted
Road Traffic Noise Level at Each Identified NSR (
NSR |
Floor |
Height, mPD |
Predicted Noise Level, L10
(1-hr) dB(A) |
Noise Standard under EIAO-TM |
Noise Impact considered as
significant (1) |
||
“Original Scenario” |
“Unmitigated Scenario” |
Difference (“Unmitigated Scenario” - “Original
Scenario”) |
|||||
N1 |
1 |
8.9 |
77.0 |
77.0 |
0.0 |
65 |
No |
N2 |
1 |
7.4 |
67.6 |
67.6 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
N3 |
1 |
10.1 |
72.2 |
72.2 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
12.9 |
73.8 |
73.6 |
-0.2 |
70 |
No |
N4 |
1 |
10.0 |
75.1 |
75.0 |
-0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
12.8 |
76.1 |
76.0 |
-0.1 |
70 |
No |
N5 |
1 |
9.9 |
65.2 |
65.2 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
12.9 |
70.2 |
70.2 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
15.9 |
73.0 |
73.0 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
N6 |
1 |
10.1 |
81.0 |
81.8 |
0.8 |
55 |
No |
|
2 |
13.1 |
81.8 |
82.4 |
0.6 |
55 |
No |
N7 |
1 |
10.8 |
80.7 |
80.7 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
N8 |
1 |
11.7 |
78.4 |
78.8 |
0.4 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
14.5 |
79.3 |
79.7 |
0.4 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
17.3 |
79.5 |
79.8 |
0.3 |
70 |
No |
N9 |
1 |
11.6 |
78.2 |
78.1 |
-0.1 |
70 |
No |
N10 |
1 |
10.9 |
75.0 |
75.0 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
N12 |
1 |
12.7 |
69.7 |
69.8 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
15.5 |
70.2 |
70.3 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
N13 |
1 |
14.6 |
81.4 |
82.3 |
0.9 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
17.4 |
82.1 |
82.8 |
0.7 |
70 |
No |
N15 |
1 |
12.3 |
74.0 |
74.1 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
15.1 |
75.1 |
75.2 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
N16 |
1 |
13.0 |
74.9 |
74.9 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
15.8 |
75.8 |
75.7 |
-0.1 |
70 |
No |
N17 |
1 |
16.0 |
76.5 |
76.9 |
0.4 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
18.8 |
77.1 |
77.7 |
0.6 |
70 |
No |
N18 |
1 |
16.8 |
75.6 |
76.2 |
0.6 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
19.6 |
76.4 |
77.2 |
0.8 |
70 |
No |
N19 |
1 |
17.2 |
78.8 |
77.9 |
-0.9 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
20.0 |
81.3 |
80.5 |
-0.8 |
70 |
No |
N20 |
1 |
18.0 |
75.5 |
74.6 |
-0.9 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
20.8 |
76.3 |
75.6 |
-0.7 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
23.6 |
76.7 |
76.0 |
-0.7 |
70 |
No |
N21 |
1 |
18.2 |
75.7 |
75.7 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
21.0 |
76.1 |
76.3 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
N22 |
1 |
19.7 |
73.3 |
73.1 |
-0.2 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
22.5 |
74.2 |
74.0 |
-0.2 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
25.3 |
74.7 |
74.5 |
-0.2 |
70 |
No |
N24 |
1 |
19.8 |
76.8 |
76.7 |
-0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
22.6 |
78.0 |
77.8 |
-0.2 |
70 |
No |
N25 |
1 |
21.9 |
72.0 |
72.0 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
24.7 |
72.7 |
72.8 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
27.5 |
73.1 |
73.2 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
N26 |
1 |
23.0 |
75.5 |
75.6 |
0.1 |
55 |
No |
|
2 |
25.8 |
76.3 |
76.4 |
0.1 |
55 |
No |
|
3 |
28.6 |
76.6 |
76.6 |
0.0 |
55 |
No |
N27 |
1 |
23.0 |
80.1 |
80.6 |
0.5 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
25.8 |
80.5 |
80.8 |
0.3 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
28.6 |
79.9 |
80.2 |
0.3 |
70 |
No |
N28 |
1 |
23.9 |
71.2 |
71.2 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
26.7 |
71.8 |
71.8 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
29.5 |
72.2 |
72.2 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
N29 |
1 |
24.3 |
76.2 |
76.6 |
0.4 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
27.1 |
77.1 |
77.5 |
0.4 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
29.9 |
77.3 |
77.6 |
0.3 |
70 |
No |
N30 |
1 |
23.6 |
72.7 |
72.8 |
0.1 |
55 |
No |
|
2 |
26.4 |
73.6 |
73.6 |
0.0 |
55 |
No |
|
3 |
29.2 |
74.1 |
74.1 |
0.0 |
55 |
No |
N31 |
1 |
25.0 |
75.4 |
75.6 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
27.8 |
76.4 |
76.6 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
N32 |
1 |
26.0 |
73.6 |
73.7 |
0.1 |
55 |
No |
|
2 |
28.8 |
74.2 |
74.4 |
0.2 |
55 |
No |
|
3 |
31.6 |
74.6 |
74.7 |
0.1 |
55 |
No |
N33 |
1 |
29.4 |
75.2 |
75.4 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
32.2 |
76.0 |
76.1 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
N34 |
1 |
38.8 |
72.8 |
72.8 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
41.6 |
74.3 |
74.2 |
-0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
44.4 |
75.0 |
75.0 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
N35 |
1 |
43.0 |
73.9 |
74.1 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
45.8 |
74.7 |
74.8 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
N36 |
1 |
42.6 |
72.9 |
72.9 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
45.4 |
74.1 |
74.1 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
N37 |
1 |
47.7 |
74.3 |
74.5 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
50.5 |
75.0 |
75.1 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
53.3 |
75.2 |
75.4 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
N38 |
1 |
47.7 |
73.8 |
74.0 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
50.5 |
74.7 |
74.9 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
53.3 |
75.1 |
75.3 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
N39 |
1 |
45.0 |
81.8 |
81.9 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
47.8 |
82.0 |
82.0 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
N41 |
1 |
45.8 |
76.4 |
76.5 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
48.6 |
77.4 |
77.5 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
51.4 |
77.7 |
77.8 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
N42 |
1 |
47.8 |
77.7 |
77.6 |
-0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
50.6 |
78.6 |
78.5 |
-0.1 |
70 |
No |
N43 |
1 |
51.0 |
76.0 |
76.2 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
53.8 |
76.8 |
76.9 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
56.6 |
77.1 |
77.1 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
N44 |
1 |
52.4 |
74.8 |
75.0 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
55.2 |
75.6 |
75.7 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
58.0 |
76.0 |
76.0 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
N45 |
1 |
54.1 |
68.8 |
69.4 |
0.6 |
70 |
No |
N46 |
1 |
59.9 |
68.1 |
68.2 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
62.9 |
68.9 |
69.1 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
65.9 |
69.4 |
69.5 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
4 |
68.9 |
69.7 |
69.9 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
|
5 |
71.9 |
70.1 |
70.2 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
N47 |
1 |
71.4 |
67.3 |
67.7 |
0.4 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
74.4 |
67.7 |
68.0 |
0.3 |
70 |
No |
N48 |
1 |
61.8 |
68.5 |
68.9 |
0.4 |
70 |
No |
N49 |
1 |
71.5 |
78.3 |
79.1 |
0.8 |
70 |
No |
N50 |
1 |
84.1 |
68.6 |
68.7 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
86.9 |
70.3 |
70.3 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
N51 |
1 |
99.2 |
69.1 |
68.6 |
-0.5 |
70 |
No |
N52 |
1 |
135.7 |
72.2 |
72.3 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
138.5 |
73.9 |
74.0 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
N53 |
1 |
151.6 |
81.4 |
81.5 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
N54 |
1 |
158.7 |
74.9 |
75.2 |
0.3 |
70 |
No |
P01 |
1 |
9.0 |
79.3 |
79.3 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
11.8 |
79.2 |
79.2 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
14.6 |
79.0 |
79.0 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
P02 |
1 |
9.1 |
78.5 |
78.5 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
12.1 |
78.4 |
78.4 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
P03 |
1 |
29.7 |
72.6 |
72.9 |
0.3 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
32.5 |
73.3 |
73.7 |
0.4 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
35.3 |
73.7 |
74.0 |
0.3 |
70 |
No |
P04 |
1 |
54.8 |
79.6 |
79.8 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
57.8 |
79.1 |
79.3 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
P05 |
1 |
8.8 |
81.5 |
81.5 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
11.6 |
81.3 |
81.3 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
14.4 |
81.0 |
81.0 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
P06 |
1 |
9.4 |
83.0 |
83.0 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
12.2 |
83.3 |
83.4 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
15.0 |
82.6 |
82.7 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
P07 |
1 |
11.1 |
83.3 |
83.3 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
14.1 |
83.6 |
83.6 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
P08 |
1 |
10.3 |
75.3 |
75.3 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
13.3 |
77.0 |
76.9 |
-0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
16.3 |
77.7 |
77.7 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
P09 |
1 |
21.1 |
81.3 |
81.3 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
23.9 |
81.6 |
81.6 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
26.7 |
80.9 |
80.9 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
P10 |
1 |
26.7 |
82.0 |
81.9 |
-0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
29.5 |
82.2 |
82.2 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
32.3 |
81.6 |
81.6 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
P11 |
1 |
32.9 |
81.9 |
81.8 |
-0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
35.9 |
81.5 |
81.5 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
P12 |
1 |
47.4 |
81.6 |
81.7 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
50.2 |
82.1 |
82.2 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
53.0 |
81.4 |
81.6 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
P13 |
1 |
51.9 |
83.3 |
83.4 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
54.7 |
83.4 |
83.5 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
57.5 |
82.6 |
82.8 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
Note:
1) The noise considered as significant if
predicted noise level of “Unmitigated Scenario” > noise standards under
EIAO-TM and the traffic noise level with the road project (i.e., “Unmitigated
Scenario”) is equal or greater than that without the road project (i.e.,
“Original Scenario”) at the design year by 1.0 dB(A) or more.
Table 4.13 Predicted
Road Traffic Noise Level at Each Identified NSR (
NSR |
Floor |
Height,
mPD |
Predicted
Noise Level, L10 (1-hr) dB(A) |
Noise
Standard under EIAO-TM |
Noise Imapct
considered as significant (1) |
||
“Original Scenario” |
“Unmitigated Scenario” |
Difference (“Unmitigated Scenario” - “Original
Scenario”) |
|||||
N1 |
1 |
8.9 |
78.0 |
78.0 |
0.0 |
65 |
No |
N2 |
1 |
7.4 |
68.2 |
68.2 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
N3 |
1 |
10.1 |
72.8 |
72.8 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
12.9 |
74.4 |
74.2 |
-0.2 |
70 |
No |
N4 |
1 |
10.0 |
75.7 |
75.6 |
-0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
12.8 |
76.7 |
76.6 |
-0.1 |
70 |
No |
N5 |
1 |
9.9 |
65.8 |
65.8 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
12.9 |
70.8 |
70.8 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
15.9 |
73.6 |
73.6 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
N6 |
1 |
10.1 |
81.6 |
82.4 |
0.8 |
55 |
No |
|
2 |
13.1 |
82.4 |
83.0 |
0.6 |
55 |
No |
N7 |
1 |
10.8 |
81.3 |
81.3 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
N8 |
1 |
11.7 |
79.0 |
79.4 |
0.4 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
14.5 |
79.9 |
80.3 |
0.4 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
17.3 |
80.1 |
80.4 |
0.3 |
70 |
No |
N9 |
1 |
11.6 |
78.8 |
78.7 |
-0.1 |
70 |
No |
N10 |
1 |
10.9 |
75.6 |
75.6 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
N12 |
1 |
12.7 |
70.3 |
70.4 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
15.5 |
70.8 |
70.9 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
N13 |
1 |
14.6 |
82.0 |
82.9 |
0.9 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
17.4 |
82.7 |
83.4 |
0.7 |
70 |
No |
N15 |
1 |
12.3 |
74.6 |
74.7 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
15.1 |
75.7 |
75.8 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
N16 |
1 |
13.0 |
75.5 |
75.5 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
15.8 |
76.4 |
76.3 |
-0.1 |
70 |
No |
N17 |
1 |
16.0 |
77.1 |
77.5 |
0.4 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
18.8 |
77.7 |
78.3 |
0.6 |
70 |
No |
N18 |
1 |
16.8 |
76.2 |
76.8 |
0.6 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
19.6 |
77.0 |
77.8 |
0.8 |
70 |
No |
N19 |
1 |
17.2 |
79.4 |
78.4 |
-1.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
20.0 |
81.9 |
81.0 |
-0.9 |
70 |
No |
N20 |
1 |
18.0 |
76.1 |
75.1 |
-1.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
20.8 |
76.9 |
76.1 |
-0.8 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
23.6 |
77.2 |
76.5 |
-0.7 |
70 |
No |
N21 |
1 |
18.2 |
76.2 |
76.2 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
21.0 |
76.7 |
76.8 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
N22 |
1 |
19.7 |
73.6 |
73.4 |
-0.2 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
22.5 |
74.5 |
74.3 |
-0.2 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
25.3 |
75.0 |
74.8 |
-0.2 |
70 |
No |
N24 |
1 |
19.8 |
77.1 |
76.9 |
-0.2 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
22.6 |
78.3 |
78.1 |
-0.2 |
70 |
No |
N25 |
1 |
21.9 |
72.2 |
72.2 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
24.7 |
72.9 |
73.0 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
27.5 |
73.4 |
73.4 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
N26 |
1 |
23.0 |
75.7 |
75.8 |
0.1 |
55 |
No |
|
2 |
25.8 |
76.5 |
76.6 |
0.1 |
55 |
No |
|
3 |
28.6 |
76.8 |
76.8 |
0.0 |
55 |
No |
N27 |
1 |
23.0 |
80.3 |
80.8 |
0.5 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
25.8 |
80.7 |
81.0 |
0.3 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
28.6 |
80.1 |
80.4 |
0.3 |
70 |
No |
N28 |
1 |
23.9 |
71.4 |
71.4 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
26.7 |
72.0 |
72.0 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
29.5 |
72.4 |
72.4 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
N29 |
1 |
24.3 |
76.4 |
76.8 |
0.4 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
27.1 |
77.3 |
77.7 |
0.4 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
29.9 |
77.5 |
77.8 |
0.3 |
70 |
No |
N30 |
1 |
23.6 |
72.9 |
73.0 |
0.1 |
55 |
No |
|
2 |
26.4 |
73.8 |
73.8 |
0.0 |
55 |
No |
|
3 |
29.2 |
74.3 |
74.3 |
0.0 |
55 |
No |
N31 |
1 |
25.0 |
75.6 |
75.8 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
27.8 |
76.6 |
76.8 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
N32 |
1 |
26.0 |
73.8 |
73.9 |
0.1 |
55 |
No |
|
2 |
28.8 |
74.4 |
74.6 |
0.2 |
55 |
No |
|
3 |
31.6 |
74.8 |
74.9 |
0.1 |
55 |
No |
N33 |
1 |
29.4 |
75.4 |
75.6 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
32.2 |
76.2 |
76.3 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
N34 |
1 |
38.8 |
73.0 |
73.0 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
41.6 |
74.5 |
74.4 |
-0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
44.4 |
75.2 |
75.2 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
N35 |
1 |
43.0 |
74.1 |
74.3 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
45.8 |
74.9 |
75.0 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
N36 |
1 |
42.6 |
73.1 |
73.1 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
45.4 |
74.3 |
74.3 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
N37 |
1 |
47.7 |
74.5 |
74.7 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
50.5 |
75.2 |
75.3 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
53.3 |
75.4 |
75.6 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
N38 |
1 |
47.7 |
74.0 |
74.2 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
50.5 |
74.9 |
75.1 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
53.3 |
75.3 |
75.5 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
N39 |
1 |
45.0 |
82.0 |
82.1 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
47.8 |
82.2 |
82.2 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
N41 |
1 |
45.8 |
76.6 |
76.7 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
48.6 |
77.6 |
77.7 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
51.4 |
77.9 |
78.0 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
N42 |
1 |
47.8 |
77.9 |
77.8 |
-0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
50.6 |
78.8 |
78.7 |
-0.1 |
70 |
No |
N43 |
1 |
51.0 |
76.1 |
76.2 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
53.8 |
76.8 |
76.9 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
56.6 |
77.1 |
77.2 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
N44 |
1 |
52.4 |
74.8 |
75.0 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
55.2 |
75.6 |
75.7 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
58.0 |
76.0 |
76.0 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
N45 |
1 |
54.1 |
67.9 |
68.5 |
0.6 |
70 |
No |
N46 |
1 |
59.9 |
68.9 |
69.0 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
62.9 |
69.6 |
69.7 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
65.9 |
70.0 |
70.1 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
4 |
68.9 |
70.3 |
70.4 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
5 |
71.9 |
70.6 |
70.7 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
N47 |
1 |
71.4 |
67.7 |
68.0 |
0.3 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
74.4 |
67.9 |
68.2 |
0.3 |
70 |
No |
N48 |
1 |
61.8 |
67.5 |
68.0 |
0.5 |
70 |
No |
N49 |
1 |
71.5 |
77.3 |
78.1 |
0.8 |
70 |
No |
N50 |
1 |
84.1 |
67.7 |
67.7 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
86.9 |
69.3 |
69.3 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
N51 |
1 |
99.2 |
68.1 |
67.6 |
-0.5 |
70 |
No |
N52 |
1 |
135.7 |
71.2 |
71.3 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
138.5 |
72.9 |
73.0 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
N53 |
1 |
151.6 |
80.4 |
80.5 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
N54 |
1 |
158.7 |
73.9 |
74.2 |
0.3 |
70 |
No |
P01 |
1 |
9.0 |
80.1 |
80.1 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
11.8 |
80.0 |
80.0 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
14.6 |
79.8 |
79.8 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
P02 |
1 |
9.1 |
79.8 |
79.8 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
12.1 |
79.7 |
79.7 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
P03 |
1 |
29.7 |
72.8 |
73.2 |
0.4 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
32.5 |
73.5 |
73.9 |
0.4 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
35.3 |
73.9 |
74.2 |
0.3 |
70 |
No |
P04 |
1 |
54.8 |
79.8 |
80.0 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
57.8 |
79.3 |
79.5 |
0.2 |
70 |
No |
P05 |
1 |
8.8 |
82.5 |
82.5 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
11.6 |
82.3 |
82.3 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
14.4 |
82.0 |
82.0 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
P06 |
1 |
9.4 |
83.6 |
83.6 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
12.2 |
83.9 |
84.0 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
15.0 |
83.2 |
83.3 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
P07 |
1 |
11.1 |
83.9 |
83.9 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
14.1 |
84.2 |
84.2 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
P08 |
1 |
10.3 |
75.9 |
75.9 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
13.3 |
77.6 |
77.5 |
-0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
16.3 |
78.3 |
78.3 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
P09 |
1 |
21.1 |
81.5 |
81.5 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
23.9 |
81.8 |
81.8 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
26.7 |
81.1 |
81.1 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
P10 |
1 |
26.7 |
82.2 |
82.1 |
-0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
29.5 |
82.4 |
82.4 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
32.3 |
81.8 |
81.8 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
P11 |
1 |
32.9 |
82.1 |
82.0 |
-0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
35.9 |
81.7 |
81.7 |
0.0 |
70 |
No |
P12 |
1 |
47.4 |
81.8 |
81.9 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
50.2 |
82.3 |
82.4 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
53.0 |
81.6 |
81.7 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
P13 |
1 |
51.9 |
83.3 |
83.4 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
2 |
54.7 |
83.4 |
83.5 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
|
3 |
57.5 |
82.7 |
82.8 |
0.1 |
70 |
No |
Note:
1) The noise considered as significant if
predicted noise level of “Unmitigated Scenario” > noise standards under
EIAO-TM and the traffic noise level with the road project (i.e., “Unmitigated
Scenario”) is equal or greater than that without the road project (i.e.,
“Original Scenario”) at the design year by 1.0 dB(A) or more.
4.72
As
presented in Table 4.12 and Table 4.13, the predicted traffic noise levels with
the road project (i.e., “Unmitigated Scenario”) are not greater than that
without the road project (i.e., “Original Scenario”) at the design year by 1.0
dB(A) or more, the traffic noise impact from the Project is considered not
significant.
4.73
The
proposed road works would upgrade the existing road sections into
Noise Mitigation Measures
4.74
Direct
noise mitigation measures are not considered necessary as the increases of
traffic noise impacts are less than 1.0 dB(A) at any of the representative NSRs.
Residual Impacts during Operation
4.75
Although
the overall noise levels at some NSRs would exceed the traffic noise criterion,
noise exceedances at these NSRs are due to the existing roads. No residual impact is predicted during the
operational phase of the Project.
Environmental Monitoring
and Audit (EM&A)
4.76
Since it
is anticipated that there will be potential adverse impacts during
construction, construction phase EM&A shall be conducted to ensure the
recommended mitigation measures are effectively implemented.
4.77
Operational
noise monitoring is not considered necessary.
Conclusion
4.78
Practical
noise mitigation measures such as use of quieter PMEs and erection of temporary
noise barriers are proposed to minimize the noise impact during the construction
phase. It is recommended that more
detailed construction work programme should be established by the contractor
and applicable noise mitigation measures should be implemented according to the
actual site condition and constraints, in order to minimize the residual
construction noise impact. EM&A has
been proposed to ensure the implementation and effectiveness of the mitigation
measures.
4.79
Operational
road traffic noise impact has been predicted based on morning and afternoon
peak traffic flow at the design year of 2030.
The predicted traffic noise levels with the project (i.e., “Unmitigated
Scenario”) are not greater than that without the road project (i.e., “Original
Scenario”) at the design year by 1.0 dB(A) or more. It is concluded that the traffic noise impact
due to the project is considered insignificant.
Hence, direct noise mitigation measures are not considered necessary.
5.0
WATER QUALITY IMPACT ASSESSMENT
Introduction
5.1
This section
presents a background of the current condition of surface waters in the form of
streams and channels in the Project area, and describes the potential impacts
on water quality associated with Project construction and operation. Mitigation
measures are proposed and residual impacts are evaluated as appropriate.
5.2
The water
quality assessment and evaluation has been conducted in accordance with the guidelines
and criteria as presented in Annexes 14 and 6 of the Technical Memorandum on
Environmental Impact Assessment Process (EIA-TM), respectively.
Legislation, Standards and Practice Notes
5.3
The
following legislation, Standards and Practice Notes were considered in the
assessment:
·
Water Pollution
Control Ordinance (Cap. 358): Water Quality Objectives (WQOs) for Deep Bay
Water Control Zone (WCZ);
·
Water Pollution
Control Ordinance (Cap. 358): WQOs for
·
Water Pollution
Control Ordinance (Cap. 358): Technical Memorandum on Standards for Effluents
Discharged into Drainage and Sewerage Systems, Inland and Coastal Waters;
·
EIAO (Cap.
499): Annexes 6 and 14 of TM-EIAO;
·
EPD’s Practice
Notes for Professinal Persons ProPECC PN 1/94 “Construction Site Drainage”; and,
·
Water Supplies
Department (WSD) guidelines on protection of Water Gathering Ground (Appendix E1).
5.4
Table 5.1
summarises the objectives for inland waters of the
Table 5.1 Water Quality Objectives for Inland Waters
Parameters |
Water
Quality Objectives |
pH |
6.5 – 8.5 |
Suspended solids (SS) |
Annual median 20 mg/L |
Dissolved oxygen (DO) |
4 mg/L |
Chemical oxygen demand (COD) |
15 mg/L |
5-day Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD5) |
3 mg/L |
Baseline Conditions
5.5
Water
courses within the project area comprise the channelized
5.6
Observations
during site visits conducted in April and May 2008 indicate that streams at the
east of the project area were clean. By
contrast, surface waters at the east of the Project area were grey and turbid
with occasional odour detected, indicating organic pollution. These field observations
are consistent with the latest EPD’s water quality index (WQI), with
5.7
Table 5.2
shows the water quality monitoring data at
Table 5.2 Summary
of EPD Water Quality Monitoring Data for
Parameter |
TR12H
( |
KT2 ( |
DO (mg/l) |
8.6 (7.8 – 9.5) |
2.7 (1.1 – 6.1) |
pH |
7.3 (7.1 – 7.6) |
7.3 (7.2 – 7.5) |
SS (mg/l) |
1 (1 – 3) |
40 (9 – 140) |
BOD5 (mg/l) |
1 (1 – 1) |
61 (11 – 120) |
|
4 (2 – 6) |
130 (23 – 300) |
E. coli (cfu/100ml) |
580 (230 – 3,200) |
1,200,000 (130,000 – 4,300,000) |
NH3-N (mg/l) |
0.02 (0.01 – 0.04) |
18.00 (4.20 – 40.00) |
5.8
The
overall compliance of the WQOs in
5.9
Overall
compliance of the WQOs in
5.10
It is
noted that there is an encroachment of about
Water Sensitive Receivers (WSRs)
5.11 Identified WSRs within
Construction Phase Impact Assessment
Impact Identification
5.12
Potential
water quality impacts may arise from general road construction works and
associated facilities. Key sources of impact may include:
·
Surface runoff from
rainfall and wind erosion of exposed surface areas, and material stockpiles and
vehicle wheel washing facilities;
·
Wash water from
dust suppression measures;
·
Spillage of
chemicals, lubrication oils, solvent and petroleum products; and
·
Sewage from the
construction workforce.
5.13
In particular,
surface run-off into receiving water courses during and immediately after rainstorm
events is a concern. Sediment laden run-off would result in deteriorating water
quality and may result in induced effects on aquatic ecological resources. However,
given both the magnitude and duration of works it is anticipated that
unacceptable water quality impacts can be avoided with the proper
implementation of appropriate construction run-off management practices
referred in ProPECC PN 1/94 Construction Site Drainage.
5.14
Domestic
sewage generated by the construction workforce shall be appropriately managed
to avoid the potential adverse impacts of uncontrolled sewage discharge into
nearby water courses. Portable chemical toilets shall be appropriately located
on site in proximity to all key works areas where they shall remain and be
maintained in good working order for the convenience of the workforce for the
duration of the works.
Potential Cumulative Impacts during Construction Phase
5.15
As stated
in Section 2, there is only one designated project within
Specific
Protection of the Water Gathering Ground
5.16
As the
Project boundary fall within about
5.17
In
addition, the following control measures should be implemented during Project construction:
·
The provision
of temporary toilet facilities within the Water Gathering Ground, if any, is
subject to approval of the Director of Water Supplies. As a minimum requirement temporary toilet
facilities must be located more than
·
The contractor
should be measures taken to minimise rainfall into the working areas and the
perimeter of the work sites will be bounded to prevent ingress of rainfall
during storm events; and to prevent off site migration of materials.
·
Notices should
be posted at conspicuous locations to remind the workers not to discharge any
sewage or wastewater into the nearby environment.
5.18
As the
Project should not have any permanent adverse effect on the gathering ground
and the such measures in place, the water quality impact during the Project
construction is considered insignificant.
Best Practice Control Measures
5.19
Details
of the best practice measures are provided below:
·
Wastewater from
temporary site facilities should be controlled to prevent direct discharge to
surface waters;
·
Storm drainage
shall be directed to storm drains via adequately designed sand/silt removal
facilities such as sand traps, silt traps and sediment basins. Channels, earth
bunds or sand bag barriers should be provided on site to properly direct
stormwater to such silt removal facilities. Catchpits and perimeter channels
should be constructed in advance of site formation works and earthworks;
·
Silt removal
facilities, channels and manholes shall be maintained and any deposited silt
and grit shall be removed regularly, including specifically at the onset of and
after each rainstorm;
·
Rainwater
pumped out from trenches or surface excavations should be discharged into storm
drains via silt removal facilities;
·
Open stockpiles
(e.g. aggregates, sand and fill material) should be covered with a tarpaulin to
avoid erosion during rainstorms;
·
Exposed soil
surface should be paved as soon as possible;
·
Measures should
be taken to prevent the washout of construction materials, soil, silt or debris
into any drainage system;
·
Discharges of
surface run-off into foul sewers must always be prevented in order not to
unduly overload the foul sewerage system;
·
Vehicles and
plant should be cleaned before they leave the construction site to ensure that
no earth, mud or debris is deposited by them on roads. A wheel washing bay shall
be provided at every site exit, as far as practicable;
·
Wheel-wash
overflow shall be directed to silt removal facilities before being discharged
to the storm drain;
·
Regular
inspections of stilling basins and/or silt traps to ensure that sediment is not
conveyed into the existing drainage system;
·
Surface
excavation should be carefully programmed to avoid wet-season operation. If it
is unavoidable, any exposed top soils should be covered with a tarpaulin or
other means;
·
The contractor
shall prepare an oil / chemical cleanup plan and ensure that leakages or
spillages are contained and cleaned up immediately;
·
Any fuels
should be stored in bunded areas such that spillage can be easily collected.
Waste oil should be collected and stored for recycling or disposal, in
accordance with the Waste Disposal Ordinance.
·
Sewage effluent
should be handled by portable chemical toilets or sewage holding tanks. A
licensed contractor is responsible for the sewage facilities maintenance, and
regular sewage collection and disposal.
Operational Phase Impact Assessment
Impact Identification
5.20
Potential
water quality impacts during the operational phase may arise from highway
discharge. Material deposited and accumulated on the road surface, including
dust / sediment, heavy metals and vehicle oil, will be washed from the
carriageway during rainfall events into silt traps and the existing / proposed
drainage system.
5.21
Given the
negligible change in the forecast traffic volume and composition, the nature
and volume of highway discharge will not significantly increase during Project
operation. In addition, there will be no
sewage generation during Project operation, no adverse impacts are anticipated.
Environmental Monitoring and Audit
5.22
Since no
significant water quality impacts are expected during the construction and
operational phases, water quality monitoring is not considered necessary.
However, regular site inspections are recommended to be conducted during
construction phase in order to ensure the mitigation measures are implemented
properly.
Conclusion
5.23
With the
implementation of the mitigation measures during the construction and operation
phases of the Project, no significant water quality impacts are anticipated. The implementation of the mitigation measures
shall be included to the works contracts. Regular site inspections are
recommended during construction to ensure the measures are implemented
properly.
Introduction
6.1
This section
provides an evaluation of the potential waste management implications
associated with the construction and operation phases of the Project, and
assesses the potential environmental impacts associated with the handling and
disposal of wastes and materials.
6.2
The operation
phase of the upgrading of
6.3
The potential
hazard and land contamination issues and impacts associated with the upgrading
of
Environmental Legislation and Criteria
Waste Management
6.4
The criteria
and guidelines for evaluating and assessing waste management implications are
set out in Annex 7 and Annex 15 of the EIAO-TM.
6.5
In carrying out
the assessment, reference has been made to the Waste Disposal Ordinance (Cap.
354) and subsidiary legislation such as the Waste Disposal (Chemical Waste)
(General) Regulation sets requirements for the storage, handling and
transportation of all waste types.
6.6
Other relevant
documents and guidelines are also applicable to waste management and disposal
in
·
Works Branch
Technical Circular No. 2/93, Public Dumps;
·
ETWB Technical
Circular (Works) No. 33/2002, “Management of Construction and Demolition
Material Including Rock”;
·
ETWB Technical
Circular (Works) No. 19/2005, “Environmental Management on Construction Sites”;
·
ETWB Technical
Circular (Works) No. 15/2003, “Waste Management on Construction Sites”; and
·
Works Bureau
Technical Circular No. 6/2002, “Enhanced Specification for Site Cleanliness and
Tidiness”.
Land Contamination
6.7
Land
contamination impact assessment was conducted with reference to the “Guidance
Note for Contaminated Land Assessment and Remediation” and “Guidance Notes for
Investigation and Remediation of Contaminated Sites of Petrol Filling Stations,
Boatyards and Car Repair /Dismantling Workshop” issued by EPD. In addition, the Risk-based Remediation Goals
(RBRGs) stipulated in the “Guidance Manual for Use of Risk-based Remediation
Goals for Contaminated Land Management” issued by EPD should be adopted as the
criteria for assessing soil and groundwater contamination.
6.8
Further
consideration of contamination issues is provided in Section 3 (Potential
Contaminated land Issues) of Annex 19 “Guidelines for Assessment of Impact on
Sites of Cultural Heritage and Other Impacts” of the Technical Memorandum on
Environmental Impact Assessment Process (EIAO-TM).
Waste Impact Assessment
Assessment Methodology
6.9
The criteria
for evaluating the potential construction waste management implications are set
out in Annex 7 of the EIAO-TM. The
methods for assessing potential waste management impacts during construction
follow those presented in Annex 15 of the EIAO-TM and include the following:
·
Estimation of
the types and quantities of the wastes to be generated;
·
Assessment of
the secondary environmental impacts due to the management of waste with respect
to potential hazards, air and odour emissions, noise, wastewater discharges and
public transport; and
·
Assessment of
the potential impacts on the capacity of waste collection, transfer and
disposal facilities.
Impact Assessment & Evaluation
6.10 The following types of wastes are anticipated during
the construction of the Project:
·
Construction
and demolition (C&D) material;
·
Chemical
wastes; and
·
General refuse.
Construction and demolition (C&D) material
6.11 C&D material would be generated from the road
upgrading works, associated slope and landscaping works on
6.12 All C&D materials generated shall be sorted on site into inert portion
“inert C&D materials” including soil, building debris, broken rock,
concrete, etc., and the non-inert portion is the "C&D wastes"
comprising timber, paper, plastics, general refuse etc. The inert C&D materials, the reusable
and/or recyclable materials shall be recovered before disposal of the waste
portion off site as a last resort. The
waste portion of the inert C&D materials may be disposed of at the public
fill reception facility at Tuen Mun Area 38, and the C&D wastes at North
East New Territories (NENT) Landfill in Ta Kwu Ling.
6.13 Different kinds of wooden materials are essential to
the construction project. All wooden
materials used on site should be kept separate from other wastes. Wooden boards will be reused on site several
times until the quality of the boards is no longer suitable for re-use. On completion of construction project,
remaining reusable wooden material can be sorted and used at other construction
sites by the contractor.
6.14 Reusable steel and concrete panels shall be used as
a preferred alternative to wooden formwork, falsework, and site fencing.
6.15 Methods to minimise the generation of C&D
material will be addressed during detail design and in planning of the
construction works. A Waste Management
System will be incorporated into the Waste Management Plan (WMP) to effectively
manage and avoid/reduce/minimise the generation of C&D material during
construction.
6.16 To prevent fly-tipping of C&D materials, a Trip
Ticket System will be implemented to monitor C&D wastes from the Project, a
truck carrying debris should first obtain a ticket on leaving the construction
site, then dump the debris at the designated location and finally have the
ticket stamped and returned to the construction site.
6.17 The estimated amount of C&D waste to be disposed of landfill
and public filling reception
facility would be
Chemical Waste
6.18 Construction plant and vehicle maintenance may
generate a small amount of chemical wastes during construction works, such as
cleaning fluids, solvents, lubrication oil and fuel.
6.19 The volume of chemical waste is difficult to quantify
since it will depend upon the maintenance requirements and total number of plant
utilised on site. However, the potential
volume of chemical waste would be limited and anticipated in few cubic metres
per month. The amount of chemical waste
to be generated will be quantified in the site Waste Management Plan to be
prepared by the Contractor.
6.20 Materials classified as chemical wastes will require
special handling and storage arrangements before removal for appropriate
treatment at the Chemical Waste Treatment Facility (CWTF) or other licensed
facilities. Wherever possible
opportunities should be taken to reuse and recycle materials.
6.21 Storage, handling, transport and disposal of
chemical waste should be arranged in accordance with the Code of Practice on
the Packaging, Labelling and Storage of Chemical Waste published by the
EPD. Provided that this occurs, and the
chemical waste is disposed of at a licensed chemical waste treatment and
disposal facility, the potential environmental impacts arising from the
storage, handling and disposal of a small amount of chemical waste generated
from the construction activities will be negligible.
General Refuse
6.22 The workforce would generate refuse comprising food
scraps, waste paper, empty containers, etc.
Such refuse will be properly collected on-site and transfer to the
nearby refuse collection point. Disposal
of refuse at sites other than approved waste transfer or disposal facilities
will be prohibited. Effective collection
of site wastes will prevent waste materials being blown around by wind, or
creating an odour nuisance or pest and vermin problem. Waste storage areas will be well maintained
and cleaned regularly.
6.23 The maximum number of construction workers to be
employed is estimated to be about 80 workers.
Based on a generation rate of
Summary of Waste Materials
6.24 Based on the assessment above, Table 6.1 presents
the estimated volume of waste generation.
In general, the inert portion of C&D materials should be disposed of
to Public Fill Banks or other Public Filling Areas while the non-inert portion
should be sent to landfill for disposal.
Any potential for reuse of materials on site should be explored prior to
disposal.
Table 6.1 Summary of Waste Generation during Construction Phase
Material
Type |
Source(s) |
Quantity |
Handling |
Disposal
/ Treatment |
C&D Materials |
Excavation, minor modification of slope and road works |
Excavation for drain laying = Excavation for road resurfacing = Excavation for slope work = Total = |
Sort on-site into inert C&D material (public fill) and non-inert C&D waste |
|
Wooden Material (reusable as lower grade shuttering or fencing on-site or other sites) |
Final disposal to NENT Landfill |
|||
Scrap metals (Reusable steel panels shall be used as site fencing) |
To NENT Landfill if rejected by recycling companies. |
|||
Chemical Waste |
Cleansing fluids, solvent, lubrication oil and fuel from construction plant and equipment |
A few cubic metres per month (preliminary estimate) |
Recycle on-site or by licensed companies and stored on-site in the designed containers |
To Chemical Waste Treatment Facility or other licensed facility |
General Refuse |
Waste paper, discarded containers, etc. generated from workforce |
Approximate |
Provide on-site refuse collection points |
To NENT landfill |
Best Management Practices
6.25 While potentially significant waste management
impacts are not envisaged, given the potential for secondary impacts (e.g.,
dust, noise, water quality and visual impacts) mitigation measures are required
to ensure proper waste handling, storage, transportation and disposal
throughout the construction works.
6.26 In line with Government’s position on waste
minimisation, the practice of avoiding and minimising waste generation and
waste recycling should be adopted as far as practicable. Recommended mitigation
measures to be implemented throughout the course of the construction phase:
·
An on-site
environmental co-ordinator should be identified at the outset of the
works. The co-ordinator shall prepare an
Environmental Management Plan (EMP) incorporating waste management in
accordance with the requirements set out in the ETWB TCW No. 19/2005,
Environmental Management on Construction Sites. The EMP shall include monthly
and yearly Waste Flow Tables (WFT) that indicate the amounts of waste
generated, recycled and disposed of (including final disposal site), and which
should be regularly updated;
·
Spoil generated
from the piling activities will need to be properly handled to minimise
contamination to surface waters and any exposed ground areas due to leakage or
improper storage (i.e. onto bare ground instead of into tanks);
·
The reuse/
recycling of all materials on site shall be investigated prior to treatment/
disposal off- site;
·
Good site
practices shall be adopted from the commencement of works to avoid the
generation of waste, reduce cross contamination of waste and to promote waste
minimisation;
·
All waste
materials shall be sorted on-site into inert and non-inert C&D materials,
and where the materials can be recycled or reused, they shall be further
segregated. Inert material, or public
fill will comprise stone, rock, masonry, brick, concrete and soil which is
suitable for land reclamation and site formation whilst non-inert materials
include all other wastes generated from the construction process such as
plastic packaging and vegetation (from site clearance);
·
The Contractor
shall be responsible for identifying what materials can be recycled/ reused,
whether on-site or off-site. In the event of the latter, the Contractor shall
make arrangements for the collection of the recyclable materials. Any remaining non-inert waste shall be
collected and disposed of to the Public Filling Areas whilst any inert C&D
materials shall be re-used on site as far as possible. Alternatively, if no use
of the inert material can be found on-site, the materials can be delivered to a
Public Fill Area or Public Fill Bank after obtaining the appropriate licence;
·
With reference
to ETWBTC (W) No.31/2004, Trip-ticket System for Disposal of Construction and
Demolition Material, a trip ticket system should be established at the outset
of the construction of the NLH/ helipad to monitor the disposal of C&D and
solid wastes from the site to public filling facilities and landfills;
·
Under the Waste
Disposal (Chemical Waste) (General) Regulation, the Contractor shall register
as a Chemical Waste Producer if chemical wastes such as spent lubricants and
paints are generated on site. Only licensed chemical waste collectors shall be
employed to collect any chemical waste generated at site. The handling,
storage, transportation and disposal of chemical wastes shall be conducted in
accordance with the Code of Practice on the Packaging, Labelling and Storage of
Chemical Wastes and A Guide to the Chemical Waste Control Scheme both published
by EPD;
·
A sufficient
number of covered bins shall be provided on site for the containment of general
refuse to prevent visual impacts and nuisance to the sensitive
surroundings. These bins shall be
cleared daily and the collected waste disposed of to the refuse transfer station.
Further to the issue of ETWB TCW No. 6/
·
All chemical
toilets, if any, shall be regularly cleaned and the night-soil collected and
transported by a licensed contractor to a Government Sewage Treatment Works
facility for disposal;
·
Tool-box talks
should be provided to workers about the concepts of site cleanliness and
appropriate waste management procedures, including waste reduction, reuse and
recycling;
·
The Contractor
shall comply with all relevant statutory requirements and guidelines and their
updated versions that may be issued during the course of Project construction.
Land Contamination Impact
Assessment
Assessment Methodology
6.27 In order to identify and evaluate the potential
contamination impacts associated with the Project, the following tasks have
been undertaken in accordance with ProPECC PN 3/94 and the EPD Guidance Notes:
·
Desktop study
to review the current and historical land uses; and
·
Site inspection
to confirm the existing land uses.
6.28 In addition, the following sources of information
have been collected and reviewed:
·
Aerial
photographs from Lands Department;
·
Records and
photographs from site visits.
Baseline Conditions
Site History
6.29 Table 6.2 shows the historical aerial photographs
(as shown in Appendix F2) covering the study area was reviewed to evaluate any
land use changes associated with potential contamination implication within the
Project boundary.
Table 6.2 Summary of Historical Aerial Photograph Review
Year |
Ref.
No. |
Observations |
1964 |
3445, 3448, 3451, 3454, 3989, 4379, 4389, 4393 |
|
1981 |
38309, 38321, 38317 |
|
1985 |
A01333, A01337, A01341, A01344, |
|
1991 |
A26496, A26497 |
There was no apparent change in the road alignment noted in the period 1991 to 1995. Village houses, clinic, open storage areas, parks and barracks were developed around the Project boundary |
1995 |
CN10315, CN10313, CN10281,
CN10244, CN10285 |
|
2004 |
CW57522, CW57519, CW57619, CW57676, CW57704, CW57708 |
No further change in road alignment / layout within the Project boundary was evident by 2004 |
Source of historical aerial
photographs: Survey and Mapping Office, Lands Department.
Site Inspection
6.30 A site inspection was conducted in April 2008 to
identify any contamination hotspots within the Project boundary. All accessible areas were inspected as far as
practicable to collect information about the current activities undertaken
within the Project site.
Photo-documentation was also undertaken if possible and provided in
Appendix F1.
6.31 Based on the site observations, the areas around
6.32 During the site inspections, some car repairing
workshops and petrol filling stations were identified along the Kam Tin Road
and Lam Kam Road which may potentially be existed contaminated soil.
Identification of Sensitive Receivers
6.33 During the Project construction, construction
workers might be exposed to potential contaminated materials when they carry
out the excavation and foundation works.
The principal exposure path for workers include:
·
Direct
ingestion of contaminated soils through eating or drinking/ smoking on site;
·
Dermal contact
with contaminated soils; and
·
Inhalation of
contamination if the contaminants are volatile.
6.34 During the Project operation, no sensitive receivers
are identified by considering the surrounding environment of the Project area.
Prediction of Potential Impacts
Potential Contaminated Sites near Project Boundary
6.35 Based on the findings obtained from the desktop studies
and site inspections, it was found that five petro filling stations (i.e., PFS
1 to PFS 5 as shown in Figure 6.1) and nine car repairing workshops (i.e., Site
1 to Site 9 as shown in Figure 6.1) were identified in the vicinity of the
proposed Project. Photo-documentation of these petro filling stations and car repairing workshops was provided in Appendix F5.
6.36 After review the historical aerial photographs from
Lands Department, the operation periods of the petrol filling stations and car
repairing workshops was estimated and summarized in Table 6.3.
Table 6.3 Operation Periods of the Petrol Filling Stations and Car Repairing Workshops
Petrol
Filling Station |
Operation
Periods |
PFS 1 |
After 1998 to current |
PFS 2 |
After 1998 to current |
PFS 3 |
After 1998 to current |
PFS 4 |
After 1990 to current |
PFS 5 |
After 1949 to 2008 |
Site 1 |
After 1993 to current |
Site 2 |
After 1998 to current |
Site 3 |
After 1985 to current |
Site 4 |
After 1985 to current |
Site 5 |
After 1993 to current |
Site 6 |
After 1993 to current |
Site 7 |
After 1998 to current |
Site 8 |
After 1993 to
current |
Site 9 |
After 1993 to current |
6.37 Currently, PFS 1 to PFS 4 is still operating while
PFS 5 is closed. The petrol filling
stations were all concrete paved and tidy suggesting that potential land
surface contamination from petrol filling activities is not anticipated. According to the response from the Feoso Oil
Company (as shown in Appendix F3), there is no significant contamination at
PFS1. Besides, no leakage of the
underground fuel storage tanks was recorded at PFS1.
6.38 According to the incident records covered the
operation periods of all five petrol filling stations (i.e., PFS 1 to PFS 5) provided
by Fire Services Department (as shown in Appendix F4), there is no oil leakage
incident recorded for the concerned five petrol filling stations. As there is no oil leakage happened in the
petrol filling stations, there is no indication of any significant
contamination and it can be assumed that the underground fuel storage tanks are
subject to appropriate integrity testing to prevent leakage. Furthermore, since petrol filling station
usually would execute their product lose prevention checking for the
underground tanks and associated pipelines; and filling facilities, possibility
of unattended product loss is unlikely.
Migration of contaminates from these petrol filling station to the
Project area is not anticipated.
6.39 In addition, as the five petrol filling stations
(i.e., PFS 1 to PFS 5) would not encroach upon the Project area, the land of
these petrol filling stations will not be handed over to the Project Proponent
either in whole or in portion.
Therefore, further site investigation for these petrol filling stations
will not be recommended.
6.40 As the car repairing workshops of Site 2, Site 5 to
Site 9 would be located outside the Project boundary, it is anticipated that
contaminated materials would not be encountered for these area during the
construction of the Project. The land of
these car repairing workshops will not be handed over to the Project Proponent
either in whole or in portion.
Therefore, further site investigation for these car repairing workshops
will not be recommended.
6.41 The car repairing workshops of Site 1, Site 3 and
Site 4 would potentially be encroached upon the Project boundary. During the site inspection of Site 1, an
observable area of Site 1 is concrete-paved where no apparent oil stain was
found, and no chemical storage was observed. The car repairing and dismantling activities was observed within the encroached
area upon the Project boundary.
6.42 The car repairing workshops of Site 3 and Site 4 was
observed that area is concrete-paved where no apparent oil stain was found, and
no chemical storage was observed. The car repairing and dismantling activities was observed within the car repairing
workshops but outside the Project boundary.
contaminating activities
are only happened at the inner portion of the car repairing workshops that is
away from the project boundary. The encroached area upon the Project boundary
is not involved the contaminating activities.
6.43 According to Table 2.3 of “Guidance Notes for
Investigation and Remediation of Contaminated Sites of Petrol Filling Stations,
Boatyards and Car Repair /Dismantling Workshop” issued by EPD, a full-scale
site investigation should be conducted as the length of operation of these car
repairing workshops is more than 5 years and there is no practice of recording
spill incidents. However, detailed site
investigation for contamination is not possible at this stage as these car
repairing workshops is still under operation by the site operator. The further site investigation and soil
sampling confirm the likelihood of contamination could be conducted during
project construction after these sites have been handed over or access can be
arranged for site investigation.
Further Investigations
6.44 As there could be possibilities of land
contamination at the area of the car repairing workshops (i.e., Site 1, Site 3
and Site 4) encroached upon the project boundary, a land contamination
investigation shall be carried out at these sites to identify the possible land
contamination at these locations. The
project proponent will engage a competent and experienced professional to carry
out a detailed contamination assessment and remediation, if necessary.
Sampling Plan for Site Investigation
6.45 Site investigation have identified that the area of
the car repairing workshops (i.e., Site 1, Site 3 and Site 4) encroached upon
the project boundary are potential contaminated area. A total of 8 trial pits are proposed for the
purpose of initial screening of the potential contaminated area. The indicative location plans of the proposed
Site Investigation (SI) sampling locations are illustrated in Figure 6.2. The selection of potential chemicals of
concern recommended for laboratory analysis at each proposed sampling location
is referenced from the nature of each area.
As recommended in the “Guidance Notes for Investigation and Remediation
of Contaminated Sites of Petrol Filling Stations, Boatyards and Car Repair
/Dismantling Workshop”, sampling parameters for each location have been
selected and shown in Table 6.4.
Table 6.4 Sampling and Testing Plan
Location |
Area
encroached upon the project boundary |
Proposed
no. of trial pit location |
Sampling
Depth and Frequency |
Testing
Parameters |
Site 1 |
~ 160 m2 |
4 |
Soil samples at depths of 0.5, 1.5 and 3.0 m bgl. One groundwater sample per location if encountered. |
Heavy metals (lead, chromium, zinc, copper), VOCs (benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene) and SVOCs (polyaromatic hydrocarbons),TPH |
Site 3 |
~ 70 m2 |
2 |
Soil samples at depths of 0.5, 1.5 and 3.0 m bgl. One groundwater sample per location if encountered. |
Heavy metals (lead, chromium, zinc, copper), VOCs (benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene) and SVOCs (polyaromatic hydrocarbons),TPH |
Site 4 |
~ 30 m2 |
2 |
Soil samples at depths of 0.5, 1.5 and 3.0 m bgl. One groundwater sample per location if encountered. |
Heavy metals (lead, chromium, zinc, copper), VOCs (benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene) and SVOCs (polyaromatic hydrocarbons),TPH |
6.46 The exact sampling locations of the SI shall be
determined on site and subject to fine adjustment due to site specific
conditions (e.g. locations, presence of foundations, underground utilities,
delivery pipes and services). The
location should be agreed with competent and experienced professional prior to
drilling/excavation and sampling.
6.47 If serious contamination is revealed during the SI,
more sampling locations or more number of samples at the specific trial pit / borehole
should be recommended to determine the exact extent of contamination.
Soil Sampling and Depth of Sampling
6.48 As the excavation work should not be more than 3.0m
below the encroach area of Site 1, Site 3 and Site 4, drilling of trial pit and
collection of soil samples should be conducted at depths of 0.5m, 1.5m and
3.0m. The on-site competent and
experienced professional will decide the appropriate depths for sampling on a
point by point basis.
6.49 At each sampling location/depth, sufficient quantity
of soil sample (as specified by the laboratory) should be taken. All soil samples should be uniquely labeled. All samples should be stored at 0 - 4 ºC whilst
in the field or in transit.
Strata Logging
6.50 Strata logging for boreholes should be undertaken
during the course of drilling/digging and sampling by experienced field
personnel. The logs should include the
general stratigraphic description, depth of soil sampling, sample notation and
level of groundwater (if encountered). The
presence of rocks/boulders/cobbles and foreign materials such as metals, wood
and plastics should also be recorded.
Groundwater Sampling
6.51 It is proposed to collect groundwater samples if
groundwater is encountered at the sampling locations. For each proposed borehole sampling location, a groundwater sampling well
should be installed into the boreholes if groundwater is encountered. After installation of the monitoring wells,
the depth to water table at all monitoring wells should be measured. The wells should then be allowed to stand for
a day to permit groundwater conditions to equilibrate.
6.52 Prior to groundwater sampling, the monitoring
wells should be purged to remove fine-grained materials and to collect freshly
refilled representative groundwater samples.
Time for each groundwater purging/recharge should be recorded as well as
the estimated groundwater flow.
6.53 After purging, one groundwater sample should
then be collected at each well using Teflon bailer and decanted into
appropriate sample vials or bottles in a manner that minimizes agitation and
volatilization of VOCs from the samples. All samples should be uniquely
labeled.
6.54 Immediately after collection, groundwater
samples should be transferred to new, clean, laboratorysupplied glass jars for
sample storage/transport. The sampling
glass jars should be of “darken” type.
Groundwater samples should be placed in the glass jars with zero
headspace and promptly sealed with a septum-lined cap. Immediately following
collection, samples should be placed in ice chests, cooled and maintained at a
temperature of 0 - 4ºC until delivered to the analytical laboratory.
Sample Size and Handling Procedures
6.55 All equipment in contact with the ground should be
thoroughly decontaminated between each excavation, drilling and sampling event
to minimise the potential for cross contamination. The equipment (including
drilling pit, digging tools and soil/groundwater samplers) should be
decontaminated by steam cleaning or high-pressure hot water jet, then washed by
phosphate-free detergent and finally rinsed by distilled / deionised water.
6.56 Prior to sampling, the laboratory responsible for
analysis should be consulted on the particular sample size and preservation
procedures that are necessary for each chemical analysis.
6.57 The sample containers should be laboratory cleaned,
sealable, water-tight, made of glass or other suitable materials with aluminum
or Teflon-lined lids, so that the container surface will not react with the
sample or adsorb contaminants. No headspace should be allowed in the containers
which contain samples to be analysed for VOCs,
6.58 The containers should be marked with the sampling
location codes and the depths at which the samples were taken. If the contents are hazardous, this should be
clearly marked on the container and precautions taken during transport. Samples
should be stored at between 0 - 4 ºC but never frozen. Samples should be
delivered to laboratory within 24 hours of the samples being collected and
analysed within the respective retention period but should not more than 10
days.
Quality Control and Quality Assurance (QA/QC)
6.59 A proper QA/QC program shall be established to
ensure that the data collected are accurate and representative of actual soil
and groundwater conditions. The QA/QC programme shall include the following:
·
Laboratory
blanks;
·
Batch
duplicates;
·
Duplicate
control samples;
·
Certificated
reference materials; and
·
Single control
sample.
Interpretation of Results
6.60 With reference to the “Guidance Note for Contaminated Land Assessment
Remediation”, interpretation of results should make reference from the "Guidance
Manual for Use of Risk-based Remediation Goals for Contamination
Management". The soil and groundwater samples collected for this study
will be compared with Risk-based Remediation Goals (RBRGs) as stipulated in
Table 2.1 and Table 2.2 of the "Guidance Manual for Use of Risk-based
Remediation Goals for Contamination Management".
6.61 The RBRGs are developed based on a risk assessment
approach to suit the local environmental conditions and community needs in
·
Urban
residential – Sites located in an
urban area where main activities involve habitation by individuals. The typical
physical setting is a high rise residential building situated in a housing
estate that has amenity facilities such as landscaped yards and children’s
playgrounds. The receptors are residents who stay indoors most of the time
except for a short period each day, during which they are outdoors and have the
chance of being in direct contact with soil at landscaping or play areas within
the estate.
·
Rural
residential – Sites located in a rural
area where the main activities involve habitation by individuals. These sites
typically have village-type houses or low rise residential blocks surrounded by
open space. The receptors are rural residents who stay at home and spend some
time each day outdoors on activities such as gardening or light sports. The
degree of contact with the soil under the rural setting is more than that under
the urban setting both in terms of the intensity and frequency of contact.
·
Industrial – Any site where activities involve manufacturing,
chemical or petrochemical processing, storage of raw materials, transport
operations, energy production or transmission, etc. Receptors include those at
sites where part of the operation is carried out directly on land and the
workers are more likely to be exposed to soil than those working in
multi-storey factory buildings.
·
Public parks – Receptors include individuals and families who
frequent parks and play areas where there is contact with soil present in lawns,
walkways, gardens and play areas. Parks are considered to be predominantly hard
covered with limited areas of predominantly landscaped soil. Furthermore,
public parks are not considered to have buildings present on them.
6.62 In addition to the RBRGs, screening criteria (soil
saturation limits, Csat, developed for Non-aqueous Phase Liquid (NAPL) in soil
and water solubility limits for NAPL in groundwater) for the more mobile
organic chemicals must be considered to determine whether a site requires
further action.
6.63 Since this Project involves the construction of road
including pedestrian walkway, the Study Area is considered to be occupied for
industrial or public purpose in the future and the RBRGs for Industrial/
6.64 Following the Contamination Assessment Plan (CAP), a
Contamination Assessment Report (CAR) will be prepared. The CAR will present the findings of the
further site investigation where site access can be obtained and evaluate the
level and extent of potential contamination within the project boundary. The CAR will evaluate the potential
environmental and human health impacts based on the extent of potential
contamination identified. If remediation is required, a Remediation Action Plan
(RAP) will be prepared.
Possible Remediation Methods
6.65 Assumed that all excavated materials from the car
repairing workshops of Site 1, Site 3 and Site 4 are contaminated. The amount of contaminated soil to be treated
will be in the order of approximately 780 m3 [i.e., 260 m2
(total encroached area) x 3 m (maximum excavation depth)]. However, the actual quantity of contaminated
soils, if any, will need to be confirmed subject to further investigation, and
expected to be less than that estimated under the worst-case scenario.
6.66 The actual remediation methods, if required, would
depend on a number of factors including nature and extent of contamination as
well as site and time availability.
Therefore, a complete comparison of pros and cons of all possible
remediation options is to be provided in the future RAP submission so as to
justify the proposed remediation options and determine the best feasible option
for contaminated soil treatment. The
possible remediation measures for the contaminated soil is listed in follow:
·
Recovery
trenches or wells;
·
Soil venting;
·
Biotreatment;
·
Immobilization;
and
·
Excavation
followed by disposal at landfills.
Recommandations and Mitigation Measures
Recommandations
6.67 The Project Proponent shall engage a competent and experienced
professional to prepare a detailed CAP for EPD’s approval prior to the
investigation.
6.68 Upon approval of the CAP, the Project Contractor
shall carry out site investigation and sampling works in accordance with the
approved CAP. If contamination was
identified, CAR and RAP shall also be prepared and submitted to EPD for
approval. Remediation measures as
recommended in the RAP shall be fully implemented by the Project Contractor
prior to commencement of construction works.
6.69 With regard to the above, all the land contamination
assessments, including site investigations, supervision during the sampling
works, preparation of the CAP, CAR and RAP shall be conducted by the competent
and experienced professional who shall have adequate experience in land
contamination assessment, investigation and remediation.
Mitigation Measures
6.70 As a general measures, the following environmental
and safety precautionary measures should be implemented during construction
works, in order to minimize the potential impact on health and contamination
exposure to the site workers:
·
Exposure to any
contaminated materials can be minimised by the wearing of appropriate clothing
and personal protective equipment;
·
Adequate
training and instructions of the potential hazards associated with the
contaminated materials shall be provided to site staff and workers;
·
Measures shall
be implemented to prevent non-workers from approaching the identified potential
contamination areas in order to avoid exposure to contaminants;
·
Where
appropriate, the use of bulk handling equipment should be maximised to reduce
the potential contacts between excavated contaminated materials and associated
workers;
·
All temporary
stockpiles of the materials shall be completely covered with waterproof
material to avoid leaching of contaminants, especially during rainy season; and
·
Surface water
shall be diverted around any contaminated areas or stockpiles to minimise
potential runoff into excavations.
Evaluation of Residual Impacts
6.71 With the implementation of the recommended
mitigation measures for the handling of any contaminated materials, no residual
impact is anticipated during the construction of the proposed Project.
Environmental Monitoring
and Audit
6.72 The areas of car repairing workshops (i.e., Site 1,
Site 3 and Site 4) encroached upon the project boundary have been proposed for
further investigation. A detailed CAP
should be submitted to EPD for endorsement prior to conducting the
contamination assessment works.
Contamination assessment at the potential contaminated areas should
follow the requirements laid out in the CAP.
A CAR and RAP, where necessary, should be prepared based on the results
obtained from the site investigation and submitted for EPD’s approval. The contaminated area shall be remediated in
accordance with the approved CAR/RAP. The
specific EM&A requirements are detailed in the separate EM&A Manual.
Conclusion
6.73 An assessment of waste generation has been
conducted, from which estimated quantities of key sources and types of waste have
been estimated. Appropriate handling and
treatment / disposal of the wastes shall ensure no adverse environmental
impacts.
6.74 As a best practice measure it is proposed that
regular site inspections and audits of construction phase waste management be
undertaken as part of a broader construction phase EM&A programme.
6.75 An investigation of the historical and existing land
uses in respect of land contamination, including a desktop study and site
inspection has been conducted around the Project boundary. Recommendations for investigation and
mitigation measures have been proposed for the potential contaminated sites,
which shall be fully implemented accordingly.
6.76 It is considered that the potential land
contamination issues can be adequately controlled with suitably planned
construction and works in accordance with the remediation action plan and the
recommended precautionary protection measures for workers.
7.0
ECOLOGICAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
Introduction
7.1
This section
presents the approach to and the findings of the ecological impact
assessment. The assessment shall
identify and quantify the potential ecological impacts to the natural
environment and the associated wildlife groups and habitats / species arising
from the proposed Project. Special
attention shall be paid to avoid impacts on wildlife groups or habitats /
species of conservation interests.
7.2
The proposed
road upgrading works is a DP under the EIAO due to minor encroachment into the
“Conservation Area” (“CA”) zones adjacent to Kam Tin Road (OZP S/YL-PH/11) and
Lam Kam Road (OZP S/YL-SK/9) that function as buffers to Lam Tsuen Country Park
and Tai Mo Shan Country Park, respectively. A third outline zoning plan (OZP S/YL-KTN/7)
covering part of the Study Area includes a CA zone along the northern side of the
Kam Tin By-pass alignment, although this CA zone is not affected by the
Project.
7.3
The CA zones
adjacent to
Objectives
7.4
The aim of the
ecological impact assessment is to examine the species and other components of
the ecological habitats within the assessment area in order to protect,
maintain or rehabilitate the natural environment. The assessment area (or Study Area) for the
purpose of terrestrial ecological assessment shall include all areas within 500
metres from the Project site boundary and the areas likely to be impacted by
the Project. For aquatic ecology, the
Study Area shall be the same as the water quality impact assessment, i.e., all
aquatic areas within 300 metres from the Project site boundary.
7.5
Specific
objectives of the assessment include:
n
Conduct desktop
study and field surveys of at least four-months duration covering the wet
season to establish an updated ecological baseline profile for the Study Area;
n
Identify and
predict potential ecological impacts during Project construction and operation;
n
Evaluate the
significance and acceptability of the identified impacts;
n
Recommend
effective and practicable alternatives and mitigation measures;
n
Recommend the
need for and the scope of an appropriate monitoring and audit programme.
Legislation,
Standards & Guidelines
7.6
This ecological
impact assessment has been conducted in accordance with a number of local
legislation and guidelines on protection of species or habitats of conservation
concern:
n
Annexes 8 and
16 of the EIA-TM
n
n
Town Planning
Ordinance (Cap. 131)
n
Wild Animals
Protection Ordinance (Cap. 170)
n
The
Environmental Impact Assessment Ordinance (Cap. 499)
n
Protection of
Endangered Species of Animals and Plants Ordinance (Cap. 586)
n
International
n
Convention on
International Trade in Endangered Species
n
List of
National Key Protected Species in the Mainland PRC
n
EIAO Guidance
Note Nos. 6/2002, 7/2002, 10/2004
Assessment
Methodology
Literature Review
7.7
A literature
review of ecological resources within and in proximity to the Study Area was
undertaken for this assignment to guide survey methodologies and fieldwork
locations. Key information and data
sources under review include:
n
Memoirs of the
n
EIA Report
(EIA-074/2002) for Yuen Long and Kam Tin Sewerage and Sewage Disposal Stage 1
Packages
n
Kadoorie Farm
and Botanic Garden (KFBG) 2005 Fauna Checklist.
n
Fauna species
recorded at KFBG up to 2008.
n
Wildlife
updates and sightings by KFBG (In: Porcupine!, Vol. 30 – 33)
n
Shek, C.K.,
Chan, C.S.M. & Wan, Y.F. (2007) Camera Trap Survey of
n
Data extracted
from 2002 – 2008 Territory-wide long term monitoring survey on major taxon
groups (AFCD, unpublished data).
n
Hong Kong
Biodiversity Database (AFCD).
7.8
For
nomenclature, local status and abundance of fauna species, reference was made
to the Hong Kong Biodiversity Database (http://www.afcd.gov.hk,
retrieved in August 2008). While for plant species nomenclature, reference was
made to the Flora of Hong Kong (Volume 1 and Volume 2). For plant species origins and local abundance,
reference was made to Xing et al. (2002) and Leung (2006), of which the local
abundance refers to only the distribution of wild or spontaneous population /
naturalized species.
Field Survey Methodology
7.9
Under each of
the following sub-headings details for each of the focused field survey
methodologies are presented. Prior to
survey commencement all proposed methodologies were presented in an Inception
Report to seek comments and gain approval by relevant government authorities,
including but not limited to AFCD.
7.10 Figure 7.1 displays the Study Area and ecological
baseline survey locations.
Habitat Survey / Mapping
7.11 A reconnaissance survey was first performed at the
commencement of the survey period to characterize habitats and to select
representative areas for detailed baseline surveys. Special attention shall be paid to the areas
zoned “Conservation Areas” on outline zoning plans which will be directly
impacted or encroached upon the proposed road works, and to all other areas in
the Study Area deemed to be of actual conservation importance.
7.12 Following the reconnaissance survey, detailed
habitat surveys were then performed and colour photographs of all habitat
types, and any species or habitat features of ecological or conservation
importance were taken. Habitats were
identified and mapped within the Study Area based on Government aerial photos
and verified / updated during the habitat surveys.
7.13 Key habitats along
Vegetation Survey
7.14 Due to the limited footprint of the proposed Project
(Figure 2.1), most impacts upon vegetation will be limited to roadside
clearance. The vegetation survey
therefore aims to generate an inventory of plant species that occur within the
project footprint and its
7.15 For the remaining locations within the Study Area
that are more distant from the Project alignment, broad vegetation survey was
conducted to identify key vegetation communities and dominant plant species
that define / characterise the habitat types.
7.16 All vegetation surveys were conducted in parallel
with the habitat surveys. Unlike fauna
species, the seasonal / temporal effect on the occurrence of flora species is
minimal, and hence there was no need to conduct monthly surveys throughout the
EIA study period. Nevertheless,
sufficient field surveys were performed to identify all areas of vegetation that
will potentially be subject to site clearance activities.
7.17 Preliminary vegetation and habitat reconnaissance
surveys were conducted in May 2008, with detailed surveys conducted in July and
August 2008.
Avifauna Survey
7.18 A reconnaissance survey was conducted (in parallel
with the habitat survey) to identify any habitats or areas of potential
ecological importance for avifauna within the Study Area. A detailed baseline survey of avifauna was
conducted using the point-count method within the selected sampling locations
(Locations #1 - #
7.19 Point-counts for avifauna survey were conducted in
May, June and August
7.20 Bird species were also actively searched and
recorded in other locations within the Study Area to generate a complete list
of bird species and to supplement the findings of point-count surveys. Any key bird activities such as feeding and
breeding were also identified and described.
7.21 Avifauna surveys were undertaken on the following
dates: 23rd May, 26th May, 27th May, 20th
June, 23rd June, 13th August and 17th August
2008. Surveys were conducted during early morning (08:00 – 11:00) and late
afternoon (16:00 – 18:00) during which birds are expected to be most active.
Stream Fauna (including Crustaceans and Fish) and Herpetofauna Survey
7.22 Water quality induced impacts on stream ecology such
as potential surface runoff / discharge may arise from the proposed road upgrading
works. The baseline water quality conditions in the Study Area are referred in
Section 5 of this EIA Study Report.
Specifically to support the ecological impact assessment, “walk-over”
surveys were conducted through stream courses, channels or nullahs, and along the
adjacent riparian habitats at Locations #3 and #4 (which includes the nearby Meander
B) (Figure 7.2) in order to compile a list of key fauna species where the water
courses intercept with works areas.
7.23 Additional stream fauna surveys were also conducted
at the semi-natural stream near Location #1 (Figure 7.1), although this
location is outside the Project footprint and no encroachment is anticipated.
7.24 Stream fauna were studied through active searching,
direct observation and netting. Surveys
of stream fauna and herpetofauna were conducted on 22nd May 2008
(night survey), 28th May 2008 (daytime survey), 20th June
2008 (day time survey), 30th June 2008 (night survey) and 12th
August 2008 (daytime and night time surveys).
Invertebrate Survey (Butterflies and Dragonflies)
7.25 Butterfly surveys were conducted in parallel with,
and at the same four locations as, the bird survey as displayed in Figure
7.1. Surveys were conducted during the
warmest part of the day, with all adult butterflies identified to species
level. Similar to avifauna surveys,
transect surveys were performed around each sampling location and covered areas
at least
7.26 Butterfly surveys were conducted on 26th
May, 27th May, 20th June, 23rd June, 13th
and 17th August 2008.
7.27 Dragonfly surveys were conducted in parallel with,
and at the same locations as, the stream surveys in May, June and August 2008.
7.28 At each survey location an ordinal scale were used
to indicate relative abundance. Identification of species was aided by use 8 x
32 binoculars and a long-handled net.
Mammal Survey
7.29 It is expected that the well-maintained wildlife
records by KFBG, and the data of on-going monitoring programmes for bat and
other terrestrial mammal conducted by AFCD provide sufficient information of
terrestrial mammal activity in the Study Area.
Additional sings of mammal activity, such as tracks and scats, were also
under observation during all field surveys in order to supplement information available
through desk-top research.
Baseline
Ecological Conditions
Habitat Types
7.30 The characteristics of each of the habitat types
within the Study Area are presented under the following sub-headings. Habitat characterization is based upon the
typical vegetation communities present and the degree of habitat
stratification.
7.31 Table 7.1 below summarises the type and the
approximate area of each different land habitat type within the Study
Area. The approximate area of each
defined land habitat type also includes area of stream courses / channels that
pass through the habitat.
7.32 A total of
Table 7.1 Habitat Types within the Study Area (Land)
Habitat
Type |
Area (hectares) |
Area (% of Total) |
Agriculture |
81.3 |
12.9 |
Artificial Wetland |
0.7 |
0.1 |
Grassland |
50.4 |
8.0 |
Secondary |
83.0 |
13.2 |
Urbanized / Disturbed Area |
414.3 |
65.8 |
Study Area (for Terrestrial) |
629.7 |
100% |
7.33 Figure 7.2 displays the habitat map for the entire Study
Area. More specific details of the various habitat types in the Study Area,
including dominant and other notable species present, are provided in the
following sub-sections.
Agriculture (Active and Abandoned)
7.34 Approximately 12.9% (or 81.3 hectares) of the Study
Area is classified as agricultural land (Photo
7.35 Much of the area on the northern side of
Artificial Wetland
7.36 Approximately 0.1 % (or 0.7 hectares) of the Study
Area located along the northern boundary of the Kam Tin Bypass alignment
belongs to artificial wetland (Photo
7.37 This habitat type is outside of the footprint of the
proposed road widening works. No Greater Painted-snipe was recorded during the
field surveys.
Grassland
7.38 Secondary grassland is mainly located in the upland
area of
7.39 This habitat type is not present in the footprint of
the proposed road widening works.
Secondary
7.40 Approximately 13.2% (or 83.0 hectares) of the Study
Area belongs to secondary woodland (Photo
7.41 The secondary woodland established on or atop those
engineered slopes alongside the existing roads consists of mainly the exotic
plantation species, Acacia confusa,
and a low diversity of typical native species of disturbed vegetation types,
such as Alangium chinense, Bridelia tomentosa, Celtis sinensis, Cratoxylum
cochinchinense, Ficus microcarpa,
Ficus hispida, Litsea glutionsa, Macaranga
tanarius and Microcos paniculata.
7.42 More diverse and less disturbed secondary woodland
was found toward uphill of
Stream Courses / Channels / Meanders
7.43 A total of
7.44 The majority of
7.45 There are a few streams that run through the lowland
villages of Leung Uk Tsuen and Pat Heung, and intercept with the existing
7.46 There are semi-natural stream sections passing
through the lowland woodland of KFBG and at the KFBG seedling nursery on
Urbanized / Disturbed Area
7.47 This habitat type consists mainly of traffic roads,
parks, village houses, open storage, construction sites and wasteland
land. Dominant vegetation types include
common weedy species in wasteland and along roadside, ornamental plantings
adjacent to village houses and alongside
Vegetation Survey
7.48 A total of 167 plant species were identified within
the Project site boundary and its
Two tree individuals of Aquilaria
sinensis, including the tree specimen no. 1717 (Figure
7.49 Among the exotic species, 58 species are ornamental
/ landscape planting species, 13 species belong to fruit tree species and 24
species are naturalized exotic weeds or weeds of uncertain origins (pantropical
or cosmopolitan species). The species
composition represents typical vegetation communities of roadside habitats,
which are usually dominated by ornamental plantings and naturalized weeds.
7.50 Of the native species recorded, the most dominant
species such as Ficus sp., Bridelia tomentosa, Macaranga tanarius, Celtis
sinensis are typical pioneer species that occur in disturbed lowland vegetation,
such as those of forest margins, roadsides and wasteland.
7.51 The EIA Report (EIA-074/2002) for Yuen Long and Kam
Tin Sewerage and Sewage Disposal Stage 1 Packages
7.52 Except for one tree individual of Aquilaria sinensis, no other rare or
protected native plant species was recorded during the vegetation survey. Some planted exotic species are listed as
“rarely recorded in wild population” under “Local Abundance” in Appendix G2, to indicate the abundance of wild populations of their cultivated
escapes.
Avifauna
Literature Review
7.53 A total of 177 bird species were recorded in KFBG
from 1995 to 2005 (Kendrick, 2005), of which only 53 species were recorded in
the lower part of KFBG located at the eastern end of the proposed Project
site. A list of bird species recorded in
the lower part of KFBG was given in Appendix G3.
7.54 Among the 53 species recorded in the lower part of
KFBG, most of them are resident species and are abundant in KFBG. These species include Spotted Dove Streptopelia chinensis, Red-whiskered
bulbul Pycnonotus jocosus, Oriental
Magpie Robin Copsychus saularis,
Common Tailorbird Orthotomus sutorius,
Great Tit Parus major, Fork-tailed
Sunbird Aethopyga christinae,
Japanese White-eye Zosterops japonicus
and Eurasian Tree Sparrow Passer montanus. These species are also common in urban areas
of
7.55 A few records of common winter visitors and common
passage migrants were also recorded in KFBG, including Asian House Martin Delichon dasypus, Red Turtle Dove Streptopelia tranquebarica, Scarly
Thrush Zoothera daumaand and White
Wagtail Motacilla alba (Kendrick,
2005). However, some scarce visitor bird
species, such as Eurasian Woodcock
Scolopax rusticola were also recorded within the lower part of KFBG (Ades
et al, 2006).
7.56 According to the ecological baseline monitoring data
from 2002 to 2008 provided by AFCD (unpublished data), a total of 26 bird
species were recorded within the Study Area (Appendix G4), of which 25 species
are very common and widespread in
Field Surveys
7.57 A total of 35 species have been recorded in the
Study Area from field survey. The counts of birds recorded range from 5 birds
at Location #
7.58 The majority of bird species recorded in the survey
locations belong to typical and common urban bird species, such as Chinese
bulbul Pycnonotus sinensis, Common
Tailorbird Orthotomus sutorius,
Eurasian Tree Sparrow Passer montanus,
Japanese White-eye Zosterops japonica and Red-whiskered bulbul Pycnonotus
jocosus. These were also dominant
species in the KFBG fauna checklist (Kendrick, 2005).
7.59 However, four bird species, including Common Myna Acridotheres tristis, Crested Goshawk Accipiter Trivirgatus, Orange-bellied Leafbird Chloropsis hardwickii and Rufous-capped Babbler Stachyris ruficeps are regarded as
“uncommon” in the AFCD biodiversity database.
These species were only occasionally observed during the survey and were
recorded away from roadside (80
Stream Fauna and Herpetofauna
Literature Review
7.60 Fifty-six species of herpetofauna were recorded in
KFBG from 1995 to 2005 (Appendix G6), including four protected species under
the Wild Animals Protection Ordinance (Cap. 170): Hong Kong Newt Paramesotriton hongkongensis, Hong Kong
Cascade Frog Amolops hongkongensis,
Romer’s Tree Frog Philautus romeri and
Big-headed Terrapin Platysternon
megacephalum (Kendrick, 2005). And
the Big-headed Terrapin P. megacephalum
is also listed as ”endangered” in both IUCN red list and China red data book
status.
7.61 Chinese Cobra Naja
atra and King Cobra Ophiophagus hannah,
which are protected under the Protection of Endangered Species of Animals and
Plants Ordinance (Cap. 586) and regarded as ”vulnerable” and
”critically-endangered” on the China red data book status respectively, were
also recorded in KFBG and within the EIA Study Area. And Banded Krait Bungarus fasciatus is regarded as “endangered” in
7.62 Two additional herpetofauna species were recorded
from 2005 to 2006. And they are Mountain wolf snake and Chinese water snake
(Ades et al, 2006). They were found in
the lower part of KFBG.
7.63 Eleven amphibian species were recorded by AFCD from
2002 to 2008 within the EIA Study Area (Appendix G7). All are typical and common species of
riparian habitat.
7.64 Five fish species were recorded in KFBG from 1995 to
2005, including Striped Loach Schistura
fasciolata, Flat-headed loach Oreonectes
platycephalus, Broken-band hillstream loach Liniparhomaloptera disparis, Sucker-belly loach Pseudogastromyzon myersi and Vietnam
Catfish Pterocryptis cochinchinensis (Appendix G8). All of them are widespread
species in
7.65 Four fish species were recorded by AFCD from 2002 to
Field Surveys
7.66 Most herpetofauna species were recorded at the
adjacent agriculture land instead of stream courses. In total, nine amphibian and three reptile
species were recorded from the surveyed streams and riparian habitats. The abundance of amphibian was relatively
higher during the surveys conducted in June. Most recorded herpetofauna were
common species in
7.67 Except for Spotted Narrow-mouthed frog Kalophrynus interlineatus, the remaining
seven species recorded by field surveys were also recorded by AFCD. All amphibian species recorded were
widespread in
7.68 Three common fish species were recorded, including Gambusia affinis, Rhinogobius giurinus and Schistura
fasciolata.
7.69 Others stream fauna were recorded, including three
species of Crustacea, two species of Diptera, one species of Trichoptera, two
species of heteroptera, one species of Hirudinea and four species of Mollusc.
7.70 Water quality was poor with odour owing to the
discharge of domestic sewage at stream #4 and downstream of stream #3. Pollution-tolerant benthos such as Tubifex sp. (Photo
7.71 A few individuals of Hong Kong Newt Paramesotriton hongkongensis were
recorded only in the additional surveys conducted in July and August 2008 at
the stream near Location #1. This
species is considered to have potential global concern (Fellowes et al, 2002),
although it is widely distributed throughout the
Invertebrate (Butterflies and Dragonflies)
Literature Review
7.72 There is no background information on butterflies
available in the study area.
7.73 There is no background information on dragonflies
available in the study area.
Field Surveys
7.74 In total, 41 species of butterfly were recorded in
the stream survey (Appendix G13), of which 31 species are common or widely
disturbed species in
7.75 There were 16 species of butterfly recorded among 3
representative streams. More butterfly
species were recorded at stream #3 and #4 during the survey in June. Among the recorded species, Gaudy Baron Euthalia
lubentina lubentina (Photo
7.76 In addition, three dragonfly species and seven
damselfly species were recorded along streams at Location #3 and #4. Relatively more dragonflies and damselflies
were recorded in June. All recorded
dragonfly and damselfly species were common in
Mammals
Literature Review
7.77 There were 23 mammal species recorded from 1995 to
7.78 A camera trapping and droppings study conducted from
2007 to mid
7.79 A Yellow-bellied weasel Mustela kathiah was recorded near KFBG lower stream area in April 2006 (Ades et al,
2006). This species is regarded as
“rare” by AFCD assessment and of “local concern” (Fellowes et al, 2002).
7.80 Three mammals were recorded by ACFD in territory-wide long-term monitoring survey
from 2002 to 2008, including Short-nosed Fruit Bat Cynopterus sphinx, Brown Noctule Nyctalus noctula and Pallas’s squirrel Callosciurus erythraeus. All
of them are common and widespread in
Field Surveys
7.81 No mammal was recorded at the four ecological
baseline survey locations. However, a roost of Short-nosed Fruit Bat Cynopterus sphinx was found on the
Chinese Fan-palm Livistona chinensis
opposite to the main entrance of KFBG (Appendix G16). This fruit bat species is commonly
distributed in the urban areas of
Ecological
Evaluation of Various Habitats and Sites of Conservation Importance
7.82 Tables 7.2 to 7.7 summarise the evaluation of
ecological habitats of concern in the Study Area. The results of desktop study and field surveys
show that the artificial wetland adjacent to the western boundary of the
Project Area, the drainage channel and several isolated meanders on the
northern side of Kam Tin Road are areas of conservation importance within the
Study Area due to their relatively high bird usage and / or presence of the
rare winter breeding bird species, Greater Painted-snipe. The grassland connected to
Table 7.2 Ecological Evaluation of Agricultural Land
Criteria |
Remarks |
Naturalness |
Human modified habitat |
Size |
81.3 hectares |
Diversity |
Low species diversity. Dominated by common fruit trees, ornamental plants and weedy vegetation. |
Rarity |
Not rare |
Re-creatability |
Readily re-creatable |
Fragmentation |
Highly fragmented by roads, footpaths, village houses, abandoned land and open storage. |
Ecological Linkage |
Generally connected to nearby stream courses and channels. |
Potential Value |
Potential value for habitat enhancement through re-vegetation |
Nursery / Breeding Ground |
A potential nursery ground for herpetofauna, insects and ground birds. |
Age |
Artificial habitat at early succession stage dominated by pioneer species and introduced species. |
Abundance / Richness of Wildlife |
Low |
Ecological Value |
Low |
Table 7.3 Ecological Evaluation of Artificial Wetland
Criteria |
Remarks |
Naturalness |
Human-modified habitat |
Size |
0.7 hectares |
Diversity |
Low species diversity dominated by roadside plantings and weedy vegetation. |
Rarity |
Relatively rare |
Re-creatability |
Can be recreated within a few years |
Fragmentation |
Fragmented by roads and other developments |
Ecological Linkage |
Connected to |
Potential Value |
Moderate potential value. Potential for habitat enhancement through re-vegetation and habitat management. |
Nursery / Breeding Ground |
A potential nursery ground for herpetofauna, insects and birds. |
Age |
Young |
Abundance / Richness of Wildlife |
Medium to High |
Ecological |
Medium |
Table 7.4 Ecological Evaluation of Grassland
Criteria |
Remarks |
Naturalness |
Anthropogenic fire-maintained semi-natural habitat |
Size |
50.4 hectares |
Diversity |
Low |
Rarity |
Common in upland area of |
Re-creatability |
It takes about <3 years for regeneration of secondary grassland after deforestation or hill fires. |
Fragmentation |
Continuous |
Ecological Linkage |
Connected to the upland grassland of |
Potential Value |
Low but can be increased through control of hill fire. Secondary session can be speeded up if hill fire ceases. |
Nursery / Breeding Ground |
Low value |
Age |
Relatively recent habitat though it can be quite persistent due to intermittent hill fires. |
Abundance / Richness of Wildlife |
Low |
Ecological Value |
Moderate due to its naturalness |
Table
7.5 Ecological Evaluation of
Secondary
Criteria |
Remarks |
Naturalness |
Semi-natural habitat modified by afforestation |
Size |
83.0 hectares |
Diversity |
Moderate diversity dominated by both pioneer vegetation of disturbed habitat types, plantation species, and native secondary forest species. |
Rarity |
Not rare |
Re-creatability |
|
Fragmentation |
The habitat is fragmented by |
Ecological Linkage |
Connected to the secondary woodland of |
Potential Value |
Moderate potential value for woodland birds and other fauna species. The potential value can change over time and increase with habitat maturity. |
Nursery / Breeding Ground |
No record of nursery or breeding ground. |
Age |
Relatively more mature |
Abundance / Richness of Wildlife |
Moderate |
Ecological Value |
Moderate |
Table 7.6 Ecological Evaluation of Streams / Meanders
Criteria |
Remarks |
Naturalness |
Semi-natural lowland stream habitats |
Size |
|
Diversity |
Low diversity of in-stream fauna in heavily polluted lowland streams at Locations #3 an #4. Most of the herpetofauna species were recorded at adjacent agricultural land. More diverse in-stream fauna in stream near Location #1 where the stream is relatively less disturbed and more sheltered by nearby woodland vegetation. Several isolated meanders (Meander A, B, C as displayed in Figures 7.2) were assessed to have high bird use. |
Rarity |
Not rare. |
Re-creatability |
Difficult to re-create after channelization |
Fragmentation |
Continuous |
Ecological Linkage |
Connected to headwaters from upland area |
Potential Value |
Potential value can be increased if pollution problem can be alleviated |
Nursery / Breeding Ground |
Potential nursery / breeding ground for herpetofauna and in-stream fauna |
Age |
Old |
Abundance / Richness of Wildlife |
Low species abundance / richness of wildlife for the lowland
stream courses interception with Moderate species richness for the isolated meanders due to past records of high bird use. |
Ecological Value |
Low value for the lowland stream courses interception with |
Table 7.7 Ecological Evaluation of Channels
Criteria |
Remarks |
Naturalness |
Artificial channels of |
Size |
|
Diversity |
Channels: minimal wildlife due to loss of original stream habitats
and riparian vegetation. However, the
rare and restricted winter vistor / breeding bird, Greater Painted-snipe
(GPS) was occasionally detected at the drainage channel of the northern side
of |
Rarity |
Not rare. |
Re-creatability |
Easy to re-create |
Fragmentation |
Continuous |
Ecological Linkage |
Connected to semi-natural lowland stream courses |
Potential Value |
Potential value can be increased if pollution problem can be alleviated |
Nursery / Breeding Ground |
Potential nursery / breeding ground for herpetofauna and in-stream fauna |
Age |
Recently created habitat |
Abundance / Richness of Wildlife |
Generally low species abundance and richness of wildlife for the channels within the study area due to loss of originally stream habitats and riparian vegetation. |
Ecological Value |
Generally low value for the channels within the study area except for the drainage channel at the northern side of Kam Tin Road where high value was rated due to the presence of the restricted and rare breeding winter visitor, Greater Painted-snipe. |
Table 7.8 Ecological Evaluation of Urbanized / Disturbed Area
Criteria |
Remarks |
Naturalness |
Human-created habitats |
Size |
414.3 hectares |
Diversity |
Low diversity. Consists of mainly roadside or wasteland vegetation and mainly of naturalized exotic / weedy species of low ecological value. |
Rarity |
Not rare. |
Re-creatability |
Readily to be re-created |
Fragmentation |
Fragmented by semi-natural habitats, e.g. stream and woodland. |
Ecological Linkage |
Low ecological linkage due to habitat fragmentation |
Potential Value |
Low potential value. |
Nursery / Breeding Ground |
No nursery / breeding ground |
Age |
Relatively more recent habitat |
Abundance / Richness of Wildlife |
Low |
Ecological Value |
Low |
Impact
Assessment and Evaluation
Construction Impacts
7.83 Construction activities for the proposed projects
may include site clearance, site formation for geotechnical works (cut and
fill) on slopes alongside
7.84 Potential construction impacts due to the proposed
road upgrading works shall include:
n
Vegetation
clearance / habitat loss;
n
Disturbance to
wildlife;
n
Induced
disturbance to species / habitats
7.85 Details of the construction impacts are presented
under the following sub-headings.
Vegetation Clearance / Habitat Loss
7.86 The Works task with the most potential for
vegetation impacts is the removal of roadside vegetation and slope vegetation /
trees where geotechnical works will be involved to facilitate the proposed road
upgrading works.
7.87 As evaluated from the habitat map overlaid with the
proposed Project site boundary, a total of 6.6 hectares of additional land will
be needed for the proposed road widening / upgrading works, which include
7.88 The proposed slope works will only encroach into CA
zoned (land) areas at five main locations:
n
Location (1): construction
of a Soldier Pile Wall at section between CHB 28+90 and CHB 30+00 (Figure
n
Location (2):
soil nailing at
n
Location (3):
construction of retaining wall on mini-piles at section between CHB50+40 and
CHB 51+20 (Figure
n
Location (4): fill
slope re-compaction at section between CHB 50+10 and CHB 51+30 (Figure
n
Location (5): soil
nailing and rock slope stabilization measures at section between CHB 51+20 and
CHB 52+90 (Figure
There will also be minimal road
works encroached into CA areas (Location (6)) at section between CHB 44+40 and
CH 44+80 (Figure 2.2b).
7.89 Appendix G17 displays the site photos of those CA
areas which will be marginally encroached due to proposed slope works. As reviewed from the baseline surveys, the
potential encroachment due to the proposed works will be limited only to
roadside areas dominated by common roadside tree plantings (Photos 4 and 5 of
Appendix G17), ornamental plantings and weedy vegetation (Photo 2 of Appendix
G17), or existing concrete structures (Photos 1 and 3 of Appendix G17). Although approximately
7.90 Apart from encroachment into roadside vegetation,
approximately
Disturbance to Wildlife
7.91 During construction there is potential for visual
and noise disturbance of wildlife such as birds that may occasionally visit
roadside habitats, although none were seen during the course of field surveys
due to highly disturbed roadside environment.
Wildlife use preference will be given to areas of secondary woodland and
lowland stream courses distant from the existing roads where shelter, nesting,
feeding opportunities are greater and disturbance can be avoided.
7.92 As evidenced by the data in KFBG Fauna Checklist
(KFBG, 2005), most of the fauna species recorded are concentrated in the middle
and upper part of the Garden, i.e., beyond
7.93 One exception to the general rule of utilising
undisturbed habitats where they exist was the presence of a Short-nosed Fruit Bat
roost in a Chinese Fan-palm along
7.94 Overall, given the low ecological baseline value of
the project footprint area and the readily accessible adjacent habitat of
higher ecological value and less disturbance, the Project is not anticipated to
generate any significant adverse disturbance impacts upon wildlife.
Induced Disturbance to Species / Habitats
7.95 There is potential for induced or secondary
ecological impacts to arise from the Project should appropriate control
measures not be taken. Impact sources
primarily relate to construction run-off, waste materials and dust deposition
on vegetation.
7.96 With the implementation of adequate avoidance /
control measures as presented in Section 5 and Section 6 for the control of
water quality and construction wastes, no adverse impacts are anticipated.
Operational Impacts
7.97 Road traffic is the only possible resultant
disturbance to wildlife during Project operation. Due to close proximity to existing road
traffic and the existing (high) level of disturbance along roadside, wildlife
use preference is given in areas more remote from the roadside. In addition, the proposed works shall not
involve any change in the existing road alignment. As such, there shall be no significant visual
intrusion upon Project operation.
7.98 Likewise, and as referred in Section 4, traffic
noise from the operational Project will not change significantly from existing
baseline conditions. Therefore, no
significant disturbance to wildlife upon project operation is anticipated. Table 7.9 below summarises the signifiance of
ecological impacts during construction and operation of the proposed Project in
accordance with Annex 8 “Criteria for
Evaluating Ecological Impact” of the Technical Memorandum of EIAO.
Table 7.9 Evaluation of Significance of Ecological Impacts
Criteria |
Remarks |
Habitat Quality |
Construction of the Project will only result in minor encroachment into roadside habitats of low ecological value, and the periphery of Meander B (Figure 7.2) which was found to have high bird usage. No other habitats of ecological importance will be affected due to construction of the Project. . |
Species |
No ecologically important species or their habitat(s) will be affected due to construction of the Project. |
Size / Abundance |
A total of 6.6 hectares of additional land will be needed for the proposed road widening / upgrading works, which mainly includes human created roadside and engineering slopes and urbanized / disturbed land. Construction of the Project will only result in minor encroachment into these roadside habitats of low species abundance, and the periphery of Meander A (Figure 7.2) which \ was found to have high bird usage. No other habitats of ecological importance will be lost due to construction of the Project. |
Duration |
The
impact on roadside habitat is of short-term as new roadside plantings /
vegetation will be reprovided after construction of the Project, though there
will be permanent loss of approximately |
Reversibility |
The impact (loss of roadside vegetation) is reversible as the the roadside habitat is readily re-creatable through revegetation / landscaping. The loss of the periphery of the meander is irreversible. |
Magnitude |
Low due to limited footprint of the project / limited area of habitats to be affected / encroached. |
Mitigation
/ Enhancement Measures and Construction Management
Mitigation / Enhancement Measures
7.99 As evaluated in the above sub-sections, impacts from
direct habitat loss / vegetation clearance due to construction of the Project are
considered low. No ecological mitigation
measures are needed for vegetation clearance due to the proposed Project However, landscaping mitigation measures
including compensatory planting by use of a mix of native plant species, and
re-vegetation of the upgraded Kam Tin Road and Lam Kam Road, and the slopes
subject to necessary geotechnical works, as provided in Section 9 may serve as
ecological enhancement measures to provide wider range of habitats for wildlife
use.
Construction Management
7.100 The best practice guidelines for control of
construction site run-off and for managing construction waste as given in
Section 5 and Section 6 respectively shall be implemented as far as
practicable, in order to avoid any indirect / induced construction impacts upon
wildlife.
7.101 The following precautionary measures as referred in
ETWB TC No. 5/2005 to avoid any possible impacts on natural stream courses and/
or nearby vegetation during construction phase shall be implemented:
n
Temporary
storage of construction materials shall be properly covered and located away
from any stream courses.
n Construction debris and spoil shall be covered properly and disposed of as soon as possible to avoid being washed into nearby stream courses.
n
Temporary
access to the site shall be carefully planned and located to avoid disturbance
impacts upon surface waters.
n
Consideration
shall be given to conducting the proposed works during the dry season when
stream flow is low.
7.102 No plant species of conservation concern including Aquilaria sinensis shall be removed due
to the Project. Identification labels
shall be attached to the two tree specimens of Aquilaria sinensis to notify the site workers that the two tree
individuals or any tree specimens of A.
sinensis shall not be removed or damaged during construction works. Protection measures shall be implemented to
avoid any possible construction impacts upon the fruit bat roost on the Chinese
Fan-palm Livistona chinensis on
n
Establishment
of a Tree Protection Zone in accordance with Environment, Transport and Works
Bureau Technical Circular (Works) No. 29/2004, clause 17. No construction activities or construction
storage shall be intruded into the designated Tree Protection Zone.
n
Provision of a
tree identification label to notify the site workers to protect the tree from
construction damage throughout the construction period.
Potential
Cumulative Impact
7.103 As stated in Section 2, there is only one designated
project within
Residual
Impacts
7.104 With the implementation of the mitigation measures
and management guidelines as described above, no residual impact during in the
construction and operational phases is anticipated.
Environmental
Audit & Review
7.105 Since the impact from habitat loss due to the
Project is predicted to be low, and there is no significant and adverse impact
from disturbance to wildlife and indirect / induced impacts resulted from the
proposed works during construction and operation, ecological monitoring is
considered not necessary. However, regular site inspection is recommended to
ensure adequate mitigation measures / best practice guidelines are implemented
throughout construction of the Project.
Conclusion
7.106 With the implementation of the mitigation measures
and guidelines for construction management during the construction of the
Project, no significant and adverse ecological impact shall be
anticipated. The implementation of the
mitigation measures / protection measures for the fruit bat roost shall be
included to the works contracts. Regular
site inspections are recommended during construction phase in order to ensure
the mitigation measures are implemented properly.
References
Ades, G.,
Kendrick, R., Crow, P., Haig, A and Cheung, L. (2005) Kadoorie Farm & Botanic Garden –
Wildlife Updates & Sighting. Porcupine! 32: 16 – 20.
Ades, G.,
Kendrick, R., Haig, A., Grioni, A., and Wong, C. (2005) Kadoorie Farm & Botanic Garden –
Wildlife Updates & Sighting. Porcupine! 33: 15 – 20.
Ades, G., Kendrick, R., Haig, A.,
Tan, K.S., Paul van Dijik, P and Wong, C. (2006) Kadoorie Farm & Botanic Garden – Wildlife
Updates & Sighting. Porcupine! 34: 31 – 35.
Black and Veatch Hong Kong
Limited (2005) Agreement No. CE 64/98: Study on Wetland Compensation, Final
Report. Submitted to Agriculture, Fisheries and Conservation Department.
Fellowes, J.R., Lau, M.W.N.,
Dudgeon, D., Reels, G.T., Ades, G.W.J.,
Flora of Hong Kong, Volume 1
(2007) edited by Hong Kong Herbarium, Agriculture, Fisheries and Conservation
Department (AFCD) and South China Botanical Garden, Chinese Academy of Sciences.
Hong Kong SAR.
Flora of Hong Kong, Volume 2
(2008) edited by Hong Kong Herbarium, Agriculture, Fisheries and Conservation
Department (AFCD) and South China Botanical Garden, Chinese Academy of
Sciences. Hong Kong SAR.
Karsen, S.J.,
Lau, M.W.N. and Bogadek, Anthony (1998)
Keith, D.P.
(2003) Field Guide to the Dragonflies of
Kendrick, R.C.
(2005) Kadoorie Farm & Botanic Garden
2005 Fauna Checklist. Kadoorie Farm
& Botanic Garden Corporation.
Leung, G.P.C. (2006) Exotic Plant Invasion of Upland Plant Communities in
Shek, C.T. and
Chan, C.S.M. (2006) Survey on the Short-nosed Fruit Bat (Cynopterus sphinx) in
the Urban Areas of Hong Kong. Hong Kong Biodiversity 11: 8 – 10.
Xing, F.W., Ng,
S.C. and Chau, L.K.C. (2000) Gymonsperms and Angiosperms of
Yiu, Vor and
Young, J.J. (2002) Butterfly watching In
Hong Kong Biodiversity web site:
http://www.afcd.gov.hk/tc_chi/conservation/hkbiodiversity/hkbiodiversity.html
(retrieved in August 2008)
8.0 CULTURAL
HERITAGE IMPACT ASSESSMENT
Introduction
8.1
The works for
the project include the widening of approximately 5.2 kilometre road sections
into 7.3 metres wide single two lane carriageways, provision of right turning
lanes at approaches to major accesses, provision of laybys at suitable
locations, provision of appropriate crossing facilities with refuge islands to
meet pedestrian demands and associated slope and drainage works.
8.2
A stated in the
project Study Brief any negative impacts to any identified Sites of Cultural
Heritage should be identified for both the construction and operational phases
of the project and measures should be proposed to mitigate any such identified
impacts. As well, an Archaeological Impact Assessment will be conducted
following the requirements listed in the EIA Study Brief.
Environmental
Legislation, Policies, Plans, Standards and Criteria
8.3
Legislation,
Standards, Guidelines and Criteria relevant to the consideration of Cultural
Heritage impacts under this study include the following:
·
Antiquities and
Monuments Ordinance;
·
Environmental
Impact Assessment Ordinance;
·
·
Technical
Memorandum on Environmental Impact Assessment Process;
·
Guidelines for
Archaeological Impact Assessment; and
·
DEVB TC(W) No.
11/2007.
Antiquities and Monuments Ordnance
8.4
The Antiquities
and Monuments Ordinance (the Ordinance) provides the statutory framework to
provide for the preservation of objects of historical, archaeological and
palaeontological interest. The Ordinance
contains the statutory procedures for the Declaration of Monuments. The
proposed monument can be any place, building, site or structure, which is considered
to be of public interest by reason of its historical, archaeological or
palaeontological significance.
8.5
Under Section 6
and subject to sub-section (4) of the Ordinance, the following acts are
prohibited in relation to certain monuments, except under permit;
·
To excavate,
carry on building works, plant or fell trees or deposit earth or refuse on or
in a proposed monument or monument;
·
To demolish,
remove, obstruct, deface or interfere with a proposed monument or monument.
8.6
The discovery
of an Antiquity, as defined in the Ordinance must be reported to the
Antiquities Authority (the Authority), or a designated person. The Ordinance
also provides that, the ownership of every relic discovered in
8.7
No
archaeological excavation may be carried out by any person, other than the
Authority and the designated person, without a licence issued by the Authority.
A licence will only be issued if the Authority is satisfied that the applicant
has sufficient scientific training or experience to enable him to carry out the
excavation and search satisfactorily, is able to conduct, or arrange for, a
proper scientific study of any antiquities discovered as a result of the
excavation and search and has sufficient staff and financial support.
Environmental Impact Assessment Ordinance
8.8
The
Environmental Impact Assessment Ordinance (EIA/O) was implemented on 1 April
1998. Its purpose is to avoid, minimise and control the adverse impact on the
environment of designated projects, through the application of the EIA process
and the Environmental Permit (EP) system.
8.9
Chapter 10 of
the HKPSG details the principles of conservation of natural landscape and
habitats, historical buildings and archaeological sites. It also addresses the
issue of enforcement. The appendices list the legislation and administrative controls
for conservation, other conservation related measures in
Technical Memorandum on Environmental Impact Assessment Process
8.10 The general criteria and guidelines for evaluating
and assessing impacts to Cultural Heritage are listed in Annexes 10 and 19 of
the Technical Memorandum on Environmental Impact Assessment Process (EIAO-TM).
The guidelines state that preservation in totality and measures for the
integration of sites of cultural heritage into the proposed project will be a
beneficial impact. It also states that destruction of a Site of Cultural
Heritage must only be undertaken as a last resort.
Guidelines for Archaeological Impact Assessment
8.11 This document, as issued by the Antiquities and
Monuments Office, outlines the specific technical requirement for conducting a
terrestrial archaeological study. It includes the parameters and scope for
desk-based research, and if required the field evaluation and the reporting
requirements.
Development Bureau Technical Circular (Works) No. 11/2007: Heritage
Impact Assessment Mechanism for Capital
Works Projects
8.12 The technical circular contains the procedures and
requirements for assessing heritage impact arising from the implementation of
capital works projects. The circular defines the “heritage sites” that will be
covered under the TC and outlines the details of the heritage impact assessment
mechanism.
Archaeology
Assessment Methodology
Baseline Study
8.13 As stated in the Guidelines for Archaeological
Impact Assessment, the purpose of the baseline study is to compile a
comprehensive inventory of all sites of archaeological interest within a
project Study Area. The results must be presented in a report that must include
concrete evidence to show that the required processes have been satisfactorily
completed. It also required to include a detailed inventory of all identified
sites of archaeological interest and a full description of their cultural
significance.
8.14 The first step that is undertaken is to identify all
known sites of archaeological interest within and in the vicinity of the
project Study Area and to calculate the archaeological potential of Study Areas
that do not contain any known archaeological sites. The current project Study
Area contains one archaeological site the Pat Heung Sheung Tsuen Archaeological
Site. The following tasks are undertaken as required to gather the information
necessary for the compilation of the report of the baseline study;
Task 1: Desk-based research
8.15 Firstly, desk-based research is carried out in order
to identify and evaluate any areas of archaeological potential within the
project Study Area. Cartographic sources, such as historical and geological
maps, will be consulted for identification of former landforms. Area’s that are
determined to be of archaeological potential will then be examined for the
presence of existing impacts, this will include the identification of past land
uses as well as the presence of utilities and road construction.
8.16 As well as the above research, the following is a
non-exhaustive list of resources that will be consulted as part of the research
programme: the Antiquities and Monuments Office published and unpublished
papers and studies; publications on relevant historical studies; unpublished
archival, papers, records; collections and libraries of tertiary institutions;
historical documents which can be found in Public Records Office, Lands
Registry, District Lands Office, District Office, Museum of History;
cartographic and pictorial documentation and any previous archaeological impact
assessment studies that have been previously conducted in the project study
area.
Task 2: Site visit
8.17 To supplement the information gathered in the
desk-based study, a site visit will be undertaken to identify current usage at
any sites identified in the desk-based study as containing archaeological
potential.
Task 3: Archaeological Field Investigation (if required)
8.18 If the results of the desk-based study and site
visit indicate that there is insufficient data for purposes of identification
of sites of archaeological interest, determination of cultural significance and
assessment of impacts, an archaeological field investigation programme will be
designed and submitted to the AMO for approval. Once approved, a qualified
archaeologist must apply for a licence to undertake the archaeological
excavation, which must be approved by the Antiquities Authority before
issuance. The archaeological field investigation will consist of the following
steps;
8.19 Test pit excavations are carried out to verify the
archaeological potential within a certain area and to establish the horizontal
spread of cultural material deposits and vertical sequence of cultural
materials. The choice for the location of the test pit excavation will depend
on various factors such as desk-based information, landforms as well as access
issues. Hand digging of test pits measuring between
Reporting and Submission of Archive
8.20 A report of the findings of the archaeological
survey will be compiled following the requirements as outlined in Guidelines
for Archaeological Reports as issued by the AMO. Field records containing
information regarding the physical location of the test pit, weather
conditions, size, temporary bench mark, description of the soils and their
measured depths, artefact and feature finds are kept for each pit. Photographs are taken and drawings and plans
produced, finds are bagged, labelled and will form part of the project archive.
The processing of recovered archaeological material and preparation of the project
archive will follow the Guidelines for Archaeological Reports and Handling of
Archaeological Finds and Archives as issued by the AMO.
Impact Assessment
8.21 The prediction and evaluation of both direct and
indirect impacts must be undertaken to identify any potential adverse affects
to all identified sites of archaeological interest within a project Study Area.
A detailed description of the works and all available plans (with their
relationship to the identified resources clearly shown) should be included, to
illustrate the nature and degree of potential impacts. The impact assessment
must adhere to the detailed requirements of Annexes 10 and 19 of the Technical
Memorandum on Environmental Impact Assessment Process and the Guidelines for
Archaeological Impact Assessment.
Mitigation Measures
8.22 As stated in the Guidelines for Archaeological
Impact Assessment “Preservation in totality must be taken as the first
priority”. If such preservation is not feasible, as in the case where the need
for a particular development can be shown to have benefits that outweigh the
significance of the site of archaeological interest, a programme of mitigation
measures must be designed and submitted to the AMO for approval. The mitigation
measures must be clearly listed and the party responsible for implementation
and timing of the measures must also be included. Examples of mitigation
measures include; rescue excavation and archaeological watching brief.
Desk-based review
Known Archaeological Sites
8.23 There is one archaeological site in the project
Study Area, the Pat Heung Sheung Tsuen Archaeological Site (AM04-2022). The
boundary of the archaeological site can be found in Figure 8.1. The site was
originally identified as part of a survey undertaken in the area in 1999. Field
testing was conducted and a total of 60 sherds (celadon and white porcelain)
dating from the Song Dynasty were recovered. Based upon, the type, nature and
quality of the finds it was postulated that Pat Heung Sheung Tsuen was a
residential site dating from the Song period (HKIA 1999).
Previous Investigations in the Study Area
8.24 Agreement No CE 33/1999 Yuen Long and Kam Tin
Sewerage and Sewage Disposal Stage 1: Sewers, Rising Mains and Ancillary
Pumping Stations Environmental Impact Assessment and Traffic Impact Assessment
Study Non-Designated Projects (ERM 1999).
8.25 The Pat Heung Sheung Tsuen Archaeological Site was
within the vicinity of the Study Area for the above cited project. Auger holes
were undertaken in the near the village of Wang Toi Shan Yau Uk Tsuen to the
Northeast of Kam Tin Road, the map from the above cited report showing the
relevant auger holes (36 through 42) can be seen in Figure
The 1999 HKIA Archaeological Survey in
8.26 The survey for the project conducted test pits and
auger holes along the length of
Geological and Topographical Background
Table 8.1 Geological and Topographical Description
of the
Section
of Alignment ( |
Map Ref |
Geological
Description |
Topographical Description |
From
the Shek Kong Barracks to Wang Toi Shan Lo |
See Figures |
Pleistocene
terraced alluvium with a small section of Holocene alluvium near the Shek
Kong Camp See Figure 8.3 |
The
alignment runs along relatively flat, lowlying land with elevations ranging
between 7 mPD and |
Wang
Toi Shan Lo Uk Tsuen to the north of Sheung Tsuen San Tsuen |
See Figures |
Pleistocene
debris flow deposits and grandiorite outcrops See Figure 8.3 |
The
alignment in this area runs through a hilly area with elevations between |
Sheung
Tsuen San Tsuen to start of |
See Figure 2.1e |
Northern
section (at river) is characterised by Holocene alluvium and the remainder of
the alignment down to the connection with See Figure 8.3 |
This
section of the alignment is again situated on relatively flat land with an
elevation of approximately |
Table
8.2 Geological and Topographical
Description of the
Section of Alignment ( |
Map Ref |
Geological Description |
Topographical Description |
From connection of |
See Figures 2.1e – |
Pleistocene debris flow
deposits and grandiorite outcrops See Figures 8.4 and 8.5 |
The section of the
alignment begins at an approximate elevation of |
Existing Impacts
Table 8.3:
Existing Impacts associated with the
Section of Alignment |
Map Ref |
Underground Utilities |
Adjacent Land Use |
|
CLP Facilities Records Maps
(06NE12B/06NE (06NE08D/06NE13B),
(06NE08D/06NE (06NE PCCW Survey Map (06NE Towngas (16:1:35), (16:2:23), (16:3:3), (16:4:0) |
·
CLP cables ·
PCCW cables ·
Towngas pipeline |
·
Light industrial and commercial units ·
Residential units ·
Open storage areas ·
Temporary structures |
Lam |
PCCW Survey Map (06NE Towngas (16:8:5) (16:5:53) |
·
PCCW cables ·
Towngas pipeline |
·
The alignment is situated on steep hill slopes and there is no area for
development on the sides of the road |
Assessment of Archaeological Potential
8.27 Based upon the findings of the archaeological survey
undertaken in 1999 by the Hong Kong Institute of Archaeology, the section of
the project study area that falls within the Pat Heung Sheung Tsuen
Archaeological Site has the potential to contain archaeological deposits. As
the works will be limited to areas immediately adjacent to the existing road
(see Figure 2.1e), existing impacts from underground utilities and previously
undertaken road works make it unlikely for undisturbed archaeological deposits
to be present. The detailed of
underground utilities as shown in Appendix H1.
This, however, does not preclude the existence of isolated or disturbed
archaeological material to exist within the proposed works areas. However, as
the previous disturbances to the impacted areas will limit the information that
can be obtained from any archaeological material that may still exist within
the project study area, no further investigation is recommended.
8.28 Field surveys undertaken during the 1999
archaeological investigations (ERM 1999; HKIA 1999) did not identify any areas
of archaeological potential outside of the Pat Heung Sheung Tsuen
Archaeological Site in the Study Area of the alignment for the current project.
No further investigation of the sections of the alignment that fall outside of
the archaeological site are recommended.
Lam
8.29 The Study Area for this section of the alignment is
situated on steep hillsides running from approximately 50 mPD to 180 mPD in an
area containing granite outcrops and characterised by debris flow deposits. As
such, the area does not have the potential to contain archaeological deposits
and no further investigation is recommended.
Construction
Phase Impact Assessment
Area within the Boundary of the Pat Heung Sheung Tsuen AS
8.30 The proposed works have the potential to impact on
isolated and/ or disturbed archaeological material.
Area outside the Boundary of the Pat Heung Sheung Tsuen AS
8.31 Field surveys undertaken during the 1999
archaeological investigations (ERM 1999; HKIA 1999) did not identify any areas
of archaeological potential outside of the Pat Heung Sheung Tsuen
Archaeological Site in the Study Area of the alignment for the current project.
Lam
8.32 The Study Area for this section of the alignment is
situated on steep hillsides running from approximately 50 mPD to 180 mPD in an
area containing granite outcrops and characterised by debris flow deposits. As
such, the area does not have the potential to contain archaeological deposits.
Operational
Phase Impact Assessment
8.33 No impacts are expected to occur during the
operational phase of the project.
Mitigation
Recommendations
Area within the Boundary of the Pat Heung Sheung Tsuen AS
8.34 As stated in Section 8.27, there is potential for
disturbed or isolated archaeological material to be present in the project
Study Area. The information that can be retrieved from such material is limited
and does not warrant an archaeological watching brief. However, as precautionary measure, it will be
a requirement of the EM&A Manual that if any antiquity or supposed
antiquity is discovered during the course of the excavation works undertaken by
the contractor, the project proponent shall report the discovery to the AMO
immediately and shall take all necessary archaeological mitigation measures to
preserve it’.
Area outside the Boundary of the Pat Heung Sheung Tsuen AS
8.35 No mitigation will be required for this section of
the alignment during either the construction or operational phases of the
project. However, as precautionary
measure, it will be a requirement of the EM&A Manual that if any antiquity
or supposed antiquity is discovered during the course of the excavation works
undertaken by the contractor, the project proponent shall report the discovery
to the AMO immediately and shall take all necessary archaeological mitigation
measures to preserve it’.
Lam
8.36 No mitigation will be required for this section of
the alignment during either the construction or operational phases of the
project. No mitigation will be required for this section of the alignment
during either the construction or operational phases of the project. However, as precautionary measure, it will be
a requirement of the EM&A Manual that if any antiquity or supposed
antiquity is discovered during the course of the excavation works undertaken by
the contractor, the project proponent shall report the discovery to the AMO
immediately and shall take all necessary archaeological mitigation measures to
preserve it’.
Built
Heritage Impact Assessment
Introduction
8.37 As stated in the project Study Brief any Sites of
Cultural Heritage that may be adversely impacted by the proposed project during
either the construction or operational phases must be identified and mitigation
measures proposed as appropriate. A Site of Cultural Heritage is “an antiquity
or monument, whether being a place, building, site or structure or a relic, as
defined in the Antiquities and Monuments Ordinance (Cap. 53) and any place,
building, site or structure or a relic identified by the Antiquities and
Monuments Office to be of Archaeological, historical or Palaeontological
significance.” No built heritage resources were identified as Sites of Cultural
Heritage in the Study Brief.
Methodology
8.38 All works areas and a boundary of 50 metres from the
identified works areas will make up the Study Area for the project.
8.39 A desk-based study to be undertaken to determine the
presence of Sites of Cultural Heritage in the project Study Area. Sources such
as those listed were consulted; the list of Declared Monuments and Graded
Buildings as issued by the AMO; published and unpublished papers and studies;
publications on relevant historical, anthropological and other cultural
studies; unpublished archival, papers, records; collections and libraries of tertiary
institutions; historical documents which can be found in Public Records Office,
Lands Registry, District Lands Office, District Office, Museum of History;
cartographic and pictorial documentation. The desk-based study has also
included a review of previous BHIA’s in the project Study Area.
8.40 A site visit to be conducted to ensure that no built
heritage resources (that could qualify as Sites of Cultural Heritage as defined
under the EIA/O) were present in the project Study Area.
Results of the Desk-based Study
8.41 No Sites of Built Cultural Heritage were identified
in the desk-based study.
Results of the Site Visit
8.42 Although the desk-based study did not reveal the
presence of any built heritage resources that could qualify as Sites of Built Cultural
Heritage, a site visit was undertaken to confirm that no such sites with the
potential to qualify as such were present in the project study area. The site
visit confirmed that the Study Area does not contain any Sites of Built Cultural
Heritage.
Construction
and Operational Phase Impact Assessment
8.43 As no Sites of Built Cultural Heritage were
identified in the project study area, no adverse impacts will arise during
either phase of the project.
Mitigation
Recommendations
8.44 No mitigation measures will be required during
either phase of the project.
Conclusion
Archaeology
8.45 No further investigation is recommended for
archaeological resources as the proposed works are limited to areas with
existing impacts that would have damaged or destroyed any existing archaeological
material. However, as a precautionary measure it will be a requirement of the
EM &A Manual that if any antiquity or supposed Antiquity is discovered
during the course of the excavation works undertaken by the contractor, the
project proponent shall report the discovery to the AMO immediately and shall
take all necessary archaeological mitigation measures to preserve it’.
8.46 One Site of Cultural Heritage, the Pat Heung Sheung
Tsuen Archaeological Site has been identified in the project Study Area, the
impact assessment has concluded that no adverse impacts will arise from the
project and no mitigation measures will be required for either the construction
or operational phases.
Built Heritage
8.47 No Sites of Built Cultural Heritage were identified
in the project Study Area, no mitigation will be required.
References
1) AMO File Pat Heung Sheung Tsuen
Archaeological Site (AMO 04-2022).
2) Agreement No CE 33/1999 Yuen Long and Kam
Tin Sewerage and Sewage Disposal Stage 1: Sewers, Rising Mains and Ancillary
Pumping Stations Environmental Impact Assessment and Traffic Impact Assessment
Study Non-Designated Projects (ERM 1999).
3) The
1999 Archaeological Survey in
4) Fung C M 1996. Yung Long Historical Relics and Monuments, Yung
Long District Board,
5) Cheng P H 2002. Century of New Territories Roads and Streets,
Joint Publishing (H.K.) Company Limited,
6) Survey and Mapping Office (Lands Dept) 2007 Hong Kong in Old Times: A Collection of
Aerial Photographs Taken in 1964,
7) List of Graded Historic Buildings in
8) Antiquities and Monuments
Office Leisure and Cultural Services Department (HKSAR Government) Website
listing of Declared Monuments in
9) Government Historic Sites
as Identified by AMO (as at 7 December 2007)
10) List of Recorded Sites of
Archaeological Interest in
9.0
LANDSCAPE AND VISUAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
Introduction
9.1 This section of report addresses the potential landscape and visual
impacts arising from the upgrading of the
remaining
9.2 This aim of this report is to outline the landscape baseline conditions of
existing landscape resources (LRs) and landscape character area (LCAs), the
visual amenity, visually sensitive receivers (VSRs) and the planning and
development control frameworks. Any potential impacts arising from the proposed
road upgrading works will be identified in detail. Finally the report concludes
by making recommendations for mitigation measures to alleviate the predicted
construction and operational phase impacts and residual effect apparent after
mitigation will also be discussed.
Environmental Legislation,
Standards, Guidelines and Criteria
9.3 Legislation, Standards,
Guidelines and Criteria relevant to the consideration of landscape and visual
impacts in this report include the following:
Environmental Impact Assessment Ordinance (Cap.499.S.16) and the Technical
Memorandum on EIA Process (EIAO-TM), particularly Annexes 10 and 18;
Environmental Impact Assessment Ordinance Guidance Note 8/2002;
Town Planning Ordinance (Cap 131);
Study on Landscape Value Mapping of
WBTC No. 25/92 - Allocation of Space for Urban Street Trees;
WBTC No. 7/2002 - Tree Planting in Public Works;
WBTC No. 25/93 – Control of Visual Impact of Slopes;
WBTC No. 24/95 – Specification Facilitating the Use of Concrete Paving
Units made of Recycled Aggregates;
ETWB TCW No. 17/2002 - Improvement to the Appearance of Slopes;
ETWB TCW No. 13/
ETWB TCW No. 34/2003 - Community Involvement in Greening Works;
ETWB TCW No. 2/2004 - Maintenance of Vegetation and Hard Landscape
Features;
ETWB TCW No. 11/2004 – Cyber Manual for Greening;
ETWB TCW No. 29/2004 - Registration of Old and Valuable Trees, and
Guidelines for their Preservation;
ETWB No. 36/2004 - Advisory Committee on the Appearance of Bridges and
Associated Structures (ACABAS);
ETWB TCW No. 10/2005 – Planting on Footbridges and Flyovers;
ETWB TCW No. 3/2006 - Tree Preservation;
HyDTC No. 5/2000 – Control in Use of Shotcrete (Sprayed Concrete) in
Slope Works;
HyDTC No. 10/2001 – Visibility of Directional Signs;
HyDTC No. 9/2003 – Preservation of Granite Kerbs;
HyDTC No. 3/2008 – Independent Vetting of Tree Works under the
Maintenance of Highways Department; and
Land Administration Office Instruction (LAOI) Section D-12 - Tree
Preservation.
Assessment Methodology
9.4 The Project is a Designated
Project under the EIAO and the methodology adopted for the Project conforms to
the requirements of the EIAO. The methodology consists of the following tasks:
Review of the Planning and Development Control Framework;
Baseline study of landscape and visual resources;
Landscape impact assessment;
Visual impact assessment;
Recommendation on landscape and visual mitigation measures; and
Identification of residual impacts.
Landscape Baseline Review and Impact
Assessment
9.5 The assessment of the potential impacts of a proposed scheme on
the existing landscape comprises two distinct sections namely the baseline
survey and the landscape impact assessment. Landscape Impact Assessment (LIA)
Study Area is taken to include all areas within
Local topography;
Woodland extent and type;
Other vegetation types;
Built form (including scale and appearance);
Patterns of settlement;
Land use;
Scenic spots;
Details of local materials, styles, streetscapes, etc.;
Prominent watercourses; and
Cultural and religious identity.
9.7 The process of landscape
characterisation draws on the information gathered in the desk top and site
survey and provides an analysis of the way in which the elements including the
identified landscape resources (LRs) interact to create the character of the
landscape. The Study Area is then divided into broadly homogenous units of
similar character which are called Landscape Character Areas (LCAs).
9.8 The sensitivity of the
individual LRs and LCAs to change is rated using low, medium or high depending
on the following factors:
Condition, quality and maturity (maturity in this context refers to the
age of the LR or LCA relative to its constituent components therefore a
woodland containing mature trees would be considered to have a high level of
maturity) of the LRs / LCAs;
Importance and rarity of special landscape elements (rarity being of
either local, regional, national or global importance) and the significance of
change to these LRs / LCAs from a local and regional/ LCAs from a local and
regional perspective (therefore the sensitivity of a LR or LCA which is either rare
in a local or regional context is greater than one which is common place);
Ability of the LRs / LCAs to accommodate change; and
Statutory or regulatory requirements relating to the landscape including
its resources.
9.9 The next stage of the
assessment process is the identification of the assessment of the magnitude of
change (rated as negligible, small, intermediate or large) arising from the
implementation of the proposals and the principal sources of impact based on
the following factors:
Scale of the development and proposed access road;
Compatibility of the project with the surrounding landscape;
Duration of impacts (temporary or permanent) under construction and
operational phases; and
Reversibility of change.
9.10 The degree of significance of
landscape impact is derived from the magnitude of change which the proposals
will cause to the existing landscape context and its ability to tolerate the
change, i.e. its condition / quality and sensitivity. This makes a comparison
between the landscapes which would have existed in the absence of the proposals
with that predicted as a result of the implementation of the proposals. The
significance threshold for impacts to LRs and LCAs is rated as significant,
moderate, slight or negligible. The impacts may be beneficial or adverse.
9.11
The significance threshold is derived from the following matrix:
Magnitude of Change caused by Proposals |
Large |
Moderate Impact |
Moderate / Significant Impact |
Significant Impact |
Intermediate |
Slight or Moderate Impact |
Moderate Impact |
Moderate or Significant Impact |
|
Small |
Slight Impact |
Slight or Moderate Impact |
Moderate Impact |
|
Negligible |
Negligible |
Negligible |
Negligible |
|
|
Low |
Medium |
High |
|
|
Sensitivity of Landscape to Change |
9.12 The above matrix will apply
in the assessment of the majority of situations, however, in certain cases a
deviation from this may occur, e.g. the impact may be so major that a
significant impact may occur to a LCA or LR with a low sensitivity to change.
Visual Baseline Review and Impact
Assessment
9.13 The assessment of the potential visual impact of the scheme
comprises two distinct parts:
Baseline survey; and,
Visual impact assessment which includes the identification of the sources
of visual impact, and their magnitude, that would be generated during
construction and operational phases of the proposed scheme; and, identification
of the principal visual impacts primarily in consideration of the degree of
change to the baseline conditions.
9.14 The assessment area for the
Visual Impact Assessment (VIA) in accordance with the study brief, is defined
by the Visual Envelope (VE) which includes all areas from which the scheme
proposals can be seen, or the area forms the view shed formed by natural /
manmade features such as existing ridgelines, built development and for example
areas of woodland / large trees. Within
the VE a number of Zones of Visual Influence (ZVIs) are identified to
demonstrate the visibility of various aspects of the scheme proposals. This is achieved through a combination of
detailed walkover surveys, and desk-top study of topographic maps and
photographs, and preparation of cross-sections to determine visibility of the
improvement works from various locations.
9.15 The baseline survey of all
views towards the proposals is undertaken by identifying:
The VE and ZVIs as has been described above and may contain area where
the proposals are either wholly or partially visible. This must also include
indirect effects such as offsite construction activities; and
The visually sensitive receivers (VSRs) within the visual envelope whose
views will be affected by the scheme.
9.16 The potential receivers are
considered as four groups:
Views from residences – the most sensitive of
receivers due to the high potential of intrusion on the visual amenity and
quality of life;
View from workplaces / institutional
and educational buildings – less sensitive than above due to
visual amenity being less important within these environments;
Views from recreational landscapes – including all areas apart from
the above, e.g., public parks, recreation grounds, recreational trials,
cultural sites etc. Sensitivity of this group depends on the length of stay and
nature of activity, e.g. sitting in a park as opposed to an active sporting
pursuit; and
Views from public roads and railways – including vehicle travellers
and pedestrians with transitory views.
9.17 The assessment of sensitivity
is also based on the quality and extent of the existing view. Therefore a view
from a residential property, which would normally be considered the most
sensitive view, may be less so if for example it is degraded by existing
development or partially screened by intervening visual obstacles such as
existing vegetation. Factors affecting the sensitivity of receivers for
evaluation of visual impacts:
Value and quality of existing views;
Availability and amenity of alternative views;
Type of receiver population and estimated number of affected receiver
population;
Duration or frequency of view; and,
Degree of visibility.
9.18 The location and direction of
its view relative to the scheme also influences the sensitivity of each group.
Typical viewpoints from within each of the visually sensitive groups are
identified and their views described. Both present and future (planned visually
sensitive receivers (PVSRs) are considered.
9.19 The factors affecting the
magnitude of change for assessing the visual impacts include the following:
Scale of the proposed project;
Compatibility of the project with the surrounding landscape forming the
view; extent of visibility (level of potential blockage of the view described
in the text);
Viewing distance;
Duration of impacts under construction and operational phases;
Reversibility of change ; and
Night glare effect.
9.20 Views available to the identified
VSRs are rated according to their sensitivity to change using low, medium or
high. The magnitude of change to the views will be classified as follows:
Large: e.g. the majority of viewers affected / major change in view;
Intermediate: e.g. many viewers affected / moderate change in view;
Small: e.g. few viewers affected / minor change in view; and
Negligible: e.g. very few viewers affected / no discernible change in
view.
9.21 The significance threshold
for visual impact is rated in a similar fashion to the landscape impact, i.e.
significant, moderate, slight and negligible. The impacts may be beneficial or
adverse.
9.22 Therefore the impact is
derived from the magnitude of change which the proposals will cause to the
existing landscape context and its ability to tolerate the change, i.e. its
quality and sensitivity. The
significance threshold is derived from the following matrix:
Magnitude of Change caused by Proposals |
Large |
Moderate Impact |
Moderate / Significant Impact |
Significant Impact |
Intermediate |
Slight / Moderate Impact |
Moderate Impact |
Moderate / Significant Impact |
|
Small |
Slight Impact |
Slight / Moderate Impact |
Moderate Impact |
|
Negligible |
Negligible |
Negligible |
Negligible |
|
|
Low |
Medium |
High |
|
|
Sensitivity of View to Change |
9.23 The above matrix will apply
in the assessment of the majority of situations, however, in certain cases a
deviation from this may occur, e.g. the impact may be so major that a
significant impact may occur to a view with a low sensitivity to change.
9.24 Table 9.1 below provides an explanation of the degree of impact for both
landscape and visual aspects of the project.
Table
9.1 Degree of Impact
Impact |
Description |
Significant |
Adverse / beneficial impact where the
proposal would cause significant deterioration or improvement in existing
landscape quality or visual amenity. |
Moderate |
Adverse / beneficial impact where the
proposal would cause a noticeable deterioration or improvement in existing
landscape quality or visual amenity. |
Slight |
Adverse / beneficial impact where the
proposal would cause a barely perceptible deterioration or improvement in the
existing landscape quality or visual amenity. |
Negligible |
No discernible change in the existing
landscape quality or visual amenity. |
Identification of Potential Landscape
and Visual Impact Mitigation Measures
9.25 The purpose of mitigation is to avoid, reduce, and where possible
remedy or offset any adverse effects on the environment arising from the
proposed development. The ideal strategy for identifiable adverse impacts is
avoidance. If this is not possible, alternative strategies of reduction,
remediation and compensation should be explored.
9.26 Mitigation measures may be
considered under two categories:
General mitigation measures that
intrinsically comprise part of the development design through an iterative
process. This form of mitigation is generally the most effective; and
Specific mitigation measures designed to specifically address the
remaining (residual) adverse effects of the final development process.
9.27 General mitigation measures
form integrated mainstream components of the project design focusing on the
adoption of alternative designs or revisions to the basic engineering and
architectural design to prevent and/or minimise adverse impacts including
siting, access, layout, buildings and structures etc. The design philosophy can also describe the
benefits to the design of alternative solutions, introduced to reduce potential
adverse impacts, and indicate how these have been addressed.
9.28 Specific mitigation measures
are specifically designed to mitigate the adverse impacts of the final
development and are considered in the assessment of the landscape and visual
impacts. These may take the form of
remedial measures such as colour and textural treatment of building features;
and compensatory measures such as the implementation of landscape design
measures (e.g. tree planting, creation of new open space etc) to compensate for
unavoidable adverse impacts and to attempt to generate potentially beneficial
long-term impacts.
9.29 The agencies responsible for
the funding, implementation, management of the mitigation measures have been
identified and their approval-in-principle will be sought.
Residual Impacts
9.30 The Residual impacts are
those, which remain after the proposed mitigation measures, have been
implemented. This has been assessed both during the construction period and
during the design year which is often taken to be 10 to 15 years after the
proposed scheme has been opened to normal operation when the soft landscape
mitigation measures are deemed to have reached a level of maturity which allows
them to perform their original design objectives.
9.31 The level of impact is
derived from the magnitude of change which the proposals will cause to the view
which would have existed during this period if the proposed scheme had not been
constructed and its ability to tolerate change, i.e. its quality and
sensitivity taking into account the beneficial effects of the proposed
mitigation. The significance threshold is derived from the matrices described
separately above for the landscape and visual impacts.
Table
9.2 Residual Impact Significance
Threshold Matrix
Residual Impact |
Description |
Beneficial |
The project will complement the landscape
and visual character of its setting, will follow the relevant planning
objectives and will improve overall and visual quality. |
Acceptable |
There will be no significant effects on the
landscape and no significant visual effects caused by the appearance of the
project, or no interference with key views. |
Acceptable
with mitigation |
There will be some adverse effects, but
these can be eliminated, reduced or offset to a large extent by specific
measures. |
Unacceptable |
The adverse affects are considered too
excessive and are would not be reduced to an acceptable level by mitigation. |
Undetermined |
Significant adverse effects are likely but
the extent to which they may occur or may be mitigated cannot be determined
from the study. Further detailed study will be required for the specific
effects in question. |
Graphic Presentation of Mitigation
Measures
Existing conditions;
Day 1 of Operation Phase without
Landscape and Visual Mitigation Measures;
Day 1 of Operation Phase with
Landscape and Visual Mitigation Measures; and
Year 10 of Operation Phase with Landscape and Visual Mitigation Measures.
9.34 It is assumed that funding,
implementation, management and maintenance of the mitigation proposals can be
satisfactorily resolved according to the principles in ETWB TCW No. No. 2/2004 on
Maintenance of Vegetation and Hard Landscape Features. All mitigation proposals in this report are
practical and achievable within the known parameters of funding,
implementation, management and maintenance. The suggested agents for the
funding and implementation (and subsequent management and maintenance, if
applicable) are indicated in Tables 9.16 and 9.17. Approval-in-principle to the implementation,
management and maintenance of the proposed mitigation measures is required from
the appropriate authorities.
Project Description
9.35 This Project is to upgrade
the remaining unimproved sections of
Carriageway to be widened to about
Provision of right-turning lanes at approaches to major accesses (one
located at CH 1060-CH1090);
Provision of lay-bys at suitable locations (including the existing bus
stops) to accommodate the activities of buses and mini-buses (Located at CH440,
CH480, CH800, CH820, CH1110, CH1540, CH1580, CH1920, CH2070, CH2170, CH2410,
CH2460, CH2830, CH2850, CH3320, CH3440, CH3510, CH3670, CH4000, CH4250, CH4570,
CH4620, CH5120 (total 23 lay-bys));
Provision of appropriate crossing facilities to meet pedestrian crossing
demands (Located at CH415, CH760, CH1230, CH1520, CH1960, CH2390,
CH2800, CH3540 and CH3820 (Total 9 crossing facilities without a
Provision of appropriate crossing facilities with refuge islands to meet
pedestrian crossing demands (Located at CH4270 and CH4540); and
Associated slope and drainage
works traffic aids and street lighting modification, landscaping works and
environmental mitigation measures of required.
9.36 An important consideration
during the design of the proposed upgrading scheme was to minimise landscape
and visual impacts wherever possible particularly the large trees which line
the carriageway. This section of
·
In the section
between Chainage CHA 4+20 and CHA 4+60 the location of the bus lay-by was
determined by location of the junction and pedestrian crossing to the west of
the carriageway. However the lay-by was moved as far west as possible to
preserve two existing roadside trees.
·
In the
embankment section between Chainage CHA 8+10 and CHA 9+
·
In the section
between Chainage CHA 10+60 and CHA 11+40 an L-shaped retaining wall is proposed
to preserve existing trees to the north of the carriageway and reduce the
potential impacts on adjacent village areas. The alignment in this section was
determined by highway engineering and safety concerns.
·
The widening of
the bridge realignment of the approach road between Chainage CHA 13+50 and CHA 14+60
is required from a vehicular safety perspective and to provide a continuous
pedestrian footpath along the southern side of the carriageway. Creating a safe
alignment will impact on the trees to the north and south of existing alignment
although the refinement and minimisation of the proposed works will allow the
preservation of a number of trees within this section of the proposed scheme.
·
In the section
between Chainage CHA17+10 and CHA 18+90 of
·
The creation of
a
·
The design of
the junction at Chainage CHA 38+30 was dictated by the requirements for traffic
safety although the widening of the eastern side of the junction is designed to
avoid the existing trees to the west.
·
The location of
the proposed cutting between Chainage CHA 40+50 and CHA 40+80 is designed to
utilise an existing slope area preserving the existing topography to the south
and minimise potential impacts to the adjacent village areas.
·
One of the most
significant impacts on existing trees will occur in two sections between
Chainage CHA 41+90 and CHA 48+10 where the road alignment has been determined
by traffic engineering and safety considerations. In this section the
engineering scheme requires the road alignment to be straightened in addition
to being widened. However the proposals have preserved trees in locations
between the two main features a new cut slope and
·
The section
between Chainage CHA 50+20 and CHA 51+30 utilises an existing cut slope for the
proposed widening preserving a natural hill slope on the other side of the
carriageway and preserving the existing trees and vegetation of this slope.
Consideration of Alternative Schemes
9.37 During the design development
for the proposed scheme a number of alternative options were considered to
avoid the potential landscape and visual impacts particularly the existing
trees lining the road corridor. These alternatives to the design, working
within the engineering and road safety constraints, formed the basis of Option
B which is the preferred scheme. The sections forming the two alternative
schemes (Option A and Option B) are shown on Figures
9.38 Upon a detailed comparison, Option B is adopted as the preferred option. A brief summary
of the assessment findings is described below:
(i)
Overall the
preferred option can preserve 46 more mature trees. In particular, three numbers of trees with a
trunk diameter of greater than
(ii)
The preferred
option can avoid affecting the existing slopes at the north of the concerned
road sections. The reduced geotechnical
works give rise to less waste, noise, air quality, and landscape and visual
impacts.
(iii)
The preferred
option slightly encroaches upon the Conservation Area (CA). However, the concerned area is a paved
footway with isolated trees, and hence the potential impact in terms of the
loss of vegetation or degradation of landscape character is considered to be
low.
(iv)
Apart from CA
encroachment, another disadvantage of the preferred option is the need to
resume larger areas of private land.
Review of Planning and Development
Control Framework
Zoning areas which would be physically affected by the
proposals, that is where the implementation of the proposal works would lead to
the actual loss of an area;
The potential degradation of the landscape setting of
an area which might effect the viability of it’s landscape planning designation
but not result in a loss of zoning area;
The visual amenity enjoyed by future residents or
users; and
The general fit
of the proposals into this future landscape.
9.42 The
landscape relevant zoning within the Study Area include the following:
Kam Tin
Kam Tin
Pat Heung OZP (S/YL-PH/11);
Shek Kong OZP (S/YL-SK/9); and
Lam Tsuen OZP
(S/NE-LT/11).
Table 9.3 Review of Existing
Planning and Development Control Framework
Land Use Zonings |
Landscape Planning, Design and Conservation
Intention of Zoning |
Potential Impacts |
Mitigation Measures and Future Outlook of the
Area with the Proposed Works |
Outline Zoning Plan number S/YL-KTN/7 Kam
Tin North OZP |
|||
1. Village Type Development (V) |
This zone encompasses Wing Lung Wai and Kam
Tin San Tsuen settlements. The planning intention of this zone is to reflect
existing and other villages, and to provide land considered suitable for
village expansion and reprovisioning of village houses affected by Government
project. |
The proposed road upgrading works will not affect this
zone. |
Given
that the road is designed for the convenience and road safety of both local
residential and general public; hence the proposed works are compatible to
the planning intention for this area. The compensatory planting proposal
alongside of the road will provide for the mitigation of the proposed
engineering works and enhance the landscape and visual integration of the
proposals within a largely rural / semi-rural landscape. |
2. Agriculture (AGR) |
This zone encompasses the active
agriculture field at Pang Ka Tsuen and the area above |
The proposed works including the regarding of the existing
embankment and construction of a |
Given
that the road is designed for the convenience and road safety of both local
residential and general public; hence the proposed works are compatible to
the planning intention for this area. The compensatory planting proposal
alongside of the road will provide for the mitigation of the proposed
engineering works and enhance the landscape and visual integration of the
proposals within a largely rural / semi-rural landscape. |
3. Residential Group C (R(C)) |
This zone encompasses Seasons Villas
low-rise residential development. This zone is intended primarily for
low-rise, low-density residential developments where commercial uses serving
the residential neighbourhood may be permitted. |
The proposed road upgrading works will not affect this
zone. |
Given
that the road is designed for the convenience and road safety of both local
residential and general public; hence the proposed works are compatible to
the planning intention for this area. The compensatory planting proposal
alongside of the road will provide for the mitigation of the proposed
engineering works and enhance the landscape and visual integration of the
proposals within a largely rural / semi-rural landscape. |
4. Residential Group D (R(D)) |
This area encompasses Pang Ka Tsuen and
Shek Kong San Tsuen low-rise village development. This zone intended
preliminary for improvement and upgrading of existing temporary structures
within the rural areas through redevelopment of existing temporary structure
into permanent building. It is also intended for low-rise, low-density
residential developments subject to planning permission from TPB. |
The proposed road upgrading works will lead to the limited
loss of area from this zone due to the widening of the carriageway and the
provision of pedestrian footpath. |
Given
that the road is designed for the convenience and road safety of both local
residential and general public; hence the proposed works are compatible to
the planning intention for this area. The compensatory planting proposal
alongside of the road will provide for the mitigation of the proposed
engineering works and enhance the landscape and visual integration of the
proposals within a largely rural / semi-rural landscape. |
5. Open Space (O) |
Two areas abutting |
The proposed road upgrading works will lead to the limited
loss of area from this zone due to the widening of the carriageway and the
provision of pedestrian footpath. |
Given
that the road is designed for the convenience and road safety of both local
residential and general public; hence the proposed works are compatible to
the planning intention for this area. The compensatory planting proposal
alongside of the road will provide for the mitigation of the proposed
engineering works and enhance the landscape and visual integration of the
proposals within a largely rural / semi-rural landscape. |
6. Other Specific Uses (OU) |
This “OU” annotated “Petrol Filling
Station” which situated to the south of |
The proposed road upgrading works will lead to the limited
loss of area from this zone due to the widening of the carriageway and the
provision of pedestrian footpath. |
Given
that the road is designed for the convenience and road safety of both local
residential and general public; hence the proposed works are compatible to
the planning intention for this area. The compensatory planting proposal
alongside of the road will provide for the mitigation of the proposed
engineering works and enhance the landscape and visual integration of the
proposals within a largely rural / semi-rural landscape. |
7. Government / Institution /
Community (G/IC) |
This zone encompasses the existing clinic
to the south of |
The proposed road upgrading works will lead to the limited
loss of area from this zone due to the widening of the carriageway and the provision
of pedestrian footpath and the creation of anew fill slope and |
Given
that the road is designed for the convenience and road safety of both local
residential and general public; hence the proposed works are compatible to
the planning intention for this area. The compensatory planting proposal
alongside of the road will provide for the mitigation of the proposed
engineering works and enhance the landscape and visual integration of the
proposals within a largely rural / semi-rural landscape. |
Outline Zoning Plan number S/YL-KTS/11 Kam Tin South OZP |
|||
8. Residential Group D (R(D)) |
This
zone encompasses Ng Ka Tsuen low-rise residential development. This zone
intended preliminary for improvement and upgrading of existing temporary
structures within the rural areas through redevelopment of existing temporary
structure into permanent building. It is also intended for low-rise,
low-density residential developments subject to planning permission from TPB. |
The proposed road upgrading works will lead to the limited
loss of area from this zone due to the widening of the carriageway and the
provision of pedestrian footpath, and the construction of a |
Given
that the road is designed for the convenience and road safety of both local
residential and general public; hence the proposed works are compatible to
the planning intention for this area. The compensatory planting proposal alongside
of the road will provide for the mitigation of the proposed engineering works
and enhance the landscape and visual integration of the proposals within a
largely rural / semi-rural landscape. |
9. Village Type Development (V) |
This
zone encompasses Kat Hing Wai village settlement. The planning intention of
this zone is to reflect existing and other villages, and to provide land
considered suitable for village expansion and reprovisioning of village
houses affected by Government project. |
The proposed road upgrading works will lead to the limited
loss of area from this zone due to the widening of the carriageway and the
provision of pedestrian footpath. |
Given
that the road is designed for the convenience and road safety of both local residential
and general public; hence the proposed works are compatible to the planning
intention for this area. The compensatory planting proposal alongside of the
road will provide for the mitigation of the proposed engineering works and
enhance the landscape and visual integration of the proposals within a
largely rural / semi-rural landscape. |
10. Other Specific Uses (OU) |
This OU
is annotated “Rural Use” and this zone is intended primarily for the
preservation of the character of the rural area. This zone is located to the
north of Shek Wu Tong and bounded by |
The proposed road upgrading works will lead to the limited
loss of area from this zone due to the widening of the carriageway and the
provision of pedestrian footpath, and the reprovison of two bus laybys. |
Given
that the road is designed for the convenience and road safety of both local
residential and general public; hence the proposed works are compatible to
the planning intention for this area. The compensatory planting proposal
alongside of the road will provide for the mitigation of the proposed
engineering works and enhance the landscape and visual integration of the
proposals within a largely rural / semi-rural landscape. |
Outline Zoning Plan number S/YL-PH/11
Pat Heung OZP |
|||
|
This
zone encompasses Leung Uk Tsuen, Wang Toi Shan Lo Uk Tsuen and Wang Toi Shan
village settlement. The planning intention of this zone is to reflect
existing and other villages, and to provide land considered suitable for
village expansion and reprovisioning of village houses affected by Government
project. |
The proposed road upgrading works will lead to the limited
loss of area from this zone due to the widening of the carriageway and the
provision of pedestrian footpath. |
Given
that the road is designed for the convenience and road safety of both local
residential and general public; hence the proposed works are compatible to
the planning intention for this area. The compensatory planting proposal
alongside of the road will provide for the mitigation of the proposed
engineering works and enhance the landscape and visual integration of the
proposals within a largely rural / semi-rural landscape. |
12. Open Storage (OS) |
This
zone encompasses the area of Wang Toi Shan Hung Mo Tam and to the south of |
The proposed road upgrading works will lead to the loss of
area from this zone due to the widening of the carriageway and the provision
of pedestrian footpath. |
Given
that the road is designed for the convenience and road safety of both local
residential and general public; hence the proposed works are compatible to
the planning intention for this area. The compensatory planting proposal
alongside of the road will provide for the mitigation of the proposed
engineering works and enhance the landscape and visual integration of the
proposals within a largely rural / semi-rural landscape. |
13. Industrial (Group D) (I(D)) |
This
zone encompasses an area to the north of Kam Tin near Shek Kong Barracks.
This zone intended primarily for industrial uses that cannot be accommodated
in conventional flatted factories due to extensive lands and/or high ceiling
requirement. It is also intended for the redevelopment of existing informal
industrial uses, which are operated in workshop premises in rural area, to
properly designed permanent industrial buildings. |
The proposed road upgrading works will lead to the loss of
area from this zone due to the widening of the carriageway and the provision
of pedestrian footpath, and the regrading of an existing slope. |
Given
that the road is designed for the convenience and road safety of both local residential
and general public; hence the proposed works are compatible to the planning
intention for this area. The compensatory planting proposal alongside of the
road will provide for the mitigation of the proposed engineering works and
enhance the landscape and visual integration of the proposals within a
largely rural / semi-rural landscape. |
14. Government / Institution /
Community (G/IC) |
This
zone encompasses Pat Heung Fire Station and Pat Heung Police Station. This
zone is intended primarily for the provision of Government, institution or
community facilities serving the needs of the local residents. It is also
intended to provide land for uses directly related o or in support of the
work of the Government, organizations social services to meet community
needs, and other institution establishments. |
The proposed road upgrading works will lead to the loss of
area from this zone due to the widening of the carriageway and the provision
of pedestrian footpath, and the construction of a |
Given
that the road is designed for the convenience and road safety of both local
residential and general public; hence the proposed works are compatible to
the planning intention for this area. The compensatory planting proposal
alongside of the road will provide for the mitigation of the proposed
engineering works and enhance the landscape and visual integration of the
proposals within a largely rural / semi-rural landscape. |
15. Conservation Area (CA) |
This
zone encompasses the foot of |
The proposed road upgrading works will lead to the loss of
area from this zone due to the widening of the carriageway and the provision
of pedestrian footpath, and the construction of an |
Given
that the road is designed for the convenience and road safety of both local
residential and general public; hence the proposed works are compatible to
the planning intention for this area. The compensatory planting proposal
alongside of the road will provide for the mitigation of the proposed
engineering works and enhance the landscape and visual integration of the
proposals within a largely rural / semi-rural landscape. |
Outline Zoning Plan number S/YL-SK/9 Shek Kong OZP |
|||
16. Conservation Area (CA) |
This
zone is encompasses the slope in the north-eastern and southern parts of the
area for giving added protection to |
The proposed road upgrading works will lead to the loss of
area from this zone due to the widening of the carriageway and the provision
of pedestrian footpath, and the regrading of existing slopes. |
Given
that the road is designed for the convenience and road safety of both local
residential and general public; hence the proposed works are compatible to
the planning intention for this area. The compensatory planting proposal
alongside of the road will provide for the mitigation of the proposed
engineering works and enhance the landscape and visual integration of the
proposals within a largely rural / semi-rural landscape. |
17. Government / Institution /
Community (G/IC) |
This
zone encompasses the existing Kadoorie Farm Agricultural Research Centre.
This zone is intended primarily for the provision of Government, institution
or community facilities serving the needs of the local residents. It is also
intended to provide land for uses directly related o or in support of the
work of the Government, organizations social services to meet community
needs, and other institution establishments. |
The proposed road upgrading works will lead to the loss of
area from this zone due to the widening of the carriageway and the provision
of pedestrian footpath, and the construction of a |
Given
that the road is designed for the convenience and road safety of both local
residential and general public; hence the proposed works are compatible to
the planning intention for this area. The compensatory planting proposal
alongside of the road will provide for the mitigation of the proposed
engineering works and enhance the landscape and visual integration of the
proposals within a largely rural / semi-rural landscape. |
|
This
zone encompasses Sheung Tsuen village settlement. The planning intention of
this zone is to reflect existing and other villages, and to provide land
considered suitable for village expansion and reprovisioning of village
houses affected by Government project. |
The proposed road upgrading works will lead to the limited
loss of area from this zone due to the widening of the carriageway and the
provision of pedestrian footpath. |
Given
that the road is designed for the convenience and road safety of both local
residential and general public; hence the proposed works are compatible to
the planning intention for this area. The compensatory planting proposal
alongside of the road will provide for the mitigation of the proposed
engineering works and enhance the landscape and visual integration of the
proposals within a largely rural / semi-rural landscape. |
19. Industrial (Group D) (I(D)) |
This
zone encompasses Wong Chuk Yuen, to the north of |
The proposed road upgrading works will lead to the loss of
area from this zone due to the widening of the carriageway and the provision
of pedestrian footpath, and the regrading of an existing slope. |
Given
that the road is designed for the convenience and road safety of both local
residential and general public; hence the proposed works are compatible to
the planning intention for this area. The compensatory planting proposal
alongside of the road will provide for the mitigation of the proposed
engineering works and enhance the landscape and visual integration of the
proposals within a largely rural / semi-rural landscape. |
20. Residential Group D (R((D)) |
This
zone encompasses the areas around Tai Ling and Lui King Tin to the west of |
The proposed road upgrading works will not affect this
zone. |
Given
that the road is designed for the convenience and road safety of both local
residential and general public; hence the proposed works are compatible to
the planning intention for this area. The compensatory planting proposal
alongside of the road will provide for the mitigation of the proposed
engineering works and enhance the landscape and visual integration of the
proposals within a largely rural / semi-rural landscape. |
Outline Zoning Plan number S/NE-LT/11
Lam Tsuen OZP |
|||
21. Green Belt (GB) |
This
zone encompasses the northern wooded foothill of kwan Yam Keng. The planning
intention of this zone is primarily for defining the limits of urban and
sub-urban development areas by natural features and to contain urban sprawl
as well as provide passive recreational outlet. |
The proposed road upgrading works will lead to the limited
loss of area from this zone due to the widening of the carriageway and the
provision of pedestrian footpath. |
Given
that the road is designed for the convenience and road safety of both local
residential and general public; hence the proposed works are compatible to
the planning intention for this area. The compensatory planting proposal
alongside of the road will provide for the mitigation of the proposed
engineering works and enhance the landscape and visual integration of the
proposals within a largely rural / semi-rural landscape. |
22. Government / Institution /
Community (G/IC) |
This
zone encompasses part of Kadoorie Experimental and Extension Farm. This zone
is intended primarily for the provision of Government, institution or
community facilities serving the needs of the local residents. It is also
intended to provide land for uses directly related o or in support of the
work of the Government, organizations social services to meet community
needs, and other institution establishments. |
The proposed road upgrading works will lead to the limited
loss of area from this zone due to the widening of the carriageway and the
provision of pedestrian footpath. |
Given
that the road is designed for the convenience and road safety of both local
residential and general public; hence the proposed works are compatible to
the planning intention for this area. The compensatory planting proposal
alongside of the road will provide for the mitigation of the proposed
engineering works and enhance the landscape and visual integration of the
proposals within a largely rural / semi-rural landscape. |
Encroachment of the Conservation Areas
9.43 The Project is a DP since
part of its boundary encroaches upon the Conservation Area (CA) zoning as
defined on relevant Outline Zoning Plans (OZPs), and as referred in Section 1.3
of the EIA Study Brief No. ESB -170/2007. The main areas of encroachment are
described below:
CA at north of section between Chainage CHB 28+70 and CHB 30+10 of Kam
Tin Road
·
The proposed
works within CA include construction of an earth retaining wall and
reconstruction of existing footway. The
concerned works are not arising from a change of road alignment. The earth retaining wall is to upgrade an
existing roadside slope which has been assessed as being below the current
safety standards. The footway
reconstruction is required from a maintenance viewpoint.
CA at south of section between Chainage CHB 44+30 to CHB 44+80 of
·
The proposed
works within CA involve the widening of an existing carriageway, and the
reconstruction of existing footway and carriageway. Options for the road alignment have been
explored at this section and the current alignment is the preferred
option. Although it slightly encroaches
upon CA the alignment will allow the preservation of more mature trees.
CA at south of section between Chainage CHB 48+00 to CHB 52+30 of Lam Kam
Road
·
The proposed
works within CA include the soil nailing of existing slopes and construction of
a
CA at north of section between Chainage CHB 50+20 to CHB 52+40 of Lam Kam
Road
·
The proposed
works within CA include the widening of existing footway and carriageway, soil
nailing of an existing slope, and re-compaction of an existing slope. Options for the road alignment have been
explored at this section and the current alignment is the preferred option
which will minimise geotechnical works and hence disturbance to existing
areas. The proposed soil nailing and
slope re-compaction are to upgrade an existing slope which is assessed as being
below current safety standards.
9.44 The proposed works will encroach upon the land use zonings discussed in the LVIA including for example the loss of area zoned Conservation Area (CA) and some Open Space (OS) adjacent to the road. Other impacts include the loss of area in the Government / Institutional / Community (GI/C), Industrial (Group D) (I(D)), some loss of Residential (Group D) and Village Type Development (V) zonings although these are considered to be less significant from a landscape and visual perspective. Therefore although it is considered that the proposals will generally fit within the future landscape planning framework as represented by the OZPs some amendment to the published land use plans is required.Given the above summary, the proposed upgrading of Kam Tin and Lam Kam Road largely fits into the planning and development control framework and integrates with the future outlook of the rural landscape context. The proposed upgraded road will be gazetted under Roads (Works, Use and Compensation) Ordinance (Cap. 370) and hence some zoning boundaries affected by the works should be revised.
Landscape and Visual Baseline Study
Baseline Conditions
9.45 This section describes the
baseline study which reviews of the existing landscape establishes broad
characteristics, identifies landscape resources, landscape character and visual
amenity of Study Area. Any changes which arise as a result of the project
during the construction and operational phase will be assessed.
9.46 The baseline Figures
Landscape
Resources (LRs)
9.47 This LR refers to the major
roads including
LR2 Agricultural Fields
9.48 The Study Area contains
extensive agricultural fields particularly associated with adjacent village
settlements and includes areas which are both active and inactive. The remnant
field areas are covered by a combination of grass and shrub areas with
intermittent tree growth. The disturbed nature of many of the agricultural
field areas, their fragmentary nature as a result of the encroachment of
development and the cessation of agricultural activities in some areas has lead
to the degradation of this resource. The landscape and amenity value of this LR
is generally considered to be low with a medium ability to accommodate change
and a low sensitivity to change.
LR3 Roadside
9.49 This LR refers to the buffer
planting along the transportation corridors of
LR4 Village Settlement
9.50 Village settlements are scattered alongside of the road corridor
and the adjacent lowland rural landscape. They are characterized by extensive
groups of 3-storey town houses which form the settlement pattern within the
lowland landscape. The existing building forms include a combination of
traditional dwellings although the majority of the buildings consist of newer
type developments connected by narrow lanes and footpaths. Given the nature of
the existing developments in these village areas this LR is considered to have
a relatively low value. Further as much
of it is already developed the LR is considered to have a medium ability to
accommodate change and a medium sensitivity to development.
LR5 Hillside with Mixed
9.51 To the north east of the Study Area, patches of mixed woodland
strands or vegetated knolls are interspersed with village settlements near the
foothills of the
LR6 Developed Rural Land
9.52 This area contains a
combination of development types which are characteristic to rural areas of the
NWNT. These include the conversion of agricultural fields to Open Storage and
the facilities associated with institutional uses such as Shek Kong Barracks,
light industrial buildings and junkyards. These areas extend for almost the
entire length of the Study Area and have utilised the former agricultural
fields between the village settlements. The Shek Kong Barracks site is
characterised by regimented development pattern located either side of the
central runway. The scale and form of the built structures are relatively alien
to the smaller scale, organic layout of the village settlements. The replacement of the agricultural fields by
these developments within the rural areas has significantly degraded the
landscape and visual amenity of the area and so the LR is considered to have a
low value. Given the piecemeal nature and level of development within this area
is considered to have a high ability to accommodate change and a low
sensitivity to change.
LR7 Grassland / Shrubland Mosaic
9.53 The Grassland / Shrubland Mosaic has two distinct characters the
first in the abandoned agricultural fields where natural succession has lead to
the intermittent growth of trees and shrubs, and the second on the lower hill
slopes of the adjacent mountain and hill ranges. Although this LR marks a
return of the landscape to a natural condition the loss of the traditional
field patterns has a degraded the character of the rural landscape. These areas
are considered to have a medium ability to accommodate change and a medium
sensitivity to change.
LR8 Modified Watercourses
LR9 Open Spaces and Sports Fields
9.55 The
Study Area contains a number of open spaces and sports facilities including the
sports pitches and athletics track in Shek Kong Barracks, a series of sports
pitches in Wong Toi Shan, and three parks in Sheung Wan, and
9.56 Table 9.4 provides an assessment of the sensitivity of the
identified LRs and their sensitivity to change.
Table 9.4 Landscape Resources and their Sensitivity to Change
ID.
No. |
Landscape
Resource /
Area (m2) |
Quality of Landscape
Resource (High / Medium / Low) |
Importance and
Rarity (High / Medium / Low) |
Ability to
accommodate Change (High / Medium / Low) |
Local Significance
of Potential Change (High / Medium / Low) |
Regional
Significance of Potential Change (High / Medium / Low) |
Maturity (High / Medium / Low / N/A) |
Sensitivity
to Change (High / Medium / Low) |
LR 1 |
Major Road / |
Low |
Low |
High |
Low |
Low |
N/A |
Low |
LR2 |
Agricultural Fields / |
Low |
Low |
Medium |
Low |
Low |
Medium |
Low |
LR3 |
Road Side / |
Medium |
High |
Low |
High |
Medium |
Medium |
High |
LR4 |
Village Settlements / |
Low |
Medium |
Medium |
Low |
Low |
High |
Medium |
LR5 |
Hillside with Mixed / |
High |
Medium |
Medium |
Medium |
Medium |
High |
High |
LR6 |
Developed Rural Land / |
Low |
Low |
High |
Low |
Low |
Low |
Low |
LR7 |
Grassland / Shrubland Mosaic / |
Medium |
Medium |
Medium |
Low |
Low |
Medium |
Medium |
LR8 |
Modified Watercourses / |
Medium |
Medium |
Medium |
Low |
Low |
Low |
Medium |
LR9 |
Open Spaces and Sports Fields / |
Medium |
Medium |
Low |
High |
Medium |
Medium |
High |
Landscape
Character Areas (LCAs)
9.57 The landscape of the Study Area is characterized by a combination
of the lowland village landscape with surrounded by largely abandoned
agricultural fields and extensive open storage areas bounded by upland areas
with wooded hill slopes giving way to shrub and coarse grassland. The lowland
rural landscape is formed from the Kam Tin and Pat Heung Districts bisected by
the course of the
9.58 The rural landscape of the Study Area has been degraded due to the
proliferation of Open Storage areas although significant fragments of active
agricultural fields and scattered traditional village settlement patterns still
exist. Figures
LCA1: Tsat Sing Kong Lowland Rural Landscape
9.59 This LCA is located to the north-west of the Study Area and is set
at some distance from the proposed works. This lowland is largely characterised
agricultural fields many of which are abandoned and modified for open storage,
warehouse and light industrial uses. Given that this rural character is typical
throughout the NWNT and that the majority of the area is degraded by the
occupation of open storage, the ability of this LCA to accommodate change high
and its sensitivity to change medium.
LCA2: Pang Ka Tsuen Lowland Rural and Low-rise Residential Landscape
9.60 This area, adjacent to the northern part of
LCA3: Kam Tin Lowland Rural Landscape
9.61 This area is located to the west of the study area adjacent to the
LCA4: Shek Kong Barracks Landscape (Shek Kong)
9.62 This LCA refers to the military property situated at the
south-west of the Study Area and adjacent to the proposed upgraded road. Shek
Kong Barracks is a restricted area with a
LCA5:
9.63 This area is characterized by extensive open storage and warehouse
landuses and the settlement of
LCA6: Kam Tin Modified Water Course Landscape
9.64 This section of
LCA7: Shek Kong Lowland Rural Landscape
9.65 This area is dominated by open storage interspersed with abandoned
agricultural field and scattered 3-storey village developments alongside of
LCA8:
9.66 This area refers to a conservation area which is situated to the
north east of the Study Area. The coverage of this LCA includes the foothills
of the
LCA9: Sheung Tsuen Lowland Rural Landscape
9.67 This LCA has a similar character to LCA3 although it is smaller in
scale. The LCA is characterised by a typical village settlement including a
combination of traditional dwellings and temples, in addition to newer 3-storey
houses separated by a network of narrow lanes and footpaths. The area has a
scattering of mature trees and is bounded by a peripheral woodland belt and
scrub adjacent to abandoned fields. Given the disturbed and fragmentary nature
of this LCA, the level of existing development and the abandonment of the
existing agricultural fields it is considered that its ability to accommodate
change is high and its sensitivity to change medium.
LCA10: Shek Kong Barracks Landscape (Shek Kong Tsuen)
9.68 This LCA refers to a military property situated to the south-east
of the Study Area and adjacent to the proposed upgraded road. Shek Kong
Barracks is a restricted area and is bounded by a
LCA11: Kwun Yam Shan Miscellaneous Rural Fringe Landscape
9.69 This area is occupied by Heliservices (
LCA12: Kwun Yam Shan
9.70 This LCA within the Study
Area is characterised by the Kadoorie Experimental and Extension Farm which
situated in the foothills of Kwun Yam Shan. The area consists of the main
buildings of the farm surrounded to the south, east and west by a combination
of remnant natural hillside and landscaped gardens. Due to its rural and
landscaped nature this site is considered to have a low ability to accommodate
change and a high sensitivity to change.
LCA13:
9.71 This LCA is formed by the Kam
Tin and
9.72 Table 9.5 provides an assessment of the
sensitivity of the identified LCAs to change.
Table 9.5 Landscape Character Areas and their Sensitivity to Change
ID. No. |
Landscape Character Area (LCA) / Area (m2) |
Quality of Landscape Character (High
/ Medium / Low) |
Importance and Rarity (High
/ Medium / Low) |
Ability to accommodate Change (High
/ Medium / Low) |
Local Significance of Potential Change (High
/ Medium / Low) |
Regional Significance of Potential Change (High
/ Medium / Low) |
Sensitivity to Change (High
/ Medium / Low) |
LCA1 |
Tsat Sing Kong Lowland Rural Landscape / |
Medium |
Low |
High |
Low |
Low |
Medium |
LCA2 |
Pang Ka Tsuen Lowland Rural and Low-rise
Residential Landscape / |
Medium |
Low |
High |
Low |
Low |
Low |
LCA3 |
Kam Tin Lowland Rural Landscape / |
Medium |
Low |
High |
Low |
Low |
Low |
LCA4 |
Shek Kong Barracks Landscape (Shek Kong) / |
Medium |
Medium |
Medium |
Medium |
Medium |
Medium |
LCA5 |
/ |
Medium |
Low |
High |
Low |
Low |
Low |
LCA6 |
Kam Tin Modified Water Course Landscape / |
Medium |
Low |
High |
Medium |
Medium |
Medium |
LCA7 |
Shek Kong Lowland Rural Landscape / |
Medium |
Low |
High |
Low |
Low |
Low |
LCA8 |
/ |
High |
Medium |
Low |
High |
High |
High |
LCA9 |
Sheung Tsuen Lowland Rural Landscape / |
Medium |
Low |
High |
Medium |
Low |
Medium |
LCA10 |
Shek Kong Barracks Landscape (Shek Kong
Tsuen) / |
Medium |
Medium
|
Medium |
Medium |
Medium |
Medium |
LCA11 |
Kwun Yam Shan Miscellaneous Rural Fringe
Landscape / |
Low |
Low |
High |
Low |
Low |
Low |
LCA12 |
Kwun Yam Shan / |
High |
Medium |
Low |
High |
High |
High |
LCA13
|
/ |
Medium |
Medium |
Medium |
Medium |
Medium |
Medium |
Existing Trees
9.73 The main concentrations of existing trees
are located in the eastern portion of the site on the existing embankments and
cut slopes although there is intermittent tree planting throughout its entire
length. A preliminary tree survey for the route alignment was undertaken by the
consultants and a total of approximately 1763 trees composed of 91 species were
identified. Figure 9.3 shows the location of the existing trees while Appendix
I1 contains the tree survey schedule. A detailed tree survey and tree removal application will be prepared and
submitted for approval by the relevant government departments in accordance
with ETWB TCW No. 3/2006, ‘Tree Preservation’ during the detailed design phase
of the project. This more detailed information will be used to identify further
opportunities for the modification of the scheme proposals and preserve
additional trees.
9.74 The
dominant species identified in the tree survey include Melaleuca quinquenervia, Celtis sinensis, Macaranga tanarius, Acacia
confusa, Bauhinia variegata, Ficus microcarpa, Casuarina equisetifolia and Hibiscus tiliaceus. Except for Macaranga tanarius which is a common
native tree species spontaneously colonizing disturbed habitats, the other dominant
tree species are extensively planted locally. Approximately 188 large Melaleuca quinquenervia, located within
the Study Area, were planted alongside the road to create an avenue effect
similar to a number of rural roads within the
9.75 Being located close to the
edge of the carriageway of
9.76 Some 91 tree species were
recorded during the preliminary tree survey, 50 species are exotic / introduced species
(including 11 fruit tree species) which were previously planted at the site. The
remaining 41 species are native, among which Celtis
sinensis (190 nos. / 10.8%), Macaranga.
tanarius (76 nos. / 4.3%), Ficus
hispida (39nos. / 2.3%), Ficus
microcarpa (38 nos. / 2.2%), Litsea
glutinosa (30nos. / 1.7%) and Bridelia
tomentosa (13nos. / 0.8%) being the most dominant at the site. All these
native tree species typically spontaneously colonize disturbed or human
modified habitats such as roadside or wasteland, although Celtis sinensis and Ficus
microcarpa are also widely planted along roadsides locally.
9.77 Although no trees which meet
the criteria for an Old and Valuable Tree or Important Trees as defined by ETWB
TCW No. 29/2004 and ETWB TCW No. 3/2006 or rare or protected tree species were
recorded during the survey the Study Area does contain a number of relatively
large roadside trees which will be preserved wherever possible. The proposals
have been designed to avoid the location of these trees where practicable. As
described in section 9.35 above the Option B Alternative Alignment was designed
to avoid a number of significant trees and tree groups. The adoption of this
option would allow the preservation of an additional 46 number of trees. These proposals will be
further refined during the detailed design stage of the project to explore
further opportunities for tree retention.
Tree Retention
9.78 The tree survey report preliminarily identifies that out of the
total 1763 nos.
trees, 1286 nos. are to be retained at their original location. These retained
trees include approximately 107 numbers of the large Melaleuca quinquenervia
planted in the past to create an avenue effect.
Tree
Transplantation Proposals
9.79 Where trees cannot be retained in-situ, the general presumption is
to conduct transplanting where this is justified. The feasibility and need for
transplanting is determined on a case-by-case basis according to key factors
such as species, access, tree health and amenity value. Therefore it is
recommended that some 6 trees are transplanted to new locations within the road
corridor.
Tree
Felling Proposals
9.80 The remaining 431 nos. trees
are in conflict with the road upgrading proposals, will not make good
candidates for transplantation and so are recommended for felling. In addition
a further 33 dead trees will be removed for public safety and arboricultural
reasons.
Tree Survey Summary
9.81 Table 9.6 summarizes the findings of the preliminary tree survey
and the proposed treatment of the existing trees.
Table 9.6 Summary of Tree Recommendations
Recommended Treatment |
Tree
Numbers |
Tree
Retention |
1286 |
Tree
Transplantation |
6 |
Tree
Felling |
431 |
Total |
1723 |
Note: It is also recommended that the 33 dead trees and 7 nos.
Leucaena leucocephala identified during the survey be removed.
9.82 The preservation of existing trees particularly the large Melaleuca quinquenervia which were
planted to create an avenue effect and the trees with a trunk diameter of
larger than
Table 9.7 Summary of Tree
Recommendations for Options A and B
Recommended Treatment |
Tree
Numbers |
|
|
Option
A |
Option
B |
Tree Retention |
|
|
Overall
tree retention |
1240 |
1286 |
Melaleuca quinquenervia |
294 |
335 |
Trees
with a trunk diameter of larger than |
203 |
224 |
Trees
requiring pruning |
30 |
30 |
Tree Transplantation |
29 |
6 |
Tree Felling |
454 |
431 |
(i)
Nos. of Melaleuca quinquenervia to
be felled. |
184 |
152 |
(ii)
Nos. of trees with a trunk diameter of larger than |
92 |
81 |
Total |
1723 |
1723 |
Note: It is also recommended that the 33 dead
trees and 7 nos. Leucaena leucocephala identified during the survey be removed.
9.83 Based on the summary above it is apparent that the careful design
of the scheme proposals will allow the preservation of the majority of the
existing trees particularly those which have importance to the landscape
character and visual amenity of the road corridor. However it should be noted that
upgrading of the road including the widening of the carriageway can only adopt
a parallel alignment to the tree lined existing road and so even with a
combination of parallel or asymmetrical widening there is likely to be some
impact on the existing trees. However the proposals have sought to minimise
this potential impact wherever possible while also responding to concerns for
road safety and engineering feasibility. The proposed treatment of the existing
trees will be subject to the tree removal application which will be submitted
to Lands Department for approval in the detailed design stage in accordance
with ETWB TCW No. 03/2006 ‘Tree Preservation’.
Existing Visual Context
Visual Envelope
9.84 The Visual Envelope (VE), the
area from which the proposed road widening works would be visible is largely
limited by the existing vegetation and development lining the road corridor
which limits views within the floor of the river valley. Therefore the majority of the
engineering structures will only be visible to the village houses immediately
adjacent to the road alignment and to vehicle travellers on Kam Tin and
Visual Sensitive Receivers
9.85 VSRs identified within the Zones of Visual Influence (ZVIs) are grouped
according to village settlements, housing developments, vehicle travellers and
pedestrians and occupational receivers whom have a view of the proposed road
widening works. The selected VSRs are representative of the views available to
people at each location and include the following:
VSR1: Residents of Kiu Tau Tsuen;
VSR2: Vehicle Travellers on
VSR3: Pedestrians on
VSR4: Residents of Pang Ka Tsuen;
VSR5: Kam Tin Clinic;
VSR6: Residents of Shek Kong San Tsuen;
VSR7: Residents of Seasons Villas;
VSR8: An education centre within Shek Kong Barracks;
VSR9: Residents of Leung
VSR10: Pat Heung Police Station;
VSR11: Residents of Wang Toi Shan Yau
VSR12: Residents of Wang Toi Shan Lo
VSR13: Residents of Wang Toi Shan San Tsuen;
VSR14: Vehicle Travellers on
VSR15: Pedestrians on
VSR16: Residents of Wang Toi Shan Ho Lik Pui;
VSR17: Home for aged named Evergreen
International (HK) Association;
VSR18: Residents of Pine Hill Villa;
VSR19: Residents of Cheung Uk Tsuen;
VSR20: Residents of Sheung Tsuen San Tsuen;
VSR21: Sheung
VSR22: Residents of Wong Chuk Yuen;
VSR
VSR23: Residents of
VSR24: Residents of Lui Kung Tin;
VSR25: Visitors to Kadoorie Farm;
VSR26: Trail Walkers in
VSR27: Vehicle Travellers on
VSR
VSR28B: Vehicle Travellers on
VSR
VSR29: Vehicle Travellers on
VSR30: Pedestrians
on
VSR31: Residents of western
Leung Uk Tsuen.
9.86 Figures
VSR 1: Residents of Kiu Tau Tsuen, VSR 4: VSR4: Residents
of Pang Ka Tsuen and VSR 6: Residents of Shek Kong San Tsuen
9.87 These VSRs have partial and glimpsed views of the proposals due to
the extent of the roadside vegetation, roadside structures and vegetation
within and adjacent to the village settlements. Views are largely restricted to
the houses on the periphery of the settlements due to the low lying nature of
the landscape context and the density of the existing development. Despite the
restricted nature of available views of the road the sensitivity of these VSRs
is high.
VSR 2: Vehicle Travellers on
9.88 These VSRs have open views along the visible section of the existing
road corridor. The view is characterised by the existing road and its
associated structures, and provides occasional views for a relatively few
people. Therefore given the nature of this view it will have a low sensitivity
to further change.
VSR 5: Kam Tin Clinic and VSR8: An education centre within Shek Kong
Barracks
9.89 These VSRs have similar glimpsed views of the road corridor due to
the existing roadside vegetation, the vegetation within the individual sites
and the wall / fencing along the boundary of each of the sites. However VSR 5
has a relatively low sensitivity to change and VSR
VSR 7: Residents of Seasons Villas
9.90 The views for residents to the east of the development are
screened while residents to the west have partial views of the road corridor.
These views are also partially blocked by the intervening vegetation and
structures. Despite the extent of the available view this VSRs have a high
sensitivity to further change as they are residential.
VSR 9: Residents of Leung Uk Tsuen, VSR10: Pat Heung Police Station,
VSR11: Residents of Wang Toi Shan Yau Uk Tsuen, VSR12: Residents of Wang Toi
Shan Lo Uk Tsuen, VSR 13: Residents of Wang Toi Shan San Tsuen, VSR16:
Residents of Wang Toi Shan Ho Lik Pui and VSR17: Home for aged named Evergreen
International (HK) Association
9.91 The extent and the nature of the views available to these VSRs are
largely similar (except for VSR 16 which has partial views) with all views
being glimpsed. This is due to the screening effect of a combination of
roadside vegetation and vegetation adjacent each of the VSRs and intervening
structures such as boundary walls. The quality of the existing views range from
fair to poor and are generally available to an intermediate number of people
with the exception of VSR 16 which has a larger number of VSRs. Views of the
road corridor are largely restricted to buildings on the edge of settlements
adjacent to the road. Therefore despite the similarity in the character of the
views the residential VSRs have a high sensitivity to change due to the
frequency of views whereas VSR 10 and VSR 17 (both Occupational VSRs) have a sensitivity
of low and medium respectively.
VSR 14: Vehicle Travellers on Kam Tin Road to the south of Wang Toi Shan
Ho Lik Pui (eastbound) and VSR15: Pedestrians on Kam Tin Road to the north of Shek Wong
9.92 These VSRs have open views along the visible section of the
existing road corridor, a view which is characterised by the existing road and
its associated structures, and provides occasional views for a relatively few
people. Therefore given the nature of this view it will have a low sensitivity
to further change.
VSR 18: Residents of Pine Hill Villa, VSR19: Residents of Cheung Uk Tsuen
and VSR20: Residents of Sheung Tsuen San Tsuen
9.93 The extent and the nature of
the views available to these VSRs are largely similar ranging from partial to
glimpsed views. This is due the screening effect of a combination of roadside
vegetation, the vegetation adjacent to each of the VSRs and intervening
structures such as boundary walls. The quality of the existing views range from
fair to poor and are generally available to an intermediate to large number of
people. Views of the road corridor are largely restricted to buildings on the
edge of settlements adjacent to the road. Therefore despite the restricted
nature of the available views the sensitivity of these VSRs to further change
is assessed as high due to their being residential and the frequency of views.
VSR 21: Sheung
9.94 The recreational users of the park will have partial views of the
proposals due to the screening effect of the boundary wall and the vegetation
at the edge of the park. Therefore the sensitivity of the views available to
these VSRs will be medium due to a combination of the relative number of people
who use the park, the frequency of their views and the screening effect of the
intervening obstacles.
VSR 22: Residents of Wong Chuk Yuen, VSR23: Residents of
9.95 The extent and the nature of
the views available to these VSRs are largely similar with glimpsed views of
the existing road corridor. This is largely due to the screening effect of a
combination of roadside vegetation, the vegetation adjacent to each of the VSRs
and intervening structures such as boundary walls. The quality of the existing
views range from fair to poor and are generally available to a relatively large
number of people. Views of the road corridor are largely restricted to
buildings on the edge of settlements adjacent to the road. Therefore despite
the restricted availability of views the sensitivity of these VSRs to further
change is assessed as high due to their residential nature and the frequency of
views.
VSR 25: Visitors to Kadoorie Farm and VSR 26: Trail Walkers in
9.96 Views of the proposals available to visitors to Kadoorie Farm
would be largely screened by the existing topography and vegetation both within
the Farm site and along the roadsides. The restricted nature of the view is
largely due to combination of the screening effect of the existing topography,
roadside vegetation and the proximity of the village development to the road
alignment. Therefore given the restricted nature of the existing view and the
extent of the visible works the sensitivity of the views vailable to VSR 25 are
considered to be medium. Depite the greater viewing distance and more panoramic
nature of the view the sensitivity of VSR 26 also considered to be medium.
VSR
9.97 These VSRs have open views along the visible
section of the existing road corridor, a view which is characterised by the
existing road and its associated structures, and is provides occasional views
for a relatively few people. At the eastern end of the road alignment there is
a greater prevalence of roadside slope features due to the more undulating
nature of the existing topography. In some locations these features dominate
existing views for vehicle travellers and pedestrians. Therefore given the
nature of this view it will have a low sensitivity to further change.
VSR 31: Residents of Western Leung
9.98 The residents on the western
side of this village settlement enjoy oblique framed views north towards the
existing bridge crossing the tributary of the
9.99 Table 9.8 below determines the
sensitivity of selected VSRs within the VE their ability to accommodate change.
Table 9.8 Visual Sensitive Receivers (VSRs) and their Sensitivity to Change
ID.
No. |
Key Visually Sensitive Receivers (VSRs) /
Viewing Distance |
Type
of VSRs |
Population of Viewers (Large
/ Intermediate / Few / Very Few) |
Quality of Existing View (Good / Fair / Poor) |
Direction of Main Views / Availability of Alternative Views (Yes/ No) |
Amenity
of Alternative Views (Good / Fair / Poor) |
Degree
of Visibility (Full / Partial / Glimpsed) |
Frequency of View (Very Frequent/ Frequent/ Occasional / Rare) |
Sensitivity
to Change (Low / Medium / High) |
VSR 1 |
Residents of Kiu Tau Tsuen / |
Residential |
Intermediate |
Poor |
East / Yes |
Poor |
Partial |
Frequent |
High |
VSR
2 |
Vehicle Travellers on / |
Vehicle Travellers |
Intermediate |
Fair |
East / No |
N/A |
Full |
Occasional |
Low |
VSR
3 |
Pedestrians on / |
Pedestrians |
Few |
Fair |
East and West / No |
N/A |
Full |
Occasional |
Low |
VSR 4 |
Residents of Pang Ka Tsuen / |
Residential |
Intermediate |
Fair |
South / Yes |
Fair |
Glimpsed |
Frequent |
High |
VSR 5 |
Kam Tin Clinic / |
Occupational |
Few |
Fair |
North / Yes |
Fair |
Glimpsed |
Occasional |
Low |
VSR 6 |
Residents of Shek Kong San Tsuen / |
Residential |
Intermediate |
Poor |
South / Yes |
Fair |
Glimpsed |
Frequent |
High |
VSR 7 |
Residents of Seasons Villas / |
Residential |
Intermediate |
Poor |
South / Yes |
Fair |
Partial |
Frequent |
High |
VSR 8 |
An education centre within Shek Kong
Barracks / |
Occupational |
Few |
Fair |
North / Yes |
Fair |
Glimpsed |
Frequent |
Medium |
VSR 9 |
Residents of Leung / |
Residential |
Intermediate |
Poor |
North / Yes |
Poor |
Glimpsed |
Frequent |
High |
VSR 10 |
Pat Heung Police Station / |
Occupational |
Few |
Fair |
South / Yes |
Fair |
Glimpsed |
Occasional |
Low |
VSR 11 |
Residents of Wang Toi Shan Yau / |
Residential |
Intermediate |
Poor |
South / Yes |
Poor |
Glimpsed |
Frequent |
High |
VSR 12 |
Residents of Wang Toi Shan Lo / |
Residential |
Intermediate |
Poor |
South / Yes |
Poor |
Glimpsed |
Frequent |
High |
VSR 13 |
Residents of Wang Toi Shan San Tsuen / |
Residential |
Intermediate |
Poor |
South / Yes |
Poor |
Glimpsed |
Frequent |
High |
VSR 14 |
Vehicle Travellers on / |
Vehicle Travellers |
Intermediate |
Fair |
East / No |
N/A |
Full |
Occasional |
Low |
VSR 15 |
Pedestrians on / |
Vehicle Travellers |
Intermediate |
Fair |
East / No |
N/A |
Full |
Occasional |
Low |
VSR 16 |
Residents of Wang Toi Shan Ho Lik Pui / |
Residential |
Large |
Poor |
South / Yes |
Fair |
Partial |
Frequent |
High |
VSR 17 |
Home for aged named Evergreen International
(HK) Association / |
Residential |
Intermediate |
Fair |
North / Yes |
Fair |
Glimpsed |
Frequent |
Medium |
VSR 18 |
Residents of Pine Hill Villa / |
Residential |
Intermediate |
Fair |
South and West / Yes |
Fair |
Glimpsed |
Frequent |
High |
VSR 19 |
Residents of Cheung Uk Tsuen / |
Residential |
Large |
Poor |
East / Yes |
Fair |
Partial |
Frequent |
High |
VSR 20 |
Residents of Sheung Tsuen San Tsuen / |
Residential |
Large |
Poor |
East and West / Yes |
Poor |
Partial |
Frequent |
High |
VSR 21 |
Sheung / |
Recreational Users |
Few |
Fair |
East / Yes |
Fair |
Partial |
Frequent |
Medium |
VSR 22 |
Residents of Wong Chuk Yuen / |
Residential |
Large |
Fair |
South and West / Yes |
Fair |
Glimpsed |
Frequent |
High |
VSR |
Lam |
Vehicle Travellers |
Large |
Good |
West / No |
N/A |
Full |
Occasional |
Low |
VSR 23 |
Residents of / |
Residential |
Large |
Poor |
North / Yes |
Poor |
Glimpsed |
Frequent |
High |
VSR 24 |
Residents of Lui Kung Tin / |
Residential |
Large |
Poor |
North / Yes |
Poor |
Glimpsed |
Frequent |
High |
VSR 25 |
Visitors to Kadoore Farm / |
Trail Walkers |
Few |
Fair |
North / Yes |
Fair |
Partial |
Occasional |
Medium |
VSR 26 |
Trail Walkers in / |
Trail Walkers |
Few |
Fair |
South and West / Yes |
Fair |
Partial |
Occasional |
Medium |
VSR 27 |
Vehicle Travellers on / |
Vehicle Travellers |
Intermediate |
Fair |
East / No |
N/A |
Full |
Occasional |
Low |
VSR |
Vehicle Travellers on / |
Vehicle Travellers |
Intermediate |
Fair |
West / No |
N/A |
Full |
Occasional |
Low |
VSR 28B |
Vehicle Travellers on / |
Vehicle Travellers |
Intermediate |
Fair |
West / No |
N/A |
Full |
Occasional |
Low |
VSR |
Vehicle Travellers on / |
Vehicle Travellers |
Intermediate |
Fair |
West / No |
N/A |
Full |
Occasional |
Low |
VSR 29 |
Vehicle Travellers on / |
Vehicle Travellers |
Intermediate |
Poor |
East and West / No |
N/A |
Full |
Occasional |
Low |
VSR 30 |
Pedestrians on / |
Pedestrians |
Intermediate |
Poor |
East and West / No |
N/A |
Full |
Occasional |
Low |
VSR 31 |
Residents of Western Leung / |
Residential |
Few |
Fair |
North and West / Yes |
Fair |
Partial |
Frequent |
High |
Landscape
Impact Assessment
Sources of Landscape Impacts
9.100 The main landscape impacts
will be limited to the road corridor and will involve the loss of existing
trees and amenity areas with the proposed road widening impacting on the
existing roadside verges, the creation of new cut slopes and retaining
structures (based on existing structures), and the construction of highway
structures including the widening of the existing bridge.
Construction Phase
9.101 During
the construction phase, works will be limited to the area within the works
boundary adjacent to the existing carriageway. The proposed scheme will involve
the re-grading of the existing road embankment and cut slopes, and widening of
the road footprint. Many of the potential impacts will arise from the loss of
landscape resources and the temporary degradation of the existing landscape
character caused by the construction work activities e.g. limited loss of
existing trees, exposure of earthworks, re-grading of existing slopes,
construction of new carriageway or widening of the exiting carriageway,
construction of new pedestrian footpaths and the widening of the bridge over
the tributary to the Kam Tin River to the south of Pat Heung. The areas
surrounding the existing road corridor will be also disturbed due to the
temporary works areas and contractor’s compounds.
9.102 For
the widened section of the proposed scheme there will inevitably be a loss of
existing roadside vegetation. Although the road corridor is one characterised
by the existing carriageway and its associated structures the loss of roadside
planting will be a significant impact as it currently provides an important
landscape and visual buffer between the road and adjacent areas. Based on the
current preliminary recommendations some 1286 trees would be retained in-situ,
6 transplanted to new locations within the road corridor and 431 felled. However it should be noted that
these recommendations are preliminary in nature and further opportunities for
tree preservation will be explored during the detailed design stage of the
project.
Operational Phase
9.103 The main impacts during the operational phase will be limited to the
introduction of the new retaining structures largely located in the central and
eastern portions of the road alignment. However the proposals have sought to
minimise potential impacts through the careful design of the newly formed
slopes and retaining walls, the preservation of existing trees, and the
planting of new trees and shrubs.
9.104 Table 9.9 and 9.10 describe the magnitude of change
for the Landscape Resources and Landscape Character Areas whereas Tables 9.11
and 9.12 describe the impact significance during the construction and
operational stages of the project.
Table 9.9 Magnitude of Change for Landscape Resources
ID.
No. |
Landscape
Resources / Area Affected by the
Proposal (m2) |
Description
of Impacts |
Scale
of the Development relative to Baseline Conditions (Nil / Small / Medium / Large) |
Compatibility of the Project with Landscape
Resource (Nil
/ Low / Medium / High) |
Duration of Impacts (Nil
/ Short / Medium / Long) |
Reversibility
of Change (Yes / No / Not Applicable) |
Magnitude
of Change (Large/ Intermediate/ Small/
Negligible) |
|
Construction |
Operational |
|||||||
LR 1 |
Major Road / (74.1%) |
Construction work will
undertake on existing major road which involve excavation, slope works |
Large |
High |
Construction stage- Medium (4.5
years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Large |
Intermediate |
LR2 |
Agricultural Field / (0.05%) |
Limited loss of existing
resource due to the widening of the carriageway and pedestrian footpaths |
Small |
Low |
Construction stage- Medium (4.5
years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
LR3 |
Road Side / (62.4%) |
Tree will be affected will be
felled and transplanted due to conflict with the construction works. |
Medium |
Low |
Construction stage- Medium (4.5
years) Operation stage - Long |
Yes |
Large |
Medium |
LR4 |
Village Settlement / (0.18%) |
Limited loss of existing resource due to the widening of the carriageway and pedestrian footpaths |
Small |
Low |
Construction stage- Medium (4.5
years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
LR5 |
Hillside with Mixed / (0.05%) |
Limited loss of existing resource due to the widening of the carriageway and pedestrian footpaths |
Small |
Low |
Construction stage- Medium (4.5
years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
LR6 |
Developed Rural Land / (0.2%) |
Limited loss of existing
resource due to the widening of the carriageway and pedestrian footpaths |
Small |
Low |
Construction stage- Medium (4.5
years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
LR7 |
Grassland / Shrubland Mosaic / (0.44%) |
Limited loss of existing
resource due to the widening of the carriageway and pedestrian footpaths |
Small |
Low |
Construction stage- Medium (4.5
years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
LR8 |
Modified Watercourse / (0.13%) |
Limited loss of existing
resource due to the widening of the carriageway and pedestrian footpaths |
Small |
Low |
Construction stage- Medium (4.5
years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
LR9 |
Open Spaces and Sports Fields / (0%) |
No direct impact |
Nil |
Nil |
No direct impacts |
Not
Applicable |
Negligible |
Negligible |
Table 9.10 Magnitude of Change for
Landscape Character Areas
ID.
No. |
Landscape Character
Areas / Area Affected by the
Proposal (m2) |
Description
of Impacts |
Scale
of the Development relative to Baseline Conditions (Nil / Small / Medium / Large) |
Compatibility of the Project with Landscape
Character Area (Nil
/ Low / Medium / High) |
Duration of Impacts (Nil
/ Short / Medium / Long) |
Reversibility
of Change (Yes / No / Not Applicable) |
Magnitude
of Change (Large/ Intermediate/ Small/
Negligible) |
|
Construction |
Operational |
|||||||
LCA1 |
Tsat Sing Kong Lowland Rural Landscape / |
No direct impact |
Small |
Low |
No direct impacts |
No |
Negligible |
Negligible |
LCA2 |
Pang Ka Tsuen Lowland Rural and Low-rise
Residential Landscape / |
No direct impact although
adjacent to the proposed upgraded road. The periphery of the residential area
may be affected by the excavation and
slope works |
Small |
Medium |
Construction stage- Medium (4.5
years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Negligible |
LCA3 |
Kam Tin Lowland Rural Landscape / |
No direct impact although
adjacent to the proposed upgraded road. The periphery of the residential area
may affect by the excavation and slope works |
Small |
Medium |
No direct impacts |
No |
Negligible |
Negligible |
LCA4 |
Shek Kong Barracks Landscape (Shek Kong) / (0.14%) |
Adjacent to the proposed
upgraded road. The periphery of the LCA will be affected by the widening works. |
Small |
Medium |
Construction stage- Medium (4.5
years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
LCA5 |
/ (1.66%) |
Adjacent to the proposed
upgraded road. The periphery of the residential area may be affected by widening
works |
Small |
Medium |
Construction stage- Medium (4.5
years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
LCA6 |
Kam Tin Modified Water Course Landscape / (0.35%) |
Adjacent to the proposed
upgraded road. The periphery of the LCA will be affected by the widening
works. |
Small |
Low |
No direct impacts |
No |
Small |
Small |
LCA7 |
Shek Kong Lowland Rural Landscape / (0.07%) |
Adjacent to the proposed
upgraded road. The periphery of the LCA will be affected by the widening
works. |
Small |
Medium |
Construction stage- Medium (4.5
years) Operation stage - Long |
Yes |
Small |
Small |
LCA8 |
/ 1, (1.38%) |
Adjacent to the proposed
upgraded road. The periphery of the residential area may be affected by the
excavation and slope works. Although it should be noted that this will not
affect the actual |
Small |
Low |
Construction stage- Medium (4.5
years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
LCA9 |
Sheung Tsuen Lowland Rural Landscape 02 (0%) |
Adjacent to the proposed
upgraded road. The periphery of the residential area may be affected by the
excavation and slope works |
Small |
Medium |
No direct impacts |
No |
Negligible |
Negligible |
LCA10 |
Shek Kong Barracks Landscape (Shek Kong Tsuen) / (0.25%) |
Adjacent to the proposed
upgraded road. The periphery of the barracks may be affected by the
excavation and slope works |
Small |
Medium |
Construction stage- Medium (4.5
years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
LCA11 |
Kwun Yam Shan Miscellaneous Rural Fringe Landscape / (0.09%) |
Adjacent to the proposed
upgraded road. The periphery of the LCA will be affected by the widening
works. |
Small |
Low |
Construction stage- Medium (4.5
years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
LCA12 |
Kwun Yam Shan / (0.22%) |
Adjacent to the proposed
upgraded road. The periphery of the LCA will be affected by the widening
works. |
Small |
Low |
Construction stage- Medium (4.5
years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
LCA13 |
/ (91.4%) |
Direct impacts on the full length of the road
within the Study Area. |
Large |
High |
Construction stage- Medium (4.5
years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Large |
Intermediate |
Table 9.11 Significance of Impacts on Landscape Resources in the
Construction and Operational Phases
ID.
No. |
Landscape
Resources |
Sensitivity (Nil / Lowl / Medium / High) |
Magnitude of Change (Large/
Intermediate/ Small/ Negligible) |
Significance Threshold (Unmitigated) (Negligible, Slight, Moderate
and Significant) |
Mitigation Measures |
Significance Threshold (Mitigated) (Negligible, Slight, Moderate
and Significant) |
|||
Construc -tion |
Opera- tional |
Construction |
Operational |
Construction |
Operational |
||||
LR1 |
Major Road |
Low |
Large |
Intermediate |
Moderate |
Moderate |
CP1, OP1 and OP2 |
Moderate |
Slight |
LR2 |
Agricultural Field |
Low |
Small |
Small |
Slight |
Slight |
CP1, OP1, OP2, OP4 |
Slight |
Slight |
LR3 |
Road Side |
High |
Large |
Small |
Significant |
Moderate |
CP1, CP4, CP5, OP1, OP2, OP3 and OP4 |
Significant |
Slight |
LR4 |
Village Settlement |
Medium |
Small |
Small |
Moderate |
Moderate |
CP1, CP2, OP1, OP2 and OP4 |
Moderate |
Slight |
LR5 |
Hillside with Mixed |
High |
Small |
Small |
Moderate |
Moderate |
CP1, CP2, OP1, OP2 and OP4 |
Moderate |
Slight |
LR6 |
Developed Rural Land |
Low |
Small |
Small |
Slight |
Slight |
CP1, CP5, OP1, OP2 OP3 and OP4 |
Slight |
Negligible |
LR7 |
Grassland / Shrubland Mosaic |
Medium |
Small |
Small |
Slight |
Slight |
CP1, OP1, OP2 and OP4 |
Slight |
Negligible |
LR8 |
Modified Watercourse |
Medium |
Small |
Small |
Slight |
Slight |
CP1, OP1, OP2 and OP4 |
Slight |
Negligible |
LR9 |
Open Spaces and Sports Fields |
High |
Negligible |
Negligible |
Negligible |
Negligible |
N/A |
Negligible |
Negligible |
Note: Significance threshold
assessments adverse unless otherwise stated.
Table 9.12 Significance of Impacts on Landscape Character Areas in the
Construction and Operational Phases
ID.
No. |
Landscape
Character Areas |
Sensitivity (Nil / Small / Medium / Large) |
Magnitude of Change (Large
/ Intermediate / Small / Negligible) |
Significance Threshold (Unmitigated) (Negligible / Slight /
Moderate / Significant) |
Mitigation Measures |
Significance Threshold (Mitigated) (Negligible / Slight /
Moderate / Significant) |
|||
Construction |
Operational |
Construction |
Operational |
Construction |
Operational |
||||
LCA1 |
Tsat Sing Kong Lowland Rural Landscape |
Medium |
Negligible |
Negligible |
Negligible |
Negligible |
N/A |
Negligible |
Negligible |
LCA2 |
Pang Ka Tsuen Lowland Rural and Low-rise
Residential Landscape |
Low |
Small |
Negligible |
Slight |
Negligible |
CP1, CP2, CP3, OP1, OP2, OP3 and OP4 |
Slight |
Negligible |
LCA3 |
Kam Tin Lowland Rural Landscape |
Low |
Negligible |
Negligible |
Negligible |
Negligible |
N/A |
Negligible |
Negligible |
LCA4 |
Shek Kong Barracks Landscape (Shek Kong) |
Medium |
Small |
Small |
Slight |
Slight |
CP1, CP2, OP1, OP2, OP3 and OP4 |
Slight |
Slight |
LCA5 |
|
Low |
Small |
Small |
Slight |
Slight |
CP1, OP1 and OP2 |
Slight |
Slight |
LCA6 |
Kam Tin Modified Water Course Landscape |
Medium |
Small |
Small |
Slight |
Slight |
CP1, CP3, CP4, OP1, OP2 and OP4 |
Slight |
Slight |
LCA7 |
Shek Kong Lowland Rural Landscape |
Low |
Small |
Small |
Slight |
Slight |
CP1, OP1 and OP2 |
Slight |
Slight |
LCA8 |
|
High |
Small |
Small |
Slight |
Slight |
CP1, OP1 and OP2 |
Slight |
Slight |
LCA9 |
Sheung Tsuen Lowland Rural
Landscape |
Medium |
Small |
Small |
Slight |
Slight |
CP1, OP1 and OP2 |
Slight |
Slight |
LCA10 |
Shek Kong Barracks Landscape
(Shek Kong Tsuen) |
Medium |
Small |
Small |
Slight |
Slight |
CP1, CP2, OP1, OP2, OP3 and OP4 |
Slight |
Negligible |
LCA11 |
Kwun Yam Shan Miscellaneous
Rural Fringe Landscape |
Low |
Small |
Small |
Negligible |
Negligible |
CP1, OP1 and OP2 |
Negligible |
Negligible |
LCA12 |
Kwun Yam Shan |
High |
Small |
Small |
Moderate |
Moderate |
CP1, CP2, OP1, OP2, OP3 and OP4 |
Moderate |
Slight |
LCA13 |
|
Medium |
Large |
Intermediate |
Significant |
Significant |
CP1, OP1 and OP2 |
Significant |
Moderate |
Note:
Significance thresholds assessment adverse unless otherwise stated.
Visual Impact Assessment
Source of Visual Impact
Construction Phase
9.105 Existing views are largely restricted to the road corridor due to
the containment of the visual envelope. Views are screened by the adjacent
built development, the existing landform, roadside planting and the planting
associated with the village settlements and agricultural areas. Given the level
of screening and the viewing distances the proposed works will form a minor
component within the visual context of the identified VSRs. The potential
impacts will be mitigated to an extent due to the containment of the works
within the existing footprint, the immediate reinstatement of the works area
and the new tree and shrub planting. With the exception of the vehicle
travellers and pedestrians on
9.106 There will be low level views towards the works
from the adjacent village settlements and residential developments although due
to the flat nature of the landscape and the relative density of the development
views will largely be limited to the properties on the edge of each settlement.
The views from properties within each development will be limited to an extent
by the form of the existing houses on the periphery.
9.107 The potential impacts during the construction stage will be broadly
similar before mitigation and after mitigation, and will range from moderate to
slight adverse. This is due to the limited scope of the mitigation of the
temporary construction phase impacts for a route alignment of this length. The
main mitigation measures will involve the preservation and protection of
existing trees, the treatment of the temporary works area and the early
implementation where possible of the proposed tree and shrub planting.
9.108 The assessment contained in Table 9.14 concludes that for most
VSRs the impacts will be limited to a slight to moderate adverse impact on
visual amenity. The most significant impacts will be experienced by VSRs on the
road including vehicle travellers and pedestrians. With the proposed
preservation of existing trees and new tree and shrub planting proposals along
the roadside it is thought that many of these impacts can be successfully
mitigated by the design year which is normally considered to be approximately
10 to 15 years following the completion of the construction phase of the works.
9.109 The recommended landscape
mitigation measures and residual impact on these VRSs is further discussed in
Table 9.14.
Operational Phase
9.110 Through a combination and full
implementation of the proposed mitigation measures it is considered that the
proposals will not have a significant impact on the existing visual amenity of
the road corridor. These measures include the planting of new trees and shrubs
within the verge at the edge of the widened carriageway and infill planting on
the existing slopes which will undergo stabilisation measures, and the
aesthetic treatment of the proposed retaining structures to minimise their
potential visual impact.
9.111 During the operational phase
before mitigation the impacts predicted for the construction phase of the
project will persist. With the implementation of the proposed mitigation
measures during the operational phase the predicted impacts will be alleviated
to an extent. The most noticeable difference being apparent at the eastern end
of the upgrading proposals where there are a number of engineering works
designed to widen the road in areas of cutting and on embankment. Again the
predicted impacts during this stage of the operation will range from moderate
to slight adverse.
9.112 The
identified VSRs and the magnitude of change apparent at each location are
briefly described below.
VSR 1: Residents of Kiu Tau Tsuen, VSR 4: Residents of Pang Ka Tsuen and VSR 6: Residents of Shek Kong
San Tsuen
9.113 These VSRs have partial and glimpsed views of
the proposals due to the extent of the roadside vegetation, roadside structures
and vegetation within and adjacent to the village settlements. Therefore only a
small part of the upgrading proposals will be visible from these locations and
given that the existing views of the carriageway the magnitude of change is
considered to be small.
VSR 2: Vehicle Travellers on Kam Tin Road to the north of Shek Kong
Barracks (eastbound), VSR3: Pedestrians on Lam Kam Road to the north of Shek
Kong Barracks, VSR 14: Vehicle Travellers on Kam Tin Road to the south of Wang
Toi Shan Ho Lik Pui (eastbound) and VSR15: Pedestrians on Kam Tin Road to the
north of Shek Kong
9.114 These VSRs have open views along the visible
section of the existing road corridor, a view which is characterised by the
existing road and its associated structures, and is provides occasional views
for a relatively few people. Therefore the magnitude of change is generally
considered to be intermediate with a small magnitude of change for VSR 14 and
15 due to the less extensive nature of the works in these areas.
VSR 5: Kam Tin Clinic and VSR8: An education centre within Shek Kong
Barracks
9.115 These VSRs have similar glimpsed views of the
road corridor due to the existing road side vegetation, the vegetation within
the individual sites and the walls / fencing along the boundary of each of the
sites. Therefore only a small part of the proposals will be visible and given
the existing view is of the existing road corridor the magnitude of change is considered
to be small.
VSR 7: Residents of Seasons Villas
9.116 The views for
residents to the east of the development are largely screened while residents
to the west have partial views of the road corridor. These views are partially
blocked by the intervening vegetation and structures. However this VSR has a
slightly more extensive view of the road corridor and so the magnitude of
change is considered to be intermediate.
VSR 9: Residents of Leung Uk
Tsuen, VSR10: Pat Heung Police Station, VSR11: Residents of Wang Toi Shan Yau
Uk Tsuen, VSR12: Residents of Wang Toi Shan Lo Uk Tsuen, VSR 13: Residents of
Wang Toi Shan San Tsuen, VSR16: Residents of Wang Toi Shan Ho Lik Pui and
VSR17: Home for aged named Evergreen International (HK) Association
9.117 The extent and the nature of the views
available to these VSRs are largely similar with all views except for VSR 16
(partial) being glimpsed due to the screening effect of existing roadside
features. These include a combination of roadside vegetation and vegetation
adjacent each of the VSRs and intervening structures such as boundary walls.
The limited visual access to the road corridor means that only a small portion
of the upgrading proposals will be visible and so the magnitude of change is
considered to be small.
VSR 18: Residents of Pine Hill Villa, VSR19: Residents of Cheung Uk Tsuen
and VSR20: Residents of Sheung Tsuen San Tsuen
9.118 The extent and the nature of
the views available to these VSRs are largely similar ranging from partial to glimpsed
views due to the screening effect of existing roadside features. These include
a combination of roadside vegetation and vegetation adjacent to each of the
VSRs and intervening structures such as boundary walls. The restricted nature
of the available views and the nature of the works in this area results in a
small magnitude of change.
VSR 21: Sheung
9.119 The recreational users of the park will have
partial views of the proposals due to the screening effect of the boundary wall
and the vegetation at the edge of the park. Therefore given the restricted
nature of the available views and the extent of the works the magnitude of
change is considered to be small.
VSR 22: Residents of Wong Chuk Yuen, VSR23: Residents of
9.120 The extent and the nature of
the views available to these VSRs are largely similar with glimpsed views due
to the screening effect of the roadside features. These include the existing
roadside vegetation, the vegetation adjacent to each of the VSRs and
intervening structures such as boundary walls. Therefore given this restricted
visual access and the nature of the works in this area the magnitude of change
is considered to be small.
VSR 25: Visitors to Kadoorie Farm and VSR 26: Trail Walkers in
9.121 Views of the proposals available to visitors to
Kadoorie Farm would be largely screened by the existing topography and
vegetation both within the Farm site and along the roadsides. Trail walkers in
these locations enjoy an elevated and relatively panoramic view above the
valley landscape below although views of the existing road corridor are
partial. The restricted nature of the view is largely due to combination of the
screening effect of the existing topography, roadside vegetation and the
proximity of the village development to the road alignment. Therefore given the
restricted nature of the existing view and the extent of the visible works the
magnitude of change for VSR 25 is considered to be small. Due to the greater
viewing distance and more panoramic nature of the view VSR 26 is considered to
be negligible.
VSR
9.122 These VSRs have open views along the visible
section of the existing road corridor. This view, characterised by the existing
road and its associated structures, provides occasional views for a relatively
few people. At the eastern end of the road alignment there is a greater
prevalence of roadside slope features due to the more undulating nature of the
existing topography and the works to these features will have a larger change
on the available views. Therefore given the more extensive nature of the works
in this area the magnitude of change is considered to be intermediate.
VSR 31: Residents of Western Leung
9.123 The residents on the western
side of this village settlement enjoy oblique framed views north towards the
existing bridge crossing the tributary of the
Table 9.13 Magnitude of Change for
Visually Sensitive Receivers
ID.
No. |
Visually
Sensitive Receivers /
Viewing Distance |
Description
of Impacts |
Scale
of the Development relative to Baseline Conditions (Nil / Small / Medium / Large) |
Blockage of View (Nil
/ Small / Medium / Large) |
Compatibility of the Project with Surrounding
Landscape (Nil /
Low / Medium / High) |
Duration of Impacts (Nil
/ Short / Medium / Long) |
Reversibility
of Change (Yes / No / Not Applicable) |
Magnitude
of Change (Large / Intermediate / Small
/ Negligible) |
|
Construction |
Operational |
||||||||
VSR 1 |
Residents of Kiu Tau Tsuen / |
Impacts remote from location |
Small |
Small (Small portion of the proposals
will be visible through the existing trees and roadside development) |
High |
Construction stage- Medium (4.5
years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
VSR
2 |
Vehicle Travellers on / |
Impacts limited to at-grade
widening of the vehicular carriageway and pedestrian footpath. |
Medium |
Nil (Open views of the proposals
along the visible portion of the existing road) |
Medium |
Construction stage- Medium (4.5
years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Intermediate |
Intermediate |
VSR
3 |
Pedestrians on / |
Impacts limited to at-grade
widening of the vehicular carriageway and pedestrian footpath. |
Medium |
Nil (Open views of the proposals
along the visible portion of the existing road) |
Medium |
Construction stage- Medium (4.5
years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Intermediate |
Intermediate |
VSR 4 |
Residents of Pang Ka Tsuen / |
Impacts
limited to at-grade widening of the vehicular carriageway and pedestrian
footpath. |
Small |
Small (Small portion of the proposals will be
visible through the existing trees and roadside development) |
Medium |
Construction stage- Medium (4.5 years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
VSR 5 |
Kam Tin Clinic / |
Impacts
limited to at-grade widening of the vehicular carriageway and pedestrian
footpath. |
Small |
Small (Small portion of the proposals will be
visible through the existing trees and roadside development) |
Medium |
Construction stage- Medium (4.5 years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
VSR 6 |
Residents of Shek Kong San Tsuen / |
Impacts
limited to at-grade widening of the vehicular carriageway and pedestrian
footpath. |
Small |
Small (Small portion of the proposals will be
visible through the existing trees and roadside development) |
Medium |
Construction stage- Medium (4.5 years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
VSR 7 |
Residents of Seasons Villas / |
Impacts associated with new |
Large |
Small (Small portion of the proposals will be
visible through the existing trees and roadside development and the slope
feature will replace an existing feature of a similar scale) |
Low |
Construction stage- Medium (4.5 years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Intermediate |
Intermediate |
VSR 8 |
An education centre within Shek Kong
Barracks / |
Impacts
limited to at-grade widening of the vehicular carriageway and pedestrian
footpath. |
Small |
Small (Small portion of the proposals will be
visible through the existing trees and roadside development) |
Medium |
Construction stage- Medium (4.5 years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
VSR 9 |
Residents of Leung / |
Impacts
limited to at-grade widening of the vehicular carriageway and pedestrian
footpath. |
Small |
Small (Small portion of the proposals will be
visible through the existing trees and roadside development) |
Medium |
Construction stage- Medium (4.5 years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
VSR 10 |
Pat Heung Police Station / |
Impacts
limited to at-grade widening of the vehicular carriageway and pedestrian
footpath. |
Small |
Small (Small portion of the proposals will be
visible through the existing trees and roadside development) |
Medium |
Construction stage- Medium (4.5 years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
VSR 11 |
Residents of Wang Toi Shan Yau / |
Impacts
limited to at-grade widening of the vehicular carriageway and pedestrian
footpath. |
Small |
Small (Small portion of the proposals will be
visible through the existing trees and roadside development) |
Medium |
Construction stage- Medium (4.5 years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
VSR 12 |
Residents of Wang Toi Shan Lo / |
Impacts
limited to at-grade widening of the vehicular carriageway and pedestrian
footpath. |
Small |
Small (Small portion of the proposals will be
visible through the existing trees and roadside development) |
Medium |
Construction stage - Medium (4.5 years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
VSR 13 |
Residents of Wang Toi Shan San Tsuen / |
Impacts
limited to at-grade widening of the vehicular carriageway and pedestrian
footpath. |
Small |
Small (Small portion of the proposals will be
visible through the existing trees and roadside development) |
Medium |
Construction stage - Medium (4.5 years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
VSR 14 |
Vehicle Travellers on / |
Impacts limited to at-grade
widening of the vehicular carriageway and pedestrian footpath. |
Small |
Nil (Open views of the proposals
along the visible portion of the existing road) |
Medium |
Construction stage- Medium (4.5
years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
VSR 15 |
Pedestrians on / |
Impacts limited to at-grade
widening of the vehicular carriageway and pedestrian footpath. |
Small |
Nil (Open views of the proposals
along the visible portion of the existing road) |
Medium |
Construction stage - Medium
(4.5 years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
VSR 16 |
Residents of Wang Toi Shan Ho Lik Pui / |
Impacts
limited to at-grade widening of the vehicular carriageway and pedestrian
footpath. |
Small |
Small (Small portion of the proposals will be
visible through the existing trees and roadside development) |
Medium |
Construction stage - Medium (4.5 years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
VSR 17 |
Home for aged named Evergreen International
(HK) Association / |
Impacts
limited to at-grade widening of the vehicular carriageway and pedestrian
footpath. |
Small |
Small (Small portion of the proposals will be
visible through the existing trees and roadside development) |
Medium |
Construction stage - Medium (4.5 years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
VSR 18 |
Residents of Pine Hill Villa / |
Construction of |
Medium |
Small (Small portion of the proposals will be
visible through the existing trees and roadside development and the scale of
the slope stabilisation requirements will be similar to the existing
situation) |
Medium |
Construction stage - Medium (4.5 years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
VSR 19 |
Residents of Cheung Uk Tsuen / |
Impacts limited to at-grade
widening of the vehicular carriageway and pedestrian footpath. |
Small |
Small (Small portion of the proposals
will be visible through the existing trees and roadside development) |
High |
Construction stage - Medium (4.5 years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
VSR 20 |
Residents of Sheung Tsuen San Tsuen / |
Impacts limited to at-grade
widening of the vehicular carriageway and pedestrian footpath. |
Small |
Small (Small portion of the proposals
will be visible through the existing trees and roadside development) |
High |
Construction stage - Medium (4.5 years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
VSR 21 |
Sheung / |
Impacts
limited to at-grade widening of the vehicular carriageway and pedestrian
footpath. |
Medium |
Small (Small portion of the proposals will be
visible through the existing trees and roadside development) |
Medium |
Construction stage - Medium (4.5 years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
VSR 22 |
Residents of Wong Chuk Yuen / |
Impacts
limited to at-grade widening of the vehicular carriageway and pedestrian
footpath. |
Small |
Small (Small portion of the proposals will be
visible through the existing trees and roadside development) |
Medium |
Construction stage - Medium (4.5 years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
VSR |
Lam |
Impacts limited to at-grade
widening of the vehicular carriageway and pedestrian footpath. |
Medium |
Nil (Open views of the proposals
along the visible portion of the existing road) |
Medium |
Construction stage - Medium
(4.5 years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Intermediate |
Intermediate |
VSR 23 |
Residents of / |
Framed and filtered views of
extensive engineering works at CHB 43 with intermediate tree loss. Widening of the vehicular
carriageway and pedestrian footpath. |
Small |
Small (Despite the extent of the
works in this area only a small portion of the proposals will be visible
through the existing trees and roadside development) |
Medium |
Construction stage - Medium (4.5 years) stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
VSR 24 |
Residents of Lui Kung Tin / |
Medium distance views of
extensive engineering works at CHB 43 with intermediate tree loss. Widening
of the vehicular carriageway and pedestrian footpath |
Small |
Small (Despite the extent of the
works in this area only a small portion of the proposals will be visible
through the existing trees and roadside development) |
Medium |
Construction stage - Medium (4.5 years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
VSR 25 |
Visitors to Kadoore Farm / |
Medium distance views of extensive engineering
works at CHB 52 involving soil nails and rock stabilisation measures with no
tree loss. Widening of the vehicular carriageway and pedestrian footpath. |
Small |
Small (Despite the extent of the
works in this area only a small portion of the proposals will be visible due
to the viewing angle and the screening effect of the existing trees and
roadside development) |
Low |
Construction stage - Medium (4.5 years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
VSR 26 |
Trail Walkers in / |
Impacts remote from location |
Small |
Small (The proposals form a small
component of the overall view and screened by roadside vegetation and
buildings) |
High |
Construction stage - Medium (4.5 years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Negligible |
Negligible |
VSR 27 |
Vehicle Travellers on / |
Impacts limited to at-grade
widening of the vehicular carriageway and pedestrian footpath. |
Medium |
Nil (Open views of the proposals
along the visible portion of the existing road) |
Medium |
Construction stage - Medium
(4.5 years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Intermediate |
Intermediate |
VSR |
Vehicle Travellers on / |
Impacts limited to at-grade
widening of the vehicular carriageway and pedestrian footpath. |
Medium |
Nil (Open views of the proposals
along the visible portion of the existing road) |
Medium |
Construction stage - Medium
(4.5 years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Intermediate |
Intermediate |
VSR 28B |
Vehicle Travellers on / |
Impacts limited to at-grade
widening of the vehicular carriageway and pedestrian footpath. |
Medium |
Nil (Open views of the proposals
along the visible portion of the existing road) |
Medium |
Construction stage - Medium
(4.5 years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Intermediate |
Intermediate |
VSR |
Vehicle Travellers on / |
Impacts limited to at-grade
widening of the vehicular carriageway and pedestrian footpath. |
Medium |
Nil (Open views of the proposals
along the visible portion of the existing road) |
Medium |
Construction stage - Medium
(4.5 years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Intermediate |
Intermediate |
VSR 29 |
Vehicle Travellers on / |
Close proximity views of the
proposed engineering works including extensive soil nail proposals and
sections of retaining wall using mini-piles and L-shaped retaining walls
between 1.5 to |
Medium |
Nil (Open views of the proposals
along the visible portion of the existing road) |
Medium |
Construction stage - Medium (4.5 years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Intermediate |
Intermediate |
VSR 30 |
Pedestrians on / |
Impacts limited to at-grade
widening of the vehicular carriageway and pedestrian footpath. |
Medium |
Nil (Open views of the proposals
along the visible portion of the existing road) |
Medium |
Construction stage - Medium
(4.5 years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Intermediate |
Intermediate |
VSR 31 |
Residents of Western Leung / |
Impacts limited to widening of
existing bridge to accommodate vehicular carriageway and pedestrian footpath |
Small |
Small (Despite the extent of the
works in this area only a small portion of the proposals will be visible
through the existing trees and roadside development) |
Medium |
Construction stage - Medium (4.5 years) Operation stage - Long |
No |
Small |
Small |
Table 9.14 Significance of Impacts on Visually Sensitive Receivers in
the Construction and Operational Phases
ID.
No. |
Visually
Sensitive Receivers |
Sensi- tivity (Nil / Small / Medium / Large) |
Magnitude of Change (Large
/ Intermediate / Small / Negligible) |
Significance Threshold (Unmitigated) (Negligible / Slight /
Moderate / Significant) |
Mitigation Measures |
Significance Threshold (Mitigated) (Negligible / Slight /
Moderate / Significant) |
||||
Construc-
tion |
Operational |
Construc-
tion |
Operational |
Construc-
tion |
Operational |
|||||
Day
1 |
Year
10 |
|||||||||
VSR 1 |
Residents
of Kiu Tau Tsuen |
High |
Small |
Small |
Moderate |
Moderate |
CP1,
OP1 and OP2 |
Moderate |
Moderate |
Moderate |
VSR
2 |
Vehicle Travellers on |
Low |
Intermediate |
Intermediate |
Moderate |
Moderate |
CP1 |
Moderate |
Moderate |
Moderate |
VSR
3 |
Pedestrians on |
Low |
Intermediate |
Intermediate |
Moderate |
Moderate |
CP1, OP1 and OP4 |
Moderate |
Moderate |
Moderate |
VSR 4 |
Residents
of Pang Ka Tsuen (Photomontage Figure 9.13 Q to R) |
High |
Small |
Small |
Moderate |
Moderate |
CP1 |
Moderate |
Moderate |
Moderate |
VSR 5 |
Kam
Tin Clinic |
Low |
Small |
Small |
Slight |
Slight |
CP1 |
Slight |
Slight |
Slight |
VSR 6 |
Residents
of Shek Kong San Tsuen |
High |
Small |
Small |
Moderate |
Moderate |
OP1 and OP2 |
Moderate |
Moderate |
Moderate |
VSR 7 |
Residents
of Seasons Villas (Photomontage Figure |
High |
Intermediate |
Intermediate |
Moderate |
Moderate |
CP1, CP2, OP1, OP2 and OP4 |
Moderate |
Moderate |
Moderate |
VSR 8 |
An
education centre within Shek Kong Barracks |
Medium |
Small |
Small |
Slight |
Slight |
CP1, OP1, OP2 and OP4 |
Slight |
Slight |
Slight |
VSR 9 |
Residents
of Leung |
High |
Small |
Small |
Moderate |
Moderate |
CP1, OP1 and OP2 |
Moderate |
Moderate |
Moderate |
VSR 10 |
Pat
Heung Police Station (Photomontage Figure |
Low |
Small |
Small |
Slight |
Slight |
CP1, OP1 and OP2 |
Slight |
Slight |
Slight |
VSR 11 |
Residents
of Wang Toi Shan Yau |
High |
Small |
Small |
Moderate |
Moderate |
CP1, OP1 and OP2 |
Moderate |
Moderate |
Moderate |
VSR 12 |
Residents
of Wang Toi Shan Lo |
High |
Small |
Small |
Moderate |
Moderate |
CP1 and OP1 |
Moderate |
Moderate |
Moderate |
VSR 13 |
Residents
of Wang Toi Shan San Tsuen |
High |
Small |
Small |
Moderate |
Moderate |
CP1, OP1 and OP2 |
Moderate |
Moderate |
Moderate |
VSR 14 |
Vehicle
Travellers on (Photomontage Figure 9.13 E to F) |
Low |
Small |
Small |
Slight |
Slight |
CP1 and OP1 |
Slight |
Slight |
Slight |
VSR 15 |
Pedestrians
on |
Low |
Small |
Small |
Slight |
Slight |
CP1, OP1, OP2 and OP4 |
Slight |
Slight |
Slight |
VSR 16 |
Residents
of Wang Toi Shan Ho Lik Pui |
High |
Small |
Small |
Moderate |
Moderate |
CP1 and OP1 |
Moderate |
Moderate |
Moderate |
VSR 17 |
Home
for aged named Evergreen International (HK) Association |
Medium |
Small |
Small |
Slight |
Slight |
CP1 and OP1 |
Slight |
Slight |
Slight |
VSR 18 |
Residents
of Pine Hill Villa |
High |
Small |
Small |
Moderate |
Moderate |
CP1, OP1, OP2 and OP4 |
Moderate |
Moderate |
Moderate |
VSR 19 |
Residents
of Cheung Uk Tsuen |
High |
Small |
Small |
Moderate |
Moderate |
CP1, OP1 and OP2 |
Moderate |
Moderate |
Moderate |
VSR 20 |
Residents
of Sheung Tsuen San Tsuen |
High |
Small |
Small |
Moderate |
Moderate |
CP1 and OP1 |
Moderate |
Moderate |
Moderate |
VSR 21 |
Sheung
(Photomontage Figure |
Medium |
Small |
Small |
Slight |
Slight |
CP1, CP5, OP1, OP2 and OP3 |
Slight |
Slight |
Slight |
VSR 22 |
Residents
of Wong Chuk Yuen (Photomontage Figure 9.13 S to T) |
High |
Small |
Small |
Moderate |
Moderate |
CP1, OP1, OP2 and OP4 |
Moderate |
Moderate |
Moderate |
VSR |
Lam
(Photomontage Figure 9.13 I to J) |
Low |
Intermediate |
Intermediate |
Moderate |
Moderate |
CP1, OP1 and OP2 |
Moderate |
Slight |
Slight |
VSR 23 |
Residents
of |
High |
Small |
Small |
Moderate |
Moderate |
OP1 and OP2 |
Moderate |
Moderate |
Moderate |
VSR 24 |
Residents
of Lui Kung Tin |
High |
Small |
Small |
Moderate |
Moderate |
CP1, OP1, OP2 and OP4 |
Moderate |
Moderate |
Moderate |
VSR 25 |
Visitors
to Kadoorie Farm |
Medium |
Small |
Small |
Slight |
Slight |
CP1, OP1, OP2 and OP4 |
Slight |
Slight |
Slight |
VSR 26 |
Trail
Walkers in |
Medium |
Negligible |
Negligible |
Negligible |
Negligible |
CP1, OP1, OP2 and OP4 |
Negligible |
Negligible |
Negligible |
VSR 27 |
Vehicle Travellers on |
Low |
Intermediate |
Intermediate |
Moderate |
Moderate |
CP1, OP1, OP2 and OP4 |
Moderate |
Moderate |
Slight |
VSR |
Vehicle
Travellers on (Photomontage Figure 9.13 K to P) |
Low |
Intermediate |
Intermediate |
Moderate |
Moderate |
CP1, CP2, CP3, OP1, OP2, OP3 and OP4 |
Moderate |
Moderate |
Slight |
VSR 28
B |
Vehicle
Travellers on (Photomontage Figure 9.13 K to P) |
Low |
Intermediate |
Intermediate |
Moderate |
Moderate |
CP1, CP2, CP3, OP1, OP2, OP3 and OP4 |
Moderate |
Moderate |
Slight |
VSR |
Vehicle
Travellers on (Photomontage Figure 9.13 K to P) |
Low |
Intermediate |
Intermediate |
Moderate |
Moderate |
CP1, CP2, CP3, OP1, OP2, OP3 and OP4 |
Moderate |
Moderate |
Slight |
VSR 29 |
Vehicle Travellers on |
Low |
Intermediate |
Intermediate |
Moderate |
Moderate |
CP1, OP1 and OP2 |
Moderate |
Moderate |
Slight |
VSR 30 |
Pedestrians
on |
Low |
Intermediate |
Intermediate |
Moderate |
Moderate |
CP1, OP1, OP2 and OP4 |
Moderate |
Moderate |
Slight |
VSR 31 |
Residents
of Western Leung (Photomontage Figure 9.13 U to V) |
High |
Small |
Small |
Moderate |
Moderate |
CP1, OP1, OP2 and OP4 |
Moderate |
Moderate |
Slight |
Cumulative Impacts
9.124 A number of projects are currently in progress or planned within
the Study Area, which will result in landscape and visual impact during the
degradation of landscape character and visual amenity, and loss of landscape
resources. These planned projects are described together with the likely
cumulative impacts in table 9.15 below.
Table 9.15 Concurrent Projects and Potential Cumulative Impacts
Interfacing
Project |
Implementation Programme |
Project Status |
Description of Project |
Potential Cumulative
Impacts |
WSD “Replacement and Rehabilitation
of Water mains Stage 2 – Mains in New Territories West |
2007 to 2011 Mid 2009 to 2015 |
Under planning Under construction |
Works site along the remaining sections of Works site between 0+00 and 17+00 for laying of
watermain of size ranging from DN180 to DN450. |
It is understood that the works
involve the water mains below the western section of |
DSD 4235DS “Yuen Long and Kam Tin
Sewerage and Sewage Disposal (Package |
Mid 2009 to 2015 |
Under planning |
Works site between CH0+00 and CH39+70 for laying
of sewers of size ranging from DN225 to DN400 and of depth |
The works involve the laying of
sewers at a depth of 5 to |
HyD “The Guangzhou-Shenzhen-Hong
Kong Express Rail Link (XRL)” |
End 2009 to 2015 |
Under planning |
Works site between CH12+70 and CH16+00 for
construction of railway facilities (stream diversion, box culvert, etc.). |
The proposed works will involve
the construction of the proposed railway facilities in the central section of
|
CLP cable laying works |
2012 to 2014 |
Under planning |
Works site between CH12+90 and CH28+60 for laying
of 132kV cable. |
It is understood that the works
involve the laying of a 132kV cable below eastern section of |
WSD 9236WF “Mainlaying
between |
Not known |
Inception Stage – Cat. C
Project |
Works site between CH0+00 and CH39+70 for laying
of watermain. |
It is understood that the works
involve the laying of a watermain below the western section of |
9.125 Although
the exact details are unknown it is likely that appropriate landscape and
visual mitigation measures have been incorporated into the design of each of
the approved projects and will be incorporated within the design of the
projects currently under planning. It is understood that for the majority of
the projects described above the works involve the laying of underground
utilities below the surface of
9.126 One
project which could potentially cause significant cumulative impacts is the
construction of the proposed Guangzhou-Shenzhen-Hong Kong Express Rail Link (XRL)
although this is contingent on the phasing of the works. It is likely that the
cut and cover method utilised for the construction of the subterranean stabling sidings and emergency rescue station near Shek Kong and any
associated construction works areas will cause significant impacts to the
central portion of the Study Area during the construction phase. As the project
is currently under planning no information is available concerning the exact
nature of this component of the XRL, its timing or the mitigation measures to
be employed. However based on similar projects it is likely that with the
exception of the proposed above ground structures and with the successful
restoration of the construction site that the impacts arising from the XRL will
be largely limited to the construction phase of the project.
Recommended Mitigation Measures
9.127 The landscape mitigation
measures described in this report are at a level which both demonstrates their
ability to alleviate the potential landscape and visual impacts identified in
the assessment and also to allow the proposals to be carried forward during the
detailed design stage. More detailed
landscape proposals will be developed during the initial stages of the design
and construction phase of this project following the completion of the detailed
Tree Survey Report. The measures are designed to address both the construction
and operational phases of the project.
9.128 The landscape and visual
mitigation measures are described both in a generic sense for measures, which
apply to all of the project site and in terms of the proposed landscape
strategy for the amenity areas within the project site. The aim of the
mitigation measures is to:
Alleviate where possible those
landscape and visual impacts which are unavoidable through the option selection
process including the site planning for the widening proposals, construction
options for the proposed site formation and geotechnical works, the proposed
bridge widening (located on a tributary of the Kam Tin River to the south of
Pat Heung) and the provision of bus stops and lay-bys;
Establish a coherent and integrated
landscape framework for the project site drawing together the visually
disparate components of the proposed development and integrating the proposals
within their rural context; and
Provide a co-ordinated approach between the ecological and landscape
mitigation proposals where there is an interface.
General Mitigation Measures
9.129 In accordance with the EIAO TM, the hierarchy for landscape and
visual impact mitigation is first avoidance of impact, then minimisation of
impact and finally compensation of impact. As has been described in the project
description in this report, the current proposals have been undertaken to
fulfil the following objectives:
Minimisation of potential impacts on landscape
resources along the existing road corridor particularly the existing roadside
trees;
Restoration and enhancement of existing roadside
landscapes through planting new trees utilising wherever possible native tree
species following the completion of the construction phase of the project;
and
Utilisation of innovative greening measures for new
site formation and geotechnical works including new cut slopes and retaining
walls.
9.130 In accordance with the EIAO
TM, mitigation measures for the construction and operational phases of the
project have been designed to minimise predicted landscape and visual impacts,
and to compensate for lost landscape resources as far as is possible given the
project constraints.
Specific Mitigation Measures
9.131 This section describes a series
of mitigation measures designed to alleviate impact and where possible
compensate for the loss of landscape resources, change of landscape character
and visual amenity for VSRs resulting from the construction and operational
phases of the project. It is assumed that funding, implementation, management
and maintenance of the mitigation proposals can be satisfactorily resolved
according to the principles in ETWB TCW No. No. 2/2004 on Maintenance of Vegetation
and Hard Landscape Features. Approval-in-principle to the implementation, management and maintenance
of the proposed mitigation measures will be sought from the appropriate
authorities.
9.132 The proposed planting of
trees as part of the mitigation measures and in compensation for the trees
affected by the proposed works will utilise species which are native to
·
Many of the native tree species are only commercially available in small
sized stock;
·
The proposed planting areas are largely on slopes and so the use of large
sized trees are inappropriate for sloping conditions;
·
Previous experience has shown that small sized trees adapt to their new
growing conditions more quickly than larger sized tree stock and so they have a
faster growth rate reaching the size of their larger counterparts in a
relatively short time; and
·
This adaptability to the new growing conditions also results in a reduced
management and maintenance requirement (including continued irrigation)
compared to larger sized tree stock.
9.133 Tables 9.16 and 9.17 describe the
proposed mitigation measures for the construction and operational stages of the
project.
Table 9.16 Proposed
Construction Phase Mitigation Measures
Mitigation Code |
Mitigation Measure |
Funding Agency |
Implementation Agency |
CP1 |
Preservation of Existing Vegetation - The proposed works should avoid
disturbance to the existing trees as far as practicable within the works
areas. Based on the preliminary tree survey some 1286 trees can be preserved
in-situ including 107 numbers of the large Melaleuca quinquenervia and approximately 224 numbers of the large trees
with a trunk diameter of over It is recommended that a full tree survey
and tree removal application be undertaken and submitted for approval by the
relevant government departments in accordance with ETWB TCW No. 03/2006,
‘Tree Preservation’ during project detailed design. The application will
include details of the compensatory planting proposals and specifications for
the protection of existing trees. Trees not in conflict with the proposals
will be protected by fencing as appropriate to prevent canopy and root zone
damage from excavation works, vehicles and material storage. |
HyD |
HyD |
CP2 |
Preservation of Existing Topsoil
- Topsoil disturbed
during the construction phase will be tested using a standard soil testing
methodology and where it is found to be worthy of retention stored for
re-use. The soil will be stockpiled to a maximum height of |
HyD |
HyD |
CP3 |
Works Area and Temporary Works Areas - The landscape of these works
areas should be restored to its original status or new amenity area following
the completion of the construction phase. Construction site controls shall be
enforced, where possible, to ensure that the landscape and visual impacts arising
from the construction phase activities are minimised including the storage of
materials, the location and appearance of site accommodation and the careful
design of site lighting to prevent light spillage. Screen hoarding will be
erected around the temporary works area. |
HyD |
HyD |
CP4 |
Programme for Mitigation Planting -
Replanting of disturbed
vegetation should be undertaken at the earliest possible stage during the
construction phase of the project to maximise its effect during the
operational phase. |
HyD |
HyD |
CP5 |
Transplantation of
Existing Trees
– Where existing trees cannot be avoided the potential for transplanting the
trees to new locations within the road corridor would be examined. As a
result some 6 trees are recommended to be transplanted under the current
proposal. The final recipient sites should be, as far as space allows,
adjacent to their current locations alongside of the carriageway to retain
their contribution to the local landscape context. The exact location of the
recipient sites will subject to the findings of the detailed tree
survey and felling
application undertaken at the detailed design stage and upon to the approval
by relevant departments. |
HyD |
HyD |
Note: The responsibilities for the funding, implementation,
management and maintenance of the mitigation proposals will be resolved
according to the principles contained in ETWB TCW No. No. 2/2004 on
Maintenance of Vegetation and Hard Landscape Features.
Table
9.16 shall be read in conjunction with Table 10.6
Table
9.17 Proposed Operational Phase
Mitigation Measures
Mit. Code |
Mitigation Measure |
Funding Agency |
Implementation Agency |
Maintenance/
Management Agency |
OP1 |
Implementation
of the road widening proposals will include: Integrated design approach – the alignment and structures
associated with the widened road should integrated, as far as technically
feasible, with existing roadside structures and the landscape context to
reduce the potential cumulative impact of the proposed works. The location
and orientation of the associated structures should where possible avoid
landscape and visually sensitive areas such woodland, shrubland and
agricultural fields. Treatment of highway structures - the architectural design
should seek to reduce the apparent visual mass of the engineering structures
through the use of textured finishes and colour blocking. Earth tones are
preferred as these match the existing landscape and visual context. |
HyD |
HyD |
HyD |
OP2 |
Roadside Planting – These planting areas will
utilise largely native tree and shrub species either with high canopy and
thin foliage to allow visual access in the views from the adjacent landscape
to the distant roadside or rural landscape or dense foliage at selected
locations to provide shaded environment for pedestrians and the creation,
where space allows, of the avenue effect originally created through the
planting of an Melaleuca quinquenervia, along the edge of the carriageway. Native
tree planting on the existing and proposed cut slopes will improve the
ecological connectivity between existing woodland habitats with the advantage
of creating a more coherent landscape framework. These areas include the
planting of approximately Approximately
559 number large specimens of Melaleuca
quinquenervia will be utilised within the immediate roadside areas and
within the new central median. These species are considered in the planting proposal to create
a comprehensive planting framework that could enhance both ecological and
landscape value of the context. The
extent of the proposed mitigation planting is indicated in Figures |
HyD |
HyD |
LCSD/HyD |
OP3 |
Compensatory Planting Proposals - the preliminary planting proposals for
the proposed works include some |
HyD |
HyD |
LCSD/HyD |
OP4 |
Treatment of Retaining Wall and Slopes – The design and
implementation of the aesthetic appearance of the retaining wall and slopes
will be undertaken in accordance with GEO Publication No. 1/2000
"Technical Guidelines on Landscape Treatment and Bio-engineering for
Man-made Slopes and Retaining Walls", WBTC No. 29/93 on control of
Visual Impact of Slopes and WBTC No. 17/2002 on Improvement to the Appearance
of Slopes. The
engineered structures will be aesthetically enhanced through the use of soft
landscape works including tree and shrub planting to give these man-made
features a more natural appearance and blending them into the local rural
landscape. Light standard sized tree
planting will be used on the face of soil cut slopes with a gradient of less
than 30 degrees, at the crest and toe of the slope, and within berm planters
as has been described in OP2 above. These smaller, younger plants will adapt
to their new growing conditions more quickly than larger sized stock and establish
a naturalistic effect more rapidly. Slopes
with a gradient of greater than 30 degrees will be hydroseeded using a
mixture of native trees and shrubs. Based on the current proposals some Vertical
greening measures shall also be considered on engineering structures. This
includes the use of climbing and trailing plants both planted at the crest
and toe of the features, and within pockets within the slopes. It is proposed
that native species be used to enhance the ecological value of the road
corridor and minimise potential maintenance requirements. These measures will
be applied to the retaining walls and newly regraded slopes features. The extent of the proposed
mitigation planting and the location of the proposed retaining walls and
regarded slopes are indicated in Figures |
HyD |
HyD |
LCSD/HyD |
Note: The responsibilities for the funding, implementation,
management and maintenance of the mitigation proposals will be resolved
according to the principles contained in ETWB TCW No. No. 2/2004 on
Maintenance of Vegetation and Hard Landscape Features
Table
9.17 shall be read in conjunction with Table 10.6
Programme for
Landscape Works
9.134 The landscape works will
closely follow the completion of the construction of the proposed road
engineering works. The construction of
the Project is scheduled to be commenced in 2011 and be completed in 2015 with
a duration of approximately 54 months. For the purposes of this assessment the design year is taken as
approximately 10 years after the scheme opening when the proposed soft
landscape mitigation measures have reached a level a level of maturity which
enables them to perform the mitigation role. The landscape works will be
implemented at the earliest possible time in the planting season immediately
following the sectional completion of the construction works. The
implementation schedule of landscape works is presented in Table 10.6 of
Section
Operational (Residual) Landscape and
Visual Impacts
9.135 Overall,
in terms of residual landscape and visual impacts the main effects will
primarily result from the interruption of existing roadside landscapes. The
proposed works will affect the roadside verges and planting areas for the
majority of the length of the Kam Tin and Lam Kam Roads within the Study Area
and so the mitigation strategy is important to the amelioration of any
potential impacts. However it should also be noted that the existing alignment
has a significant number of engineered structures including shotcrete covered
cut slopes particularly at the eastern end of the alignment and that the
proposed works largely involve the modification of these existing slopes.
9.136 Despite
careful planning the proposals will also affect a number of trees and so a
comprehensive tree planting scheme is proposed to not only compensate for the
loss of existing vegetation. These proposals are also designed to where
possible enhance the landscape and visual amenity of the road corridor. Based
on the preliminary findings of the tree survey report it is recommended that
out of total of approximately 1763 trees some 1286 trees are retained in-situ, 6 trees are transplanted to
new locations within the road corridor and some 431 trees are felled. A further
33 dead
trees would be removed for reasons of public safety and woodland hygiene. As
part of the compensatory planting it is recommended that some
9.137 The planting proposals also forms part of compensatory planting
proposals for the loss of landscape resources, such as existing trees, as there
will be a net gain of roadside planting, it will benefit to the future
landscape and ecology context within the Study Area.
9.138 A series of computer generated images or photomontages have been
prepared for the proposed schemes are presented as Figures
9.139 The photomontages of the
proposed scheme show the existing conditions, Day 1 of the Operational Phase without Landscape and Visual Mitigation
Measures; and Day 1 and Year 10 of the Operational Phase with Landscape and
Visual Mitigation Measures. The final image Operational Phase is designed to demonstrate the
predicted residual impacts, which would exist in the design year during the
operational phase usually taken as between 10 and 15 years after the completion
of the construction phase.
Conclusion
9.140 This section summarises the potential landscape and visual impacts
arising from the implementation of the proposed Project and highlights the
potential residual impacts after full establishment of the recommended
landscape and visual mitigation measures. Given the scale of the project and
the careful design of the road widening works, the preservation of as many of
the existing trees as possible including the larger roadside trees, the
planting of new trees and shrubs, and the aesthetic treatment of the proposed
retaining structures the potential landscape and visual impacts are not
considered to be significant. given the
scale of the project. As has been demonstrated the design of the alignment has
given careful consideration to the preservation of landscape resources
(including trees), landscape character and visual amenity while also responding
to concerns for road safety and engineering feasibility. The design of the
preferred scheme (Option B) has undergone an iterative process of refinement to
further minimise potential impacts. This has resulted in the preservation of
additional trees and the maintenance of the more sensitive untouched landscapes
through the use where possible of previously engineered slopes and embankments
for the widening proposals.
9.141 The landscape mitigation measures recommended
in the LVIA are designed to alleviate the potential and visual impacts and to
ensure that at implementation the Project will fit into the existing landscape
and visual context. These measures include the careful design of the
engineering works to minimize the potential impacts upon the existing landscape
resources within the road corridor and the visual amenity for both nearby
residents and vehicle travellers and pedestrians. This includes the existing
trees which line the road and are important to both the landscape context of
the road corridor and in screening the road in views from adjacent VSRs.
Another important aspect of the landscape mitigation approach is the planting
of new trees and shrubs utilizing native species where possible to restore and
enhance the landscape setting and visual amenity of the road and its ecological
value. Under normal circumstances the proposed tree planting is considered to
have reached a stage of maturity sufficient to perform the mitigation role for
which it was designed within 10 to 15 years after planting. However the
planting proposals will serve to mitigate some of the predicted impact at a
much earlier stage and the trees will continue to grow to full maturity following
the 10 to 15 year period.
9.142 The
proposed works will partially encroach upon the land use zonings discussed in
the LVIA including for example the loss of an area zoned conservation area (CA)
and some Open Space (OS) adjacent to the road. Other impacts include the loss
of area zoned Government / Institutional / Community (GI/C), Industrial (Group
D) (I(D)), some loss of Residential
(Group D) and Village Type Development (V) although these are considered
to be less significant from a landscape and visual perspective. Therefore
although it is considered that the proposals will generally fit within the
future landscape planning framework as represented by the OZPs some amendment
to the published land use plans is required.
9.143 Given the above summary, the proposed
upgrading of Kam Tin and
Landscape Impacts
Preservation of Existing Trees
9.144 Based on the findings of the preliminary tree
survey approximately 1286 out of total 1763 existing trees
surveyed within the proposed works boundary will be preserved in-situ and a
further 6 trees transplanted to new locations within the Site. The design of
the proposed engineering works has been carefully considered to retain as many
of the existing trees in-situ as possible. Where trees have found to be in
conflict with the works transplantation has been considered. The affected trees
are largely non-native plantation species originally planted as part of the
roadside amenity areas. Many of these existing trees have a poor form and
condition which may be due to their growth in sloping conditions and the
proximity of the trees to one another. The adoption of the revised scheme for
Option B would allow the preservation of a further 46 trees
including 224 number trees with a trunk diameter of larger than
9.145 This
tree loss will be compensated to an extent through the planting and growth to
maturity of some 559 specimen trees
at the edge of the widened carriageway to recreate the avenue effect created by
the original planting of Melaleuca
quinquenervia. In addition the
proposals include the planting of some
Preservation
of Landscape Resources
9.146 As the
proposed works are limited to the existing road corridor, the predicted
residual impacts on the majority of the landscape resources within the Study
Area will be slight to negligible within the construction phase and Day 1 and
mitigated to negligible as the works at Year 10 as the mitigation measures
mature. These include LR6 Developed Rural Land Areas, LR7 Grassland / Shrubland
Mosaic, LR8 Modified Watercourse and LR9 Open Spaces and Sports Fields. There
would be moderate to slight adverse impacts for
Maintenance of Landscape Character
9.147 The proposed upgrading works will take place within
a Study Area characterised by an existing tree lined road corridor containing
relatively extensive engineering works and lined by areas of dense village
development, with intermittent areas of open storage and light industrial uses.
The proposals have sought to preserve and where possible enhance the landscape
character of the road corridor through the careful design (and implementation)
of the upgrading proposals. This includes the preservation of existing trees,
the proposed planting of new tree and shrub areas and the design of new
engineering structures designed to have an enhanced aesthetic appearance
compared to the existing structures. With this approach to the design of the
upgrading proposals and the adoption of landscape and visual mitigation
measures the impacts LCA4 Shek Kong Barracks, LCA5 Wang Toi Shan Village, LCA6
Kam Tin Modified Water Course Landscape, LCA7 Shek Kong Lowland Rural
Landscape, LCA8 Lam Tsuen Country Park Hillside Landscape and LCA 9 Sheung
Tsuen Lowland Rural Landscape would be slight adverse during the construction
and operational stages of the project due to the physical loss of area.
9.148 The potential impacts on LCA1, Tsat Sing Kong
Lowland Rural Landscape, LCA3 Kam Tin Rural Landscape and LCA11 Kwun Yam Shan
Miscellaneous Rural Fringe Landscape would be negligible due to the distance
from the proposed scheme. The predicted impacts on LCA2 Pang Ka Tsuen Lowland
Rural and Low-rise Residential Landscape would in the construction stage and at
Day 1 be slight adverse however this impact would be mitigated to negligible at
Year 10 with the growth to maturity of the proposed mitigation planting.
9.149 The predicted impacts on LCA10 Shek Kong Barracks
Landscape (Shek Kong Tsuen) would be slight during construction stage as the
works area due the proximity of the proposed works. These impacts would become
negligible during the operational stage when the recommended landscape and
visual mitigation measures are fully established. The predicted impacts on
LCA12 Kwun Yam Shan Upland and Hillside Landscape would be moderate during
construction stage and slight during the operational stage due to the proposed
mitigation measures.
9.150 The potential impacts on LCA13 would be significant
during construction stage due to the direct impacts along the full length of
the road due to the upgrading works. With the implementation of the mitigation
measures including the proposed roadside tree planting these impacts would be
reduced to moderate adverse during the operational phase of the project.
Visual Impacts
9.151 Given the scale and nature of the Project, and the
quality and extent of existing views the adjacent VSRs would be subject to a
slight adverse impact. Factors influencing the level of predicted impact
include the nature of the existing road corridor and engineering works, the
quality of the existing visual amenity and the density of the existing
villages, and the enclosure formed by the adjacent development and the
preserved trees. In addition it should be noted that for many of the villages
the views would only be available from properties on the periphery of the
settlement. Views for the inner most houses would be blocked by the properties
and vegetation at the edge of the village settlements. The main impacts would
be experienced by two key groups. The first would be the vehicle travellers and
pedestrians using the road alignment and the second the residential properties
adjacent to the main engineering works. These works include the widening of the
bridge and the proposed cuttings and extensions to the existing embankments.
9.152 For vehicle travellers and pedestrians (except VSR 2
Vehicle Travellers on Kam Tin Road to the north of Shek Kong Barracks (east
bound) and VSR 3 Pedestrians on Kam Tin Road to the north of Shek Kong Barracks,
VSR 14 Vehicle
Travellers on Kam Tin Road to the south of Wang Toi Shan Ho Lik Pui (eastbound),
VSR 15 Pedestrians on Kam Tin Road to the north of Shek Kong and VSR
9.153
For the
residential VSRs the predicted impacts for VSR 1: Residents
of Kiu Tau Tsuen, VSR4: Residents of Pang Ka Tsuen, VSR6: Residents of Shek
Kong San Tsuen, VSR7: Residents of Seasons Villas, VSR9: Residents of Leung Uk
Tsuen, VSR11: Residents of Wang Toi Shan Yau Uk Tsuen, VSR12: Residents of Wang Toi Shan Lo Uk Tsuen; VSR13:
Residents of Wang Toi Shan San Tsuen; VSR16: Residents of Wang Toi Shan Ho Lik
Pui; VSR18:Residents of Pine Hill Villa; VSR19: Residents
of Cheung Uk Tsuen; VSR20: Residents of
Sheung Tsuen San Tsuen; VSR22: Residents of Wong Chuk Yuen; VSR23: Residents of
Shek Kong Village; and VSR24: Residents of Lui Kung Tin the predicted impacts
would be moderate during the construction and operational phases of the
project. It should be noted that these impacts represent the worst case
scenario for these VSR’s located at the edge of the settlements and that their
existing views are characterised by Kam Tin and Lam Kam Roads. For residents of
VSR 31 Residents of Western Leung Uk Tsuen the initial moderate adverse impacts
predicted for the construction phase and at Day 1 would be mitigated to slight
adverse by Year 10 as the proposed tree planting screening the bridge approach
road matures.
9.154 It should be noted that the majority of the
residential VSRs the existing views are partial or glimpsed due to the
screening effect of the existing landform, roadside vegetation, and the
vegetation associated with individual settlements, and existing built
development. Further views of the road corridor are largely limited to
residences on periphery of the existing settlements with views for the houses
beyond screened due to the density of the existing development and the
relatively flat topography of the inhabited areas. Given the restricted nature
of these views and hence visual access to the scheme proposals the level of the
predicted impacts derives more from the nature and sensitivity of the
residential VSR than the magnitude of change arising from the proposals which
would be apparent in these views.
9.155 For the other VSRs namely the occupational, trail
walkers and recreational users of the open space the predicted impacts during
the construction phase Day 1 and Year 10 would be slight adverse to negligible.
This is due to the restricted nature of the upgrading proposals and roadside
character of the existing views, and the small part of the scheme proposals
which would be visible to them.
9.156 Therefore it is considered that upon the growth to
maturity of the proposed compensatory and mitigation planting and restoration
of disturbed areas, the widening proposals will not constitute a significant
component in available views and that the Project can be successfully
integrated within the existing landscape and visual context.
Conclusion on Significance of Residual Impact
9.157
Although the
proposed widening of Kam Tin and Lam Kam Roads will have some slight to
moderate residual impacts locally to the areas adjacent to the proposed works,
mainly due to tree loss and the appearance of engineered structures upon the
full establishment of landscape and visual mitigation measures it its
considered that the impacts will be largely mitigated. Therefore in accordance
with Annex 10, Paragraph 1.1(c) of the EIAO TM, the landscape and visual
impacts of the proposed works would be ‘acceptable with mitigation’ (following
the growth to maturity of the proposed tree planting 10 to 15 years following
the completion of the construction phase of the project) that is to say ‘there
would be some adverse effects, but these can be eliminated, reduced or offset
to a large extent by specific measures.
.
10.0 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE
OF RECOMMENDED MITIGATION MEASURES
Table 10.1 Implementation Schedule for Air Quality
Control
EIA Ref. |
Recommended
Environmental Protection Measures / Mitigation Measures |
Timing of
implementation of Measures |
Who to
implement the measures? |
Location |
What
requirements or standards for the measures to achieve? |
Construction Phase |
|||||
S.3.14 |
As a best practice measure to ensure compliance with the Air Pollution Control (Construction Dust) Regulation it is suggested that the following control measures be incorporated into contract documentation: l
Works
area for site clearance shall be sprayed with water before, during and after
the operation so as to maintain the entire surface wet; l
All
dusty materials shall be sprayed with water immediately prior to any loading,
unloading or transfer operation so as to maintain the dusty materials wet; l
Hoarding
of not less than l
Restricting
heights not higher than l
Any
stockpile of dusty materials shall be covered entirely by impervious
sheeting; and/ or placed in an area sheltered on the top and 4 sides; l
Immediately
before leaving a construction site, all vehicles shall be washed to remove
any dusty materials from its body and wheels; and l Where a vehicle leaving a construction site is carrying a load of dusty materials, the load shall be covered entirely by clean impervious sheeting to ensure that the dusty materials do not leak from the vehicle. |
During construction / Operation Time (07:00 – 19:00 form Monday to Saturday except public holiday) |
Contractor |
Within the boundaries of all construction sites |
APCO (Cap. 311); Air Pollution Control (Construction Dust) Regulation; EIA-TM (Annex 4) |
Operational
Phase |
|||||
Nil |
Table 10.2 Implementation Schedule for Noise
Control
EIA Ref. |
Recommended
Environmental Protection Measures / Mitigation Measures |
Timing of
implementation of Measures |
Who to
implement the measures? |
Location |
What
requirements or standards for the measures to achieve? |
Construction Phase |
|||||
S.4.35 |
The recommended good site practices are as follows: l
PMEs
should be kept to a minimum and the parallel use of them should be avoided; l
Intermittent
use of PME which can be shut down between work periods or throttled down to a minimum; l
Mobile
PME should be sited as far from NSRs as possible; l
PME
known to emit noise strongly in one direction should be orientated to direct
away from the nearby NSRs; l
Only
well-maintained plant should be operated on-site and PME should be serviced
regularly during the construction programme; and l
Material
stockpiles and other structures (e.g. site hoarding) should be effectively
utilised, wherever practicable, in screening noise from on-site construction
activities. |
During construction / Operation Time (07:00 – 19:00 form Monday to Saturday except public holiday) |
Contractor |
Within the boundaries of all construction sites |
EIA-TM; NCO; Noise from Construction Work
Other Than Percussive Piling (GW-TM) |
S.4.36 |
Using the quieter PME is considered as a practical measure to reduce the noise impacts. Quieter PME are defined as having SWLs less than those listed in the GW-TM. |
During construction / Operation Time (07:00 – 19:00 form Monday to Saturday except public holiday) |
Contractor |
Within the boundaries of all construction sites |
EIA-TM; NCO; Noise from Construction Work
Other Than Percussive Piling (GW-TM) |
S.4.38 |
Restriction on road works and geotechnical works should be avoided to be undertaken concurrently near NSR N53. |
During construction / Operation Time (07:00 – 19:00 form Monday to Saturday except public holiday) |
Contractor |
Within work boundary near NSR N53 |
EIA-TM; NCO; Noise from Construction Work
Other Than Percussive Piling (GW-TM) |
S.4.39 to 4.40 |
Adoption of the temporary noise barriers will be provided at NSRs N27. The height of the noise barriers shall be such that the active PME cannot be directly viewed from the affected NSRs and with a length to height ratio at least 5:1 and a superficial material surface density > 10 kgm-2. |
During construction / Operation Time (07:00 – 19:00 form Monday to Saturday except public holiday) |
Contractor |
Within work boundary near NSR N27 |
EIA-TM; NCO; Noise from Construction Work
Other Than Percussive Piling (GW-TM) |
S.4.41 |
Enclosing the hand-held breaker in an acoustic enclosure with suitable ventilation. The enclosure shall be built with a material density of > 7 kgm-2 with sound absorption lining of at least 25mm thick, 80kg/m3 mineral wool to reduce the noise reverberation and noise being reflected out through openings and enclosed the hand-held breaker as much as possible. |
During construction / Operation Time (07:00 – 19:00 form Monday to Saturday except public holiday) |
Contractor |
Within the boundaries of all construction sites |
EIA-TM; NCO; Noise from Construction Work
Other Than Percussive Piling (GW-TM) |
S.4.42 |
For the soldier pile wall construction,
an acoustic screen shall be installed at the crawler rig with minimum |
During construction / Operation Time (07:00 – 19:00 form Monday to Saturday except public holiday) |
Contractor |
Within the work boundaries for the soldier pile wall construction |
EIA-TM; NCO; Noise from Construction Work
Other Than Percussive Piling (GW-TM) |
Operational Phase |
|||||
Nil |
Table 10.3 Implementation Schedule for Water
Quality Control
EIA Ref. |
Recommended
Environmental Protection Measures / Mitigation Measures |
Timing of
implementation of Measures |
Who to
implement the measures? |
Location |
What
requirements or standards for the measures to achieve? |
Construction Phase |
|||||
S.5.14 |
Domestic sewage generated by the construction workforce shall be appropriately managed to avoid the potential adverse impacts of uncontrolled sewage discharge into nearby water courses. Portable chemical toilets shall be appropriately located on site in proximity to all key works areas where they shall remain and be maintained in good working order for the convenience of the workforce for the duration of the works. |
During construction / Operation Time (07:00 – 19:00 form Monday to Saturday except public holiday) |
Contractor |
Within the boundaries of all construction sites |
EIA-TM; WPCO (Cap. 358); ProPECC Note PN1/94 |
S.5.17 |
The following control measures should be implemented within water gathering ground: l
The
provision of temporary toilet facilities within the Water Gathering Ground,
if any, is subject to approval of the Director of Water Supplies. As a minimum requirement temporary toilet
facilities must be located more than l
The
contractor should be measures taken to minimise rainfall into the working
areas and the perimeter of the work sites will be bounded to prevent ingress
of rainfall during storm events; and to prevent off site migration of
materials. l Notices should be posted at conspicuous locations to remind the workers not to discharge any sewage or wastewater into the nearby environment. |
During construction / Operation Time (07:00 – 19:00 form Monday to Saturday except public holiday) |
Contractor |
Within the boundaries of all construction sites fall into water gather ground |
EIA-TM; WPCO (Cap. 358); ProPECC Note PN1/94; WSD’s
guidelines on protection of Water Gathering Ground |
Appendix E1 |
Conditions of Working within Water Gathering Ground: (a) Adequate measures shall be taken to ensure that no pollution or siltation occurs to the catchwater and catchments. (b) No earth, building materials, fuel oil or toxic materials and other materials which may cause contamination to the water gathering grounds are allowed to be stocked or stored on site. (c) All surplus spoil shall be removed from water gathering ground as soon as possible. (d) Temporary drains with silt traps shall be constructed at the boundary of the site prior to the commencement of any earthwork. (e) Regular cleaning of the silt traps shall be carried out to ensure that they function properly at all time. (f) All excavated or filled surfaces which have the risk of erosion shall be protected from erosion at all time. (g) Facilities for washing the wheels of vehicles before leaving the site shall be provided. (h) Any construction plant which causes pollution to catchwater or catchment due to leakage of oil or fuel shall be removed off site immediately. (i) Any soil contamination with fuel leaked from plant shall be removed off site and the voids arising from removal of contaminated soil shall be replaced by suitable material to the approval of the Director of Water Supplies. (j) Provision of temporary toilet facilities is to be subject to the approval of the Director of Water Supplies. (k) All waterworks access roads must be maintained unobstructed at all time. (l) Site formation plans shall be submitted to W.S.D. for approval prior to commencement of work. (m) No structure or temporary works shall be erected in the catchwaters without prior approval of W.S.D. (n) The Contractor shall be responsible for cleaning frequently any waterworks roads and associated drainage works of mud and debris. (o) The Contractor shall limit the gross weight of the vehicles imposed on the waterworks access along catchwaters to 5 tonnes and the axle load to 3 tonnes. He shall apply to W.S.D.with details of his vehicles for using the access. (p) The approval for using the access may be withdrawn on written notice to the Contractor by W.S.D. at their absolute discretion. (q) The Contractor shall recover immediately his vehicle which fill into the catchwater or stream bed or pay to Government on demand the cost of recovery that may be necessary through the occurrence of any incident cause by the Contractor. (r) The Contractor shall carry out repair or reinstatement works to the satisfaction of W.S.D. or pay to Government on demand the cost of repair and reinstatement to any waterworks installations that shall or may be necessary at any time as a result of damage caused by the Contractor or others under his charge. (s) No chemicals including fertilizers shall be used without the prior approval form W.S.D. (t) Use of pesticides is not allowed within the water gathering grounds. The storage and discharge of pesticide or toxicant, flammable or toxic solvents, petroleum oil or tar and other toxic substances are strictly prohibited within the water gathering ground. |
During construction / Operation Time (07:00 – 19:00 form Monday to Saturday except public holiday) |
Contractor |
Within the boundaries of all construction sites fall into water gather ground |
WSD’s guidelines on protection of
Water Gathering Ground |
S.5.19 |
Details of the best practice measures are provided below: l
Wastewater
from temporary site facilities should be controlled to prevent direct
discharge to surface waters; l
Storm
drainage shall be directed to storm drains via adequately designed sand/silt
removal facilities such as sand traps, silt traps and sediment basins.
Channels, earth bunds or sand bag barriers should be provided on site to
properly direct stormwater to such silt removal facilities. Catchpits and perimeter
channels should be constructed in advance of site formation works and
earthworks; l
Silt
removal facilities, channels and manholes shall be maintained and any
deposited silt and grit shall be removed regularly, including specifically at
the onset of and after each rainstorm; l
Rainwater
pumped out from trenches or surface excavations should be discharged into
storm drains via silt removal facilities; l
Open
stockpiles (e.g. aggregates, sand and fill material) should be covered with a
tarpaulin to avoid erosion during rainstorms; l
Exposed
soil surface should be paved as soon as possible; l
Measures
should be taken to prevent the washout of construction materials, soil, silt
or debris into any drainage system; l
Discharges
of surface run-off into foul sewers must always be prevented in order not to
unduly overload the foul sewerage system; l
Vehicles
and plant should be cleaned before they leave the construction site to ensure
that no earth, mud or debris is deposited by them on roads. A wheel washing
bay should be provided at every site exit, as far as practicable; l
Wheel-wash
overflow shall be directed to silt removal facilities before being discharged
to the storm drain; l
Regular
inspections of stilling basins and/or silt traps to ensure that sediment is
not conveyed into the existing drainage system; l
Surface
excavation should be carefully programmed to avoid wet-season operation. If
it is unavoidable, any exposed top soils should be covered with a tarpaulin
or other means; l
The
contractor shall prepare an oil / chemical cleanup plan and ensure that
leakages or spillages are contained and cleaned up immediately; l
Any
fuels should be stored in bunded areas such that spillage can be easily
collected. Waste oil should be collected and stored for recycling or
disposal, in accordance with the Waste Disposal Ordinance. l
Sewage
effluent should be handled by portable chemical toilets or sewage holding
tanks. A licensed contractor is responsible for the sewage facilities
maintenance, and regular sewage collection and disposal. |
During construction / Operation Time (07:00 – 19:00 form Monday to Saturday except public holiday) |
Contractor |
Within the boundaries of all construction sites |
EIA-TM; WPCO (Cap. 358); ProPECC Note PN1/94 |
Operational Phase |
|||||
Nil |
Table 10.4 Implementation Schedule for Waste
Control
EIA Ref. |
Recommended
Environmental Protection Measures / Mitigation Measures |
Timing of
implementation of Measures |
Who to
implement the measures? |
Location |
What
requirements or standards for the measures to achieve? |
Construction Phase |
|||||
S.6.12 |
Construction
and Demolition (C&D) Material l All C&D materials generated shall be sorted on site into inert portion “inert C&D materials” including soil, building debris, broken rock, concrete, etc., and the non-inert portion is the "C&D wastes" comprising timber, paper, plastics, general refuse etc. The inert C&D materials, the reusable and/or recyclable materials shall be recovered before disposal of the waste portion off site as a last resort. The waste portion of the inert C&D materials may be disposed of at the public fill reception facility at Tuen Mun Area 38, and the C&D wastes at North East New Territories (NENT) Landfill in Ta Kwu Ling. |
Prior to and during construction activities |
Contractor |
Within the boundaries of all construction sites as well as transportation routes to designated areas for off-site disposal of materials |
Annex 7 of EIA-TM |
S.6.20 & S.6.21 |
Chemical Wastes l
Materials
classified as chemical wastes will require special handling and storage
arrangements before removal for appropriate treatment at the Chemical Waste
Treatment Facility (CWTF) or other licensed facilities. Wherever possible opportunities should be
taken to reuse and recycle materials. l
Storage,
handling, transport and disposal of chemical waste should be arranged in
accordance with the Code of Practice on the Packaging, Labelling and Storage
of Chemical Waste published by the EPD.
Provided that this occurs, and the chemical waste is disposed of at a
licensed chemical waste treatment and disposal facility, the potential
environmental impacts arising from the storage, handling and disposal of a
small amount of chemical waste generated from the construction activities
will be negligible. |
Prior to and during construction activities |
Contractor |
Within the boundaries of all construction sites as well as transportation routes to designated areas for off-site disposal of materials |
Waste Disposal (Chemical Waste) (General) Regulation Code of Practice on the Packaging, Labelling and Storage of Chemical Wastes |
S.6.22 |
General Refuse l General refuse will be properly collected on-site and transfer to the nearby refuse collection point. Disposal of refuse at sites other than approved waste transfer or disposal facilities will be prohibited. Effective collection of site wastes will prevent waste materials being blown around by wind, or creating an odour nuisance or pest and vermin problem. Waste storage areas will be well maintained and cleaned regularly. |
Prior to and during construction activities |
Contractor |
Within the boundaries of all construction sites as well as transportation routes to designated areas for off-site disposal of materials |
Public Health and Municipal Services Ordinance (Cap. 132) |
S.6.26 |
An on-site environmental co-ordinator should be identified at the outset of the works. The co-ordinator shall prepare an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) incorporating waste management in accordance with the requirements set out in the ETWB TCW No. 19/2005, Environmental Management on Construction Sites. The EMP shall include monthly and yearly Waste Flow Tables (WFT) that indicate the amounts of waste generated, recycled and disposed of (including final disposal site), and which should be regularly updated; |
Prior to and during construction activities |
Contractors |
Within the boundaries of all construction sites as well as transportation routes to designated areas for off-site disposal of materials |
ETWB Technical
Circular (ETWBTC) No. 15/2003 |
S.6.26 |
Spoil generated from the piling activities will need to be properly handled to minimise contamination to surface waters and any exposed ground areas due to leakage or improper storage (i.e. onto bare ground instead of into tanks); |
Prior to and during construction activities |
Contractors |
Within the boundaries of all construction sites as well as transportation routes to designated areas for off-site disposal of materials |
ETWB Technical Circular (Works) (ETWBTCW) No. 34/2002 |
S.6.26 |
The reuse/ recycling of all materials on site shall be investigated prior to treatment/ disposal off- site; |
Prior to and during construction activities |
Contractors |
Within the boundaries of all construction sites as well as transportation routes to designated areas for off-site disposal of materials |
ETWBTCW No. 33/2002, ETWBTC No. 15/2003 |
S.6.26 |
Good site practices shall be adopted from the commencement of works to avoid the generation of waste, reduce cross contamination of waste and to promote waste minimisation; |
Prior to and during construction activities |
Contractors |
Within the boundaries of all construction sites as well as transportation routes to designated areas for off-site disposal of materials |
ETWBTCW No. 33/2002 |
S.6.26 |
All waste materials shall be sorted on-site into inert and non-inert C&D materials, and where the materials can be recycled or reused, they shall be further segregated. Inert material, or public fill will comprise stone, rock, masonry, brick, concrete and soil which is suitable for land reclamation and site formation whilst non-inert materials include all other wastes generated from the construction process such as plastic packaging and vegetation (from site clearance); |
Prior to and during construction activities |
Contractor |
Within the boundaries of all construction sites as well as transportation routes to designated areas for off-site disposal of materials |
ETWBTCW No. 33/2002, ETWBTCW No. 34/2002 |
S.6.26 |
The Contractor shall be responsible for identifying what materials can be recycled/ reused, whether on-site or off-site. In the event of the latter, the Contractor shall make arrangements for the collection of the recyclable materials. Any remaining non-inert waste shall be collected and disposed of to the Public Filling Areas whilst any inert C&D materials shall be re-used on site as far as possible. Alternatively, if no use of the inert material can be found on-site, the materials can be delivered to a Public Fill Area or Public Fill Bank after obtaining the appropriate licence; |
Prior to and during construction activities |
Contractor |
Within the boundaries of all construction sites as well as transportation routes to designated areas for off-site disposal of materials |
ETWBTCW No. 33/2002, ETWBTCW No. 34/2002 |
S.6.26 |
With reference to ETWBTC (W) No.31/2004, Trip-ticket System for Disposal of Construction and Demolition Material, a trip ticket system should be established at the outset of the construction of the NLH/ helipad to monitor the disposal of C&D and solid wastes from the site to public filling facilities and landfills; |
Prior to and during construction activities |
Contractor |
Within the boundaries of all construction sites as well as transportation routes to designated areas for off-site disposal of materials |
ETWB TC(W) 31/2004 |
S.6.26 |
Under the Waste Disposal (Chemical Waste) (General) Regulation, the Contractor shall register as a Chemical Waste Producer if chemical wastes such as spent lubricants and paints are generated on site. Only licensed chemical waste collectors shall be employed to collect any chemical waste generated at site. The handling, storage, transportation and disposal of chemical wastes shall be conducted in accordance with the Code of Practice on the Packaging, Labelling and Storage of Chemical Wastes and A Guide to the Chemical Waste Control Scheme both published by EPD; |
Prior to and during construction activities |
Contractor |
Within the boundaries of all construction sites as well as transportation routes to designated areas for off-site disposal of materials |
Waste Disposal (Chemical Waste) (General) Regulation, Code of Practice on the Packaging, Labelling and Storage of Chemical Wastes, Guide to the Chemical Waste Control Scheme |
S.6.26 |
A sufficient number of covered bins
shall be provided on site for the containment of general refuse to prevent
visual impacts and nuisance to the sensitive surroundings. These bins shall be cleared daily and the
collected waste disposed of to the refuse transfer station. Further to the
issue of ETWB TCW No. 6/ |
Prior to and during construction activities |
Contractor |
Within the boundaries of all construction sites as well as transportation routes to designated areas for off-site disposal of materials |
ETWBTCW No. 6/ |
S.6.26 |
All chemical toilets, if any, shall be regularly cleaned and the night-soil collected and transported by a licensed contractor to a Government Sewage Treatment Works facility for disposal; |
Prior to and during construction activities |
Contractor |
Within the boundaries of all construction sites as well as transportation routes to designated areas for off-site disposal of materials |
ETWBTCW No. 6/ |
S.6.26 |
Tool-box talks should be provided to workers about the concepts of site cleanliness and appropriate waste management procedures, including waste reduction, reuse and recycling; |
Prior to and during construction activities |
Contractor |
Within the boundaries of all construction sites as well as transportation routes to designated areas for off-site disposal of materials |
ETWBTCW No. 15/2003 |
S.6.26 |
The Contractor shall comply with all relevant statutory requirements and guidelines and their updated versions that may be issued during the course of Project construction. |
Prior to and during construction activities |
Contractor |
Within the boundaries of all construction sites as well as transportation routes to designated areas for off-site disposal of materials |
EIA-TM |
S.6.67 to 6.69 |
The area of car repairing workshops of Site 1, Site 3 and Site 4 encroached upon the project boundary have been proposed for further investigation. The Project Proponent shall engage a competent and experienced professional to prepare a detailed CAP for EPD’s approval prior to the investigation. Upon approval of the CAP, the Project Contractor shall carry out site investigation and sampling works in accordance with the approved CAP. If contamination was identified, CAR and RAP shall also be prepared and submitted to EPD for approval. Remediation measures as recommended in the RAP shall be fully implemented by the Project Contractor prior to commencement of construction works. With regard to the above, all the land contamination assessments, including site investigations, supervision during the sampling works, preparation of the CAP, CAR and RAP shall be conducted by the competent and experienced professional who shall have adequate experience in land contamination assessment, investigation and remediation. |
Prior to and during construction activities |
Contractor |
Within the work boundaries near the car repairing workshops (i.e., Site 1, Site 3 and Site 4) |
EIA-TM |
S.6.70 |
As a general measures, the following environmental and safety precautionary measures should be implemented during construction works, in order to minimize the potential impact on health and contamination exposure to the site workers: u Exposure to any contaminated materials can be minimised by the wearing of appropriate clothing and personal protective equipment; u Adequate training and instructions of the potential hazards associated with the contaminated materials shall be provided to site staff and workers; u Measures shall be implemented to prevent non-workers from approaching the identified potential contamination areas in order to avoid exposure to contaminants; u Where appropriate, the use of bulk handling equipment should be maximised to reduce the potential contacts between excavated contaminated materials and associated workers; u All temporary stockpiles of the materials shall be completely covered with waterproof material to avoid leaching of contaminants, especially during rainy season; and u Surface water shall be diverted around any contaminated areas or stockpiles to minimise potential runoff into excavations. |
During construction activities |
Contractor |
Within the boundaries of all construction sites |
EIA-TM |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operational Phase |
|||||
Nil |
Table 10.5 Implementation Schedule for Ecology
EIA Ref. |
Recommended
Environmental Protection Measures / Mitigation Measures |
Timing of
implementation of Measures |
Who to
implement the measures? |
Location |
What
requirements or standards for the measures to achieve? |
Construction Phase |
|||||
S.7.99 |
Impacts from direct habitat loss /
vegetation clearance due to construction of the Project should be mitigated
through implementation of compensatory planting and re-vegetation of the
upgraded |
During construction |
Contractor |
At all construction work sites. |
ETWB TC No. 3/2006; EIA-TM |
S.7.100 |
The best practice guidelines for control of construction site run-off and for managing construction waste as given in Section 5 and Section 6 respectively shall be implemented as far as practicable, in order to avoid any indirect / induced construction impacts upon wildlife. |
During construction |
Contractor |
At all construction work sites |
As mentioned in Table 10.3 and Table 10.4 |
S.7.101 |
The following precautionary measures as referred in ETWB TC No. 5/2005 to avoid any possible impacts on natural stream courses and/ or nearby vegetation during construction phase shall be implemented: n The proposed works shall preferably be carried out during the dry season where flow in the stream is low. n To minimize disturbance caused to the substrates of the stream and riparian vegetation, temporary access to the site shall be carefully planned and located. Any temporary access tracks on streambed shall be kept to the minimum width and length, and the crossings shall be supported by stilts above the streambed. n Temporary storage of construction materials shall be properly covered and located away from any stream courses. n Construction debris and spoil shall be covered properly and disposed of as soon as possible to avoid being washed into nearby stream courses. |
During construction |
Contractor |
At all construction work sites |
ETWB TC No.5/2005 |
7.102 |
No plant species of conservation
concern including Aquilaria sinensis
shall be removed due to the Project.
Identification labels shall be attached to the two tree specimens of Aquilaria sinensis to notify the site
workers that the two tree individuals or any tree specimens of A. sinensis shall not be removed or
damaged during construction works. Protection
measures shall be implemented to avoid any possible construction impacts upon
the fruit bat roost on the Chinese Fan-palm Livistona chinensis on n Establishment of a Tree Protection Zone in accordance with Environment, Transport and Works Bureau Technical Circular (Works) No. 29/2004, clause 17. No construction activities or construction storage shall be intruded into the designated Tree Protection Zone. n Provision of a tree identification label to notify the site workers to protect the tree from construction damage throughout the construction period. |
During construction |
Contractor |
Two trees of Aquilaria sinensis at The Chinese Fan-palm Livistona chinensis at |
Nil. |
Table 10.6 Implementation Schedule for Landscape
and Visual
EIA Ref. |
Mit. Code |
Recommended
Mitigation Measures |
Location |
Funding |
Implementation
/ Maintenance Agent |
Relevant
Standard or Requirement |
Implementation
Stages |
Timing of
Implementation |
Objectives
of the Recommended Measure and Main Concern to address |
||
D |
C |
O |
|||||||||
Construction Phase |
|||||||||||
Table 9.16 |
CP1 |
Preservation of Existing Vegetation |
|||||||||
|
CP1.1 |
To retain trees that have high amenity or ecology value and contribute most to the landscape and visual amenity of the site and its immediate environs. |
Site |
Project Proponent |
Project Landscape Architect / HyD’s Contractor |
TM-EIA Annex 18, ETWB TCW No. 2/2004 & WBTC No. 3/2006 |
ü |
|
|
Throughout design phase |
To minimise the disturbance to the existing landscape resources. |
|
CP1.2 |
Creation of precautionary area around trees to be retained equal to half of the trees canopy diameter. Precautionary area to be fenced. |
Site |
Project Proponent |
HyD’s Contractor / HyD’s Contractor |
TM-EIA Annex 18, ETWB TCW No. 2/2004 & WBTC No. 3/2006 |
|
ü |
|
Before construction phase commence |
To ensure the success of the tree preservation proposals. |
|
CP1.3 |
Prohibition of the storage of materials including fuel, the movement of construction vehicles, and the refuelling and washing of equipment including concrete mixers within the precautionary area. |
Site |
Project Proponent |
HyD’s Contractor / HyD’s Contractor |
TM-EIA Annex 18, ETWB TCW No. 2/2004 & WBTC No. 3/2006 |
|
ü |
|
Throughout construction phase |
To ensure the success of the tree preservation proposals. |
|
CP1.4 |
Phased segmental root pruning for trees to be transplanted over a suitable period (determined by species and size) prior to lifting or site formation works which affect the existing rootball of trees identified for retention. The extent of the pruning will be based on the size and the species of the tree in each case. |
Site |
Project Proponent |
HyD’s Contractor / HyD’s Contractor |
TM-EIA Annex 18, ETWB TCW No. 2/2004 & WBTC No. 3/2006 |
|
ü |
|
Throughout construction phase |
To ensure the success of the tree preservation proposals. |
|
CP1.5 |
Pruning of the branches of existing trees identified for transplantation and retention to be based on the principle of crown thinning maintaining their form and amenity value. |
Site |
Project Proponent |
HyD’s Contractor / HyD’s Contractor |
TM-EIA Annex 18, ETWB TCW No. 2/2004 & WBTC No. 3/2006 |
|
ü |
|
Throughout construction phase |
To ensure the success of the tree preservation proposals. |
|
CP1.6 |
The watering of existing vegetation particularly during periods of excavation when the water table beneath the existing vegetation is lowered. |
Site |
Project Proponent |
HyD’s Contractor / HyD’s Contractor |
TM-EIA Annex 18, ETWB TCW No. 2/2004 & WBTC No. 3/2006 |
|
ü |
|
Throughout construction phase |
To ensure the success of the tree preservation proposals. |
|
CP1.7 |
The rectification and repair of damaged vegetation following the construction phase to it’s original condition prior to the commencement of the works or replacement using specimens of the same species, size and form where appropriate to the design intention of the area affected |
Site |
Project Proponent |
HyD’s Contractor / HyD’s Contractor |
TM-EIA Annex 18, ETWB TCW No. 2/2004 & WBTC No. 3/2006 |
|
ü |
|
Throughout construction phase |
To ensure the success of the tree preservation proposals. |
|
CP1.8 |
All works affecting the trees identified for retention and transplantation will be carefully monitored. This includes the key stages in the preparation of the trees, the implementation of protection measures and health monitoring through out the construction period |
Site |
Project Proponent |
HyD’s Contractor / HyD’s Contractor |
TM-EIA Annex 18, ETWB TCW No. 2/2004 & WBTC No. 3/2006 |
|
ü |
|
Throughout construction phase |
To ensure the success of the tree preservation proposals. |
|
CP1.9 |
Detailed landscape and tree preservation proposals will be submitted to the relevant government departments for approval in accordance with ETWB TCW No. 2/2004 and WBTC No. 3/2006. |
Site |
Project Proponent |
Project Landscape Architect / NA |
TM-EIA Annex 18, ETWB TCW No. 2/2004 & WBTC No. 3/2006 |
ü |
|
|
Throughout design phase |
To ensure the tree preservation and planting proposals are integrated with the existing landscape context and that the landscape resources are preserved where appropriate. |
|
CP1.10 |
The tree preservation works should be implemented by approved Landscape Contractors and inspected and approved on site by a qualified Landscape Architect. A tree protection specification would be included within the contract documents. |
Site |
Project Proponent |
Project Proponent / NA |
TM-EIA Annex 18, ETWB TCW No. 2/2004 & WBTC No. 3/2006 |
ü |
ü |
|
Throughout design and construction phases |
To ensure the tree preservation and planting proposals are integrated with the existing landscape context and that the landscape resources are preserved where appropriate. |
Table 9.16 |
CP2 |
Preservation of Existing Topsoil |
|||||||||
|
CP2.1 |
Topsoil disturbed during the construction phase should be tested using a standard soil testing methodology and where it is found to be worthy of retention stored for re-use. |
Site |
Project Proponent |
HyD’s Contractor / HyD’s Contractor |
TM-EIA Annex 18 |
|
ü |
|
Throughout construction phase |
To provide a viable growing medium suited to the existing conditions and reduce the need for the importation of top soil. |
|
CP2.2 |
The soil will be stockpiled to a
maximum height of |
Site |
Project Proponent |
HyD’s Contractor / HyD’s Contractor |
TM-EIA Annex 18 |
|
ü |
|
Throughout construction phase |
To provide a viable growing medium suited to the existing conditions and reduce the need for the importation of top soil. |
|
CP2.3 |
The stockpile should be turned over on a regular basis to avoid acidification and the degradation of the organic material, and reused after completion. Alternatively, if this is not practicable, it should be considered for use elsewhere, including other projects. |
Site |
Project Proponent |
HyD’s Contractor / HyD’s Contractor |
TM-EIA Annex 18 |
|
ü |
|
Throughout construction phase |
To provide a viable growing medium suited to the existing conditions and reduce the need for the importation of top soil. |
Table 9.16 |
CP3 |
Permanent and Temporary Works Areas |
|||||||||
|
CP3.1 |
Where appropriate to the final design the landscape of these works areas should be restored following the completion of the construction phase. |
Site |
Project Proponent |
HyD’s Contractor / HyD’s Contractor |
TM-EIA Annex 18 |
|
ü |
|
Through out construction phase |
To minimise the disturbance to existing landscape resources and change of visual amenity. |
|
CP3.2 |
Construction site controls should be enforced including the storage of materials, the location and appearance of site accommodation and the careful design of site lighting to prevent light spillage. |
Site |
Project Proponent |
HyD’s Contractor / HyD’s Contractor |
TM-EIA Annex 18 |
|
ü |
|
Through out construction phase |
To minimise the disturbance to existing landscape resources and change of visual amenity. |
|
CP3.3 |
Screen the construction works throughout the construction phase through the use of screen hoarding along the periphery of the temporary works area. |
Site |
Project Proponent |
HyD’s Contractor / HyD’s Contractor |
TM-EIA Annex 18 |
|
ü |
|
Through out construction phase |
To minimise the disturbance to existing landscape resources and change of visual amenity. |
Table 9.16 |
CP4 |
Programme for Mitigation Planting |
|||||||||
|
CP4.1 |
Replanting of disturbed vegetation should be undertaken at the earliest possible stage of the construction phase |
Site |
Project Proponent |
HyD’s Contractor / HyD’s Contractor |
TM-EIA Annex 18, ETWB TCW No. 2/2004 & WBTC No. 3/2006 |
|
ü |
|
After the site formation and on completion of planting area. |
To minimise the disturbance to existing landscape resources and minimize the impacts on the visual amenity of the area. |
Table 9.16 |
CP5 |
Transplantation of Existing Trees |
|||||||||
|
CP5.1 |
The tree transplanting works should be implemented by approved Landscape Contractors and inspected and approved on site by a qualified Landscape Architect. A tree protection / transplanting specification would be included within the contract documents. |
Site |
Project Proponent |
Project Proponent / NA |
TM-EIA Annex 18, ETWB TCW No. 2/2004 & WBTC No. 3/2006 |
ü |
ü |
|
Throughout design and construction phases |
To ensure the tree preservation and planting proposals are integrated with the existing landscape context and that valuable landscape resources are preserved where appropriate to the final design. |
Operational Phase |
|||||||||||
Table 9.17 |
OP1 |
Design of the road widening proposals |
|||||||||
|
OP1.1 |
The alignment and structures associated with the widened road should integrated, as far as technically feasible, with existing roadside structures and the landscape context to reduce the potential cumulative impact of the proposed works. The location and orientation of the associated structures should where possible avoid landscape and visually sensitive areas such woodland, shrubland and agricultural fields. |
Site |
Project Proponent |
Project Architects for design / HyD’s contractor for implementation / HyD |
TM-EIA Annex 18 and BD |
ü |
|
ü |
Throughout design phase |
Responsive design to integrate the proposals into their landscape and visual context. |
|
OP1.2 |
The architectural design should seek to reduce the apparent visual mass of the engineering structures through the use of textured finishes and colour blocking. Earth tones are preferred as these match the existing landscape and visual context. |
Site |
Project Proponent |
Project Engineers / NA |
TM-EIA Annex 18, HKPSG and BD |
ü |
|
ü |
Throughout design phase |
Responsive design to integrate the proposals into their landscape and visual context. |
|
OP1.3 |
The design of all engineered structures (retaining walls and new cut slopes) to be reviewed to incorporate greening measures such as tree, shrub and ground cover planting. This includes the creation of soft solutions where possible and the incorporation of planters within the engineering structures to soften their visual form. |
Site |
Project Proponent |
HyD |
TM-EIA Annex 18 |
ü |
|
ü |
Throughout operation phase |
Responsive design to integrate the proposals into their landscape and visual context. |
Table 9.17 |
OP2 |
Roadside Planting |
|||||||||
|
OP2.1 |
Create
a landscape buffer area extending where space allows alongside the widened
carriageway and reinstate an avenue effect
originally created through the planting of a Melaleuca quinquenervia, along the edge of the carriageway. |
Site |
Project Proponent |
HyD’s Contractor / LCSD |
TM-EIA Annex 18, HKPSG and BD |
ü |
|
ü |
Throughout design phase |
Planting will serve to visually integrate the proposals within the existing landscape framework. |
|
OP2.2 |
Utilise native tree species in the planting mix for the landscape buffer area and Melaleuca quinquenervia for avenue effect. |
Site |
Project Proponent |
HyD’s Contractor / LCSD |
TM-EIA Annex 18, HKPSG and BD |
ü |
|
ü |
Throughout design phase |
Provide a linkage with the existing wooded areas creating a more coherent landscape framework whilst also improving the ecological connectivity between existing and proposed woodland habitats. |
Table 9.17 |
OP3 |
Compensatory Planting Proposals |
|||||||||
|
OP3.1 |
Native
tree planting on the existing and proposed cut slopes include the planting of
approximately Approximately
559 number large specimens of Melaleuca
quinquenervia using standard sized trees will be utilised within the
immediate roadside areas and within the new central median. |
Site |
Project Proponent |
Project Landscape Architect / HyD’s Contractor / LCSD |
TM-EIA Annex 18, HKPSG and BD |
ü |
|
ü |
Throughout design phase |
The planting proposal seeks to compensate for the predicted tree loss resulting from the construction of the development, visually integrate the proposals within its existing landscape framework and provide an improved visual amenity. |
|
OP3.2 |
A qualified or Registered Landscape Architect will be involved in the design, construction supervision and monitoring, and maintenance period to oversee the implementation of the recommended landscape and visual mitigation measures including the tree preservation and landscape works on site. |
Site |
Project Proponent |
Project Proponent / NA |
TM-EIA Annex 18, HKPSG and BD |
ü |
ü |
|
Throughout design and construction
phase |
The planting proposal seeks to compensate for the predicted tree loss resulting from the construction of the development, visually integrate the proposals within its existing landscape framework. |
Table 9.17 |
OP4 |
Treatment of Retaining Wall and Slopes |
|||||||||
|
OP4.1 |
The design and implantation of the aesthetic appearance of the proposed retaining walls and slopes will be undertaken in accordance with GEO Publication No. 1/2000 "Technical Guidelines on Landscape Treatment and Bio-engineering for Man-made Slopes and Retaining Walls". The engineering structures will be aesthetically enhanced through the use of soft landscape works including tree and shrub planting to give man-made slopes a more natural appearance. |
Site |
Project Proponent |
HyD |
TM-EIA Annex 18 |
ü |
|
ü |
Throughout operation phase |
Responsive design to integrate the proposals into their landscape and visual context. |
|
OP4.2 |
Light standard sized tree
planting will be used on the face of soil cut slopes with a gradient of less
than 30 degrees, at the crest and toe of the slope, and within berm planters.
Slopes
with a gradient of greater than 30 degrees will be hydroseeded using a
mixture of native trees and shrubs ( |
Site |
Project Proponent |
HyD |
TM-EIA Annex 18 |
ü |
|
ü |
Throughout operation phase |
Responsive design to integrate the proposals into their landscape and visual context. |
|
OP4.3 |
Vertical
greening measures shall also be considered on engineering structures
including use of climbing and trailing plants both planted at the crest and
toe of the features, and within pockets within the slopes. |
Site |
Project Proponent |
HyD |
TM-EIA Annex 18 |
ü |
|
ü |
Throughout operation phase |
Responsive design to integrate the proposals into their landscape and visual context. |
11.0 SUMMARY OF ENVIRONMENTAL
OUTCOMES AND CONCLUSIONS
11.1
Environmental
impacts associated with the proposed Project during the construction and
operational phases have been assessed in this report. Mitigation measures have
been proposed to reduce the environmental impacts, if necessary. Environmental
Monitoring and Audit (EM&A) requirements have been recommended and detailed
in the separated EM&A manual. The Implementation Schedule of the proposed
mitigation measures has been included in Section 10. The major findings of the
report are summarized below.
Air Quality Impacts
11.2
Due to
the small amount of dust emissions from the active construction site, the dust
impacts arising during the construction phase have been anticipated to be
insignificant with the implementation of the dust suppression measures
stipulated in the Air Pollution Control (Construction Dust) Regulation.
EM&A is required to ensure proper implementation of the dust suppression
measures.
11.3
According
to the model predictions, no adverse air quality impact on the identified ASRs
is expected from the traffic emissions.
Noise Impacts
11.4
Construction
noise from the powered mechanical equipment (PME) has been predicted to cause
adverse impacts on the identified NSRs due to the close proximity of these NSRs
to the noisy plants. Mitigation measures such as quieter PME and temporary
noise barrier/screen have been proposed to reduce the noise impacts. Residual
impacts on some NSRs would be anticipated. Construction EM&A is
recommended.
11.5
During
the operational phase, no significant difference of the traffic noise impacts
before and after the proposed Project has been predicted. No direct mitigation measure
is required to reduce the traffic noise impacts.
Water Quality Impacts
11.6
With the
implementation of the recommended mitigation measure such as control measures
on the surface runoff and drainage from the works area, proper site management
and good housekeeping practices, no adverse water quality impact on the
receiving in-land water bodies has been anticipated during the construction
phase. Routine site inspection during construction phase is recommended.
Waste Implications
11.7
With
proper handling, transport and disposal of waste using the recommended good
management and site practices, no significant environmental impacts during the
construction phase has been expected. It is the contractor’s responsibility to
ensure that these practices and the mentioned Regulations and EPD’s requirement
are implemented in order to manage the wastes generated from the site properly.
Regular site inspections of the waste management during the construction phase are
recommended.
11.8
It is
considered that the potential land contamination issues can be adequately
controlled with suitably planned construction and works in accordance with the
remediation action plan and the recommended precautionary protection measures
for workers.
Ecology
11.9 With the implementation of the mitigation measures
and guidelines for construction management during the construction of the
Project, no significant and adverse ecological impact shall be
anticipated. The implementation of the
mitigation measures / protection measures for the fruit bat roost shall be
included to the works contracts. Regular
site inspections are recommended during construction phase in order to ensure
the mitigation measures are implemented properly.
Landscape and Visual Impact
11.10 With the careful design of the road widening works
to preserve as many of the existing trees as possible including the larger
roadside trees, the planting of new trees and shrubs, and the aesthetic
treatment of the proposed retaining structures the potential landscape and
visual impacts are not considered to be significant given the scale of the
project. The main mitigation approach has been to preserve existing landscape
resources particularly trees as far as possible through the careful design of
the proposals including the use of retaining walls to preserve existing trees
on slopes. The potential loss of existing trees will be compensated through the
planting of native species to restore and enhance the landscape setting and
visual amenity of the road corridor and enhance its ecological value.
11.11 In total of 1723 existing trees, 1286 trees will be
preserved in-situ and 6 trees will be transplanted to new locations within the
road corridor. The affected trees are largely exotic, plantation species with
many exhibiting a poor form and health condition. The compensatory planting
proposals include some 559 specimen standard sized trees and
11.12 The residual impacts on most landscape resources
will largely be slight adverse to negligible during Year 10 of the Operational
Phase of the project. Impacts on the existing landscape character will be
slight adverse to negligible due to the existing character of the road corridor
and the enclosure provided by existing roadside trees and buildings and the
growth to maturity of the proposed mitigation planting. The exception to this
is the potential impact on LCA13 the existing road corridor where the
significant adverse impacts of the construction phase of the project would be
mitigated to moderate adverse with the growth of the proposed mitigation tree
and shrub planting. The residual impacts for residential properties within the
villages which line the route alignment would be moderate during Year 10.
However it should be noted that the majority of the existing views avilable to
residential VSRs are partial or glimpsed due to the screening effect of the
existing landform, roadside vegetation, and the vegetation associated with
individual settlements, and existing built development. Views of the road
corridor are largely limited to residences on periphery of the existing
settlements with views for the houses beyond screened due to the density of the
existing development and the relatively flat topography of the inhabited areas.
11.13 he predicted visual impacts for the vehicle
travellers and pedestrians on Kam Tin and Lam Kam Roads will not be significant
during Year 10,impacts will range from moderate to slight adverse when the
proposed mitigation planting is fully established. In addition the existing
views available to these VSRs are characterised by existing road and its
associated structures and so the future view will not be significantly
different.
11.14 For the other VSRs namely the occupational, trail
walkers and recreational users of the open space the predicted impacts during
the construction phase Day 1 and Year 10 would be slight adverse to negligible
due to the restricted nature of the upgrading proposals and roadside character
of the existing views, and the small part of the scheme proposals which would
be visible to them.
Cultural Heritage Impacts
11.15 The proposed works have the potential to
impact on isolated and/ or disturbed archaeological material and as a precautionary measure it will be a requirement
of the EM &A Manual that if any antiquity or supposed Antiquity is
discovered during the course of the excavation works undertaken by the
contractor, the project proponent shall report the discovery to the AMO
immediately and shall take all necessary archaeological mitigation measures to
preserve it’